Skip to main content

Full text of "Plymouth Sunday-school hymnal : for use in schools, prayer-meetings, and missions"

See other formats


PLYMOLJ I 
SUNDAY- SCH< 
HYMNAL 



FROM THE LIBRARY OF 
REV. LOUIS FITZGERALD BENSON, D. D. 

BEQUEATHED BY HIM TO 

THE LIBRARY OF 

PRINCETON THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY 



Section Y33> 

C . I 



Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2012 with funding from 

Princeton Theological Seminary Library 



http://archive.org/details/plymouthOOshea 



1/ 



Plymouth 



V 



V, 



SEP 19 1932 



^ 



Sunday-School Hymnal 



for use in 



Schools, Prayer-Meetings, and Missions 

j . Edited by 

v 

Thomas G. Shearman and Walton N. Ellis 




New York: The Christian Union Co. 



Copyright, 1892, 
By Thomas G. Shearman. 



mntoevsitg Press: 
John Wilson and Son, Cambridok. 




HE object of the Sunday-school is not merely to study a few verses 
from the Bible even- week. It is to meet in a sacred service. 
centred about the Bible as the text-book of the Christian religion, 
and conducted for the development of the religious life. The music 
of such a service is not an aesthetic prelude and postlude to a half- 
hour of study ; it is the expression of that life of faith and hope 
and love which is the essence of the Christian religion. For the 
expression of such a life, no poetry and no music can be too good ; the " second 
best " is not to be endured, much less adopted, as a supposed accommodation to the 
tastes of children. Children, no less than adults, are entitled to the best, and are 
capable of enjoying and singing the best. Upon these principles tin's Hymnal is 
constructed, by one who in Plymouth Sunday-school has demonstrated the capacity 
of young people, under guidance, to enter into and appreciate the noblest expression 
of the divine life as it appears in the lyrics of the most poetic and spiritual English 
Hymn-writers, and to sing the best sacred music which modern song-writers have 
called into being and mated to such hymns. Those who believe in these principles 
will find in this book an admirable embodiment of them ; and t<> those who are 
sceptical concerning the high ideal here briefly and imperfectly set forth, this book- 
will serve as an equally admirable instrument for the purpose of trying in the Sunday- 
school how far this ideal can be realized. If they have faith in the possibility of 
their young people, and a patient enthusiasm themselves, they will be surprised at 
the result. 

LYMAN ABBO'lT. 
Plymouth Church. 

Brooklyn. New York. 



Editors' Preface 




HIS book is the outcome of many years' experience in Sunday-schools, 
as teacher and superintendent on the part of one editor, and as precentor 
on the part of the other. It has been their aim to give the very best 
hymns and music attainable ; and yet, with the exception of a few tunes 
intended for school-choirs, there is nothing here which is not now easily 
sung by ordinary school-children. The selections have been made chiefly from the 
three Congregational Hymnals (Sunday-school, Church, and Mission) edited by Rev. 
George S. Barrett, Joseph Barnby, and E. J. Hopkins, — the best books of their kind 
ever published ; but many selections have also been made from " Hymns Ancient and 
Modern," Barnby's " Hymnary," Sullivan's " Church Hymns," Dr. Allon's admirable 
" Psalmist Hymnal," and other books. While most of the hymns are peculiarly 
adapted to the use of children, some are intended for use in prayer-meetings ; and 
the book, as a whole, is suitable for both purposes. 

THOMAS G. SHEARMAN. 
WALTON N. ELLIS. 



Index of Hymns. 



Pages 

Abide with me 13 

A few more years shall roll 254 

A little child may know 230 

All glory, laud, and honor 127 

All my heart this night rejoices 105 

All that ? s good and great 50 

And did'st Thou love the race 128 

And is it true, as I am told 212 

Angel voices $j 

Art thou weary 1 53 

As helpless as a child 197 

At the name of Jesus 57 

Behold! the Bridegroom cometh 164 

Break, new-born year 201 

Brief life is here our portion 270 

Brightest and best of the sons 76 

Brightly gleams our banner 276 

Calm me, my God 191 

Christ, who once among us 26 

Christian! dost thou see them 157 

Come, praise your Lord 59 

Come, sing with holy gladness 58 

Come Thou, O come 193 

Come to our poor nature's night 147 

Come unto Me, ye weary 70 and 71 

Crown Him with many crowns 54 and 55 



Pages 

Days and moments 242 

Dear Friend ! whose presence 190 

Dear Jesus ! ever at my side 6- 

Dear Lord and Father of mankind [82 

Dear Lord ! Thy light Thou dost not 45 

Depth of mercy 167 

Down in the pleasant 84 

Draw nigh, draw nigh mo 

Ere 1 sleep, for every favor 19 

Every morning, the red sun 202 

Fairest Lord Jesus ! 87 

Far out on the desolate billow 215 

Father, I know that all 

Father, lead me 218 

Father of all, from land 31 

Father of love and power i.s 

Fierce raged the tempest So 

Fill Thou my life 46 

For all the saints 241 

Forever with the Lord! 

Forward be our watchword ! 

From the eastern mountains 

God of the living 230 

God intrusts to all 217 

God ! make mv life 



VI 



Index of Hymns. 



Pages 

God! that madest earth 21 

God the Lord is King 40 

God, who hath made the daisies 206 

(iod, who made the earth 51 

Go to dark Gethsemane 130 

Gracious Spirit ! dwell with me T48 

Hail ! sacred day 1 

Hark! hark! my soul ! 256 and 258 

I lave we no tears to shed 132 

Hear my prayer, O heavenly Father 17 

Holy Father! cheer our way ^2 

Holy Ghost! come clown 144 

Holy! Holy! Holy! [50 

Holy night! 112 

Holy Spirit, Lord of Fight! 146 

Hosanna we sing 60 

1 low kind is the Saviour ! 56 

Hushed was the evening hymn 192 

I AM Jesus' little lamb 211 

I do not ask, O Lord ! 179 

I heard the voice 66 

I lay my sins on Jesus 81 

1 lift my heart 96 

f live for those who love me 159 

[ love my precious Saviour 224 

I hue to hear the story 228 

1 'm a little pilgrim 222 

I'm hut a stranger here 252 

I need Thee, precious Jesus ! 100 

In the hour of trial 101 

In our dear Lord's garden 210 

Is earth too fair 184 

[t came upon the midnight clear 108 

It was the very noon of night 113 

I was a wandering sheep 72 

I was wandering and weary 82 



Pages 

Jerusalem, my happy home 261 

Jerusalem on high 266 

Jerusalem the golden 273 

Jesu, from Thy throne 232 

Jesus bids us shine 233 

Jesus, holy, undefiled 209 

Jesus, King of glory 280 

Jesus, Lover of my soul 98 

Jesus, my Lord, my God 106 and 107 

Jesus, tender Shepherd '28 

Jesus, the children are calling 237 

Jesus, the very thought of Thee 86 

Jesus, who calledst little ones 97 

Just as I am 170 



Kind Shepherd, see 



538 



Lead, kindly Light ! 176 and 177 

Let every voice for praise awake 199 

Let the children come 223 

Let us all in concert sing 63 

Little stars are shining 239 

Lord! am I precious 149 

Lord! do not leave me 214 

Lord! ever show Thy 30 

Lord! forever at Thy side 183 

Lord ! give me light 188 

I ,ord ! Thy glory fills 38 

Ford! when thro' sin 193 

Ford! who hast made me 236 

Love divine, all love excelling 99 

MAKE use of me 173 

My faith looks up to Thee 129 

My Father! hear my prayer 240 

My feet are worn and weary 173 

My God ! how wonderful 42 

My God I is any hour so sweet 174 



Index of Hymns. 



vn 



Pages 

My God! I thank Thee 160 

My God! my Father 198 and 199 

My God ! my King 39 

My Jesus ! as Thou wilt 85 

My Saviour ! 'mid life's 90 

My soul, awake 5 

Xearer, my God ! to Thee 194 

Xear the cross was Mary 131 

Xew every morning is the love 10 

N'ow God be with us 34 

Yow on land and sea descending 32 

Now the day is over 25 

Xow the laborer's task 247 

Now when the dusky shades 9 

<), come to the merciful Saviour 168 

O day of rest and gladness 3 

( ) dearest Lamb, take Thou 88 

O'er all the way, green palms 135 

< )f the Father's love begotten 126 

() gentle Jesus, had I been 91 

O gift of gifts 155 

O God ! whose thoughts 180 

O holy night! 118 

O Jesus! King most wonderful 87 

() Jesus! Thou art standing 104 

() Lord! how happy 158 

O Lord ! it is a blessed thing 181 

O Lord of all! we bring 43 

(> Lord of heaven and earth 41 | 

O, mean may seem 75 

O Mother dear, Jerusalem ! 264 

One thing I of the Lord desire 199 

not to fill the mouth of fame 185 

1 )n our way rejoicing 152 

( mward, Christian soldiers 278 

( ) Paradise ! 260 



Pagbs 

O perfect life of love 133 

O Son of God, our Captain 68 

Our blest Redeemer 145 

Our day of praise is done 22 

Our God ! Our God ! 151 

Our God stands firm 1 50 

O what can you tell, little pebble 207 

O who will show me Jesus Christ 220 

Pleasant are thy courts above 189 

Praise ye the Father 255 

Quiet, Lord, my fro ward heart 154 

Rest of the weary 103 

Ring the merry bells 1 1 5 

Rock of Ages, cleft for me r30 

Saviour, again to Thy dear Name 35 

Saviour, breathe an evening blessing 15 

Saviour, teach me day by day 93 

Show me the way, O Lord ! 1S5 

Since Jesus is my friend 73 

Sing a hymn to Jesus 89 

Sing hallelujah forth 64 

Sleep thy last sleep 245 

Souls of men, why will ye scatter 4S and 41) 

Still, still with Thee . 52 

Still will we trust 196 

Summer suns are glowing 205 

Sun of my soul 14 

Sweet is the light 12 

Sweet is thy mercy, Lord 200 

Sweet Saviour, bless us 23, 107 

That mystic word of Thine 172 

The Church's one foundation 2S4 

The dawn of ( loci's dear Sabbath 7 



Vlll 



Index of Hymns. 



Pages 

The day departs 1 1 

The day is done 240 

The day is gently sinking 24 

The day is past and over 27 

The day of resurrection 134 

The glory of the spring 204 

The Homeland 272 

The hours of school are over 31 

The Lord be with us as we 36 

The Lord is my Shepherd 169 

The Lord is rich and merciful 47 

The morning bright 6 

The radiant morn hath passed away 16 

The roseate hues of early dawn 269 

The sands of time are sinking 253 

The shadows of the evening 29 

The springtide hour 203 

The strife is o'er 143 

The wise may bring their learning 231 

The world looks very beautiful 220 

There came a little Child 1 1 1 

There is a green hill 74 

There is a home, where 267 

There is no name so sweet 53 

There \s a fold both safe and happy 227 

There 's a friend for little children 78 

They are going, only going 248 

This is the day of light 2 

Thou art my Shepherd 214 

Thou didst leave Thy throne 94 and 95 



Pagks 

Thou knowest, Lord! 162 

Thou, that once on mother's knee 23c; 

Though love may weep 244 

Through the day Thy love 20 

Thy happy ones a strain begin 44 

Thy little one, O Saviour 208 

Thy love for all Thy creatures 8 

Thy way, not mine 1715 

'T is my happiness below 161 

To Thee, O dear, dear Saviour! 102 

Tranquil and peaceful 255 

Trustingly, trustingly 92 

Upward where the stars 62 

Waken, Christian children ioq 

Walking with Thee 187 

We are but little children weak 210 

We are only little workers 234 

Weary of earth 171 

Welcome, happy morning [40 and 142 

We march, we march to victory 274 

When morning gilds the skies 4 

When the day of toil is done 246 

When the Lord of love was here 77 

When thro' life's dewy fields 166 

When winds are raging 69 

Where is Jesus, little children 79 

With gladsome feet we press 268 



Index of Tunes 



IOO, 

101, 



Ahbeycombe. 8. 7.8.7.4.7 
Abends. L.M. . . . 

Aber. S.M 

Ad Lucem. [0.4.10.4 . 
Almsgiving. 8.8.4 • • 
Alstone. L.M. . . . 
Angel Voices. 8.5.8.5.8.4 
Avimathaea. 4.4.7.8.7 . 
Artavia. 10.10. 10.6 . . 
At Home. C.M.D. . . 
Audientes. C.M.D. 
Aurelia. 7.6. 8 lines . 
Baptiste. 6.5. 8 lines 
Beatitude C.M. . . 
Beecher. 8.7. 8 lines . 
Beech wood. 5.6.6.4 
Belsize. 6.5. 12 lines . 
Bentley. 7.6. 8 lines . 
Blessed Name, The. 8.7. 8 lines 
Blumenthal. 7s. 8 lines 
Bonar. 8.8.7. 6 lines . 
Bonn. 8.3.3.6. D. . . 
Bracondale. 4.4.6.4.4.6. or 
Bradfield. C.M. . . . 
Brandon. P.M. . . . 
Brookfield. L.M. . . 
Budleigh. 6.4.6.4.10.10 
Bullinger. 8.5.8.3 . . 
Burnham Market. C.M. 
Camborne. 6.4.6.4.6.6.4 
Castle Rising. C.M.D. 
Chalvey. C.M.D. . . 
Chamouni. 8.7. 8 lines 
Chenies. 7.6. 8 lines . 



M 



49, 234 



Pages 
40 
12 

1 33 
179 

I. 174 
219 

37 
11 

128 
262 
67 
84 
, 142 
36 
99 

£ 

231 

53 
167 

62 

, 105 

5,39 
190 
82 

44 
96 

'53 
204 
92 
269 
254 
, 248 

3 1 



Pages 

Chorus of Praise, The. P.M. . 207 

Christ Church. 6s. and 4s. 8 lines 266 

Christmas. P.M in 

Clifton. S.M 186 

Cliftonville. 8.6.7.6.7.6.7.3 . . 220 

Comber. S.M 2 

Come unto Me. 7.6. 8 lines . 70 

Corde Natus. 8.7.8.7.8.7.7 . . 126 

Crusaders. 8.5.8.5 79 

Crusader's Hymn. 5s, 6s, and 8s 87 

Dalehurst. C.M 91 

Dalkeith. 10s 171 

Delhi. 8.8.8 181 

Deva. 6.5. 12 lines . . . 89,280 

Diademata No. 1. 6.6.8.6. 8 lines 54 

Diademata No. 2. 6.6.8.6. 8 lines 55 

Dominus Amoris. 77.5.7.7.5 • 77 

Dykes. 8.6. 6 lines .... 178 
Ellacombe. 7.6. 8 lines . . 58, 59 

Ellers. 10s 35 

Kllingham. 7s 50 

Emmeline. 5.6. 8 lines . . . 217 

Endless Hallelujah. — Chant . 64 

Eva. 6.5.6.5 26 

Evelyn. 7.7.7.6 223 

Evening Light. 8.6.8.6.8.8 . . 30 

Evening Shadows. 11. 11. 11. 5 . 34 

Eventide. 10s 13 

Ewing. 7.6. 8 lines .... 273 i 

Eaben. 8.J. 8 lines .... 38 | 

Faber. C.M.D 180 

Faith. C.M 75 I 

F'atherhood. C.M.D 197 

Ferrier. 7.6.7.6 200. 



Paces 
156 

255 
240 

267 
'30 
*54 
239 
218 

MO 

63 
199 



Feste Burg. 8.7.8.7.6.6.6.7 . . 
Flemming. n.n.11.5 .... 

Freshwater. 4.4.8 

Gabriel. C.M.D 

Gethsemane. 7s. 6 lines . . 
Glastonbury. 7s. 6 lines . . 
Goshen. 6.5. 8 lines . 109,210 

Gottschalk. 7s 

Gounod. L.M. 6 lines . . . 

Greenwood. S.M 

Hallelujah. — Chant .... 

llanford. 8.8.8.4 

Hathersage. 4.4.6.4.4.601 C.M. 

203, 216 
Heathlands. 7s. 6 lines . . . 211 
Heaven is my home. 6.4.6.4.6.6.6.4 252 

Herstmonceux. P.M 19^ 

Homeland. 7.6. 8 lines . . . 272 
Holy Mount. 6.6.8.4. 8 lines • 268 

Holy Nativity. P.M 94 

Holy Night. ' 6.7.7.7.7 I12 

Holy Trinity. C.M. . . 184. 191 
Hosanna, we sing. 10s. . . . (>o 

Hursley. L.M 14 

Hurstleigh. 7s. 6 lines . . . 148 
Hushed was the Evening Hymn. 

6.6.6.6.8.8 192 

Ilsley. S.y. 8 lines .... 48 
In Memoriam. 7.6. 8 lines . 78 
Irene. 7.7.7.5 . . . . 33, 147. 246 

Jerusalem. C.M.D 261 

Jesu Dilectissime. 6.4.6.4. 10.10 185 

Jewett. 6s 85 

Ketteringham. 7.6. 8 lines . 8 



Index of Tunes. 



KUverstone. 7.6. 12 lines 
Kirby Bedon. 6.6.4.6.6.6.4 
Koschat. 12. 11. 12. n . . 

Langran. 10s 

Laudes Domini. 6s. 6 line 
Light in Darkness. L.M. 
Lincluden. 6.4.6.4.6.6.4 
Litany. 7.7.7.6 .... 
Little Lamb, The. 8.8.6.8.8.1 
Londonderry. 7.5.7.5.7.7 ■ 
Lux Benigna. 10.4.10.4.10.K 
Lux Eoi. 8.7. 8 lines . . 
Lux Mundi. 7.6. 8 lines 
Maidstone. 7s. 8 lines . 

Marland. S.M 

Men tone. 6.5. 8 lines 
Merrial. 6.5.6.5 .... 
Merry Hells, The. 1 2.6. 10.6 &ch< 
Messiah. 7.6. 8 lines . . 
Midnight Cry, The. 14s. 

Monsell. S.M 

Monsuldale. 7s 

Morecambe. 5.5.6.5.6.4.6.4 
Moscow. 7.6. 8 lines . . 
My Shepherd. 5.6.6.4.6.6.6.4 
Never Alone. 9.6.9.6 and cho 
Newman. 10.410.4.10.10 . 
Nicaea. n.12.12.10 . . . 

Noel. C.M.D 

Noon of Night. 14s. 

Holy Night 

O Mother dear, Jerusalem 

S.7.S.7. 1) 

Olmutz. 8.6.8.4 .... 
Palestrina. 8.8.8.4 • • • 
Palm Branches .... 
Para< lete. 9.7. 8 Hues . 
Paradise. L.M. and choru 
l'astor Honus. S.M.I). 



Pages 

, 228 

8, 129 

168 

T72 

4 
244 
187 
232 
212 
202 

177 

227 

104 

189 

230 

56 

2 S 

"5 

71 

164 

200 

161 

2 33 

81 

214 

2I| 

176 

L50 
108 

H3 

118 

264 
166 

*43 
L35 
144 
250 

72 



Peace. 8.7. 8 lines . . . 
Pilgrims. 1 1.10.1 1.10.9. 1 1 
Pilgrim Song. 6.5.6.5 & chorus 
Propior Deo. 6.4.6.4.6.6.4 
Repentance. 8.8.8.6 
Requiem. 4.6. 8 lines 
Requiescat. 7.7.7.7.8.8 
Rest. 8.7.8.7.7.7 . . . 
Resurrectus. 7.6. 8 lines 
Rickmans worth. 8.3.8.3 
Riseholme. 8.8.8.4 . . 
Rotherham. C.M.D. . 
Ruth. 6.5. 8 lines . . 
Rutherford. 7.6. 8 lines 
St. Aelred. 8.8.8.3 • • 
St. Agnes. CM. . . 
St. Anatolius. 7.6.7.6.8.8 
St. Andrew of Crete. 6.5. 
St. Anselm. 7.6. 8 lines 
St. Augustine. 11.10.11.6 
St. Barnabas. 1 1 . 1 o. 1 1 . 1 o 
St. Chrvsostom. L.M. 6 lines 
St. Cross. L.M. . . . 
St. Cuthbert. 8.6.8.4 • • 



Pages 
3- 



lin 



258 

222 
194 
170 

-4 5 

247 

20 

'34 

237 

51 

43 

205 

253 

So 

86 

27 

L57 

< 5 <> 

o)o 

69 

106, 250 

. M2 

■45 



Sanctuary. 8.7. 8 lines . 

Sawley. CM 

Savoy Chapel. 7.6. 8 lines 
Sealy. 6s. 8 lines . . . 
Shepherd's Love, The. 7.6. 
Shipley. 8.4.8.4.8.8.8 . . 
Solitude. 7S 



S 1. 



88, 
M. 

208, 



57, 



oS. 



61i 



.>- 
38 

St. Denys. 6s 240 

St. Elywn. CM 47 

St. Fabian. 7s. 8 lines ... 98 
St. George's, Bolton. 7.6. 8 1. 193,270 
St. Gertrude. 6.5. 8 lines & cho. 278 
St. Leonards. C.M.D. ... 29 
St. Marguerite. CM. 149, 188, 201 
St. Matthias. 8s. 6 lines . . 23 
St. Ninian. 11.10.11.10 ... 76 

St. Saviour. CM 46 

St. Sylvester. 8.7.8.7 ... 28, 242 
St. Theodulph. 7.6.7.6 . . . 127 
St. Theresa. 6.5. 8 lines & cho. 277 
Saints' Rest. 10. 10. 10.4 . . . 241 
Salve Festa Dies. us. . . . 140 



Springhill. 8.7.8.7 
Springtide. CM. 
Springtime. 4.4.6.4.4.6 or C 
6, 151, 
Stabat Mater. 8.8.7.8.8.7 . 
Staincliffe. L.M. 
Stephanos. 8.5.8.3 . 
Stowe. 1 1. 10. 1 1. 10 . 
Sundown. S.M. . . 
Sunrise. 1 1. 10. 11. 10 
Sunset. 8.8.8.4 • • 
Temple. 8.4.8.4.8.8.8.4 
Theodora. 9s. . . 
Thou knowest. 11. 10. 
Tichfield. 7s. D. . 
Troyte. 8.8.8.4 • • 
Twilight. 7s. . . . 
Veni, Domine Jesu. P 
Vespers. 6.5. 8 lines 
Victor's March. P.M. 
Vox Angelica. 1 1 . 1 o. 1 1 . 1 0.9. 1 1 
Vox Dilecti. C.M.D. . . 
Watermouth. 7.6. 8 lines 
Went worth. 8.4. 6 lines 
West Heath. 8.8.6.8.8.6 . 
Westminster. CM. . . 
Whatley. 10.4.10.4. 10.10 . 
Whittier. 8.6.8.8.6 . . . 

Willis. C.M.D 

Wordsworth. 10s. 6 lines 
Wreford. 8.6.8,4 • • • 



M. 



Pages 
15 

226 
102 

x 75 
84 
90 

183 

17 



93» 



06, 



10. 4: 



9 
[6 

21 
10^ 
162 

2 3S 
198 
14(1 

95 
[52 

-74 

256 

66 

224 

160 

158 

42 

97 

182 

74 



Plymouth 
Sunday-School Hymnal 



Wreford 



8 6. 8. 4. 



G. Thring (1823—). 




3=r 



Wr 



±=s= 



1. Hail, sa - cred day of earth - ly rest, 

2. A ho - ly still - ness, breath - ing calm 

3. Xo sound of jar - ring strife is heard, 
4- On all I think, or say, or do, 



E. S. Carter (1845 - 1. 



P 



:• 



J;. 1 



From toil and troub - le 

On all the world a 

As week - ly la - bor.- 

A ray of light di 



free ; 
round. 

vine 



mmm \ mmmm vi : mm 




J. ' ^- d * w J •- # J # D -> 



s 

Hail, day of light, that bring - est light And joy to 

Up - lifts my soul, O God, to 'Thee, Where rest is 

No voice but those that sweet - ly sing Sweet songs of 

Is shed, O God, this dav by Thee, For it is 



at,, y 1 

1 - M 



— v— 



4- 

# 



■\wm i\ y 



3 



I 1 i i II 



me. 
found, 
peace. 

Thine. 



S 1 PI 



iTHE LORD'S DAY.) 



Comber, s. m. 



John Ellerton (1826—). 



From Greatorex' Collection. 



t=$ 



pp* 



1 



1. This 

2. This 

3. This 



*£=g 



4 *> 



the day 

the day 

the day 



I I i 



of Light ! 
of Rest ! 
of Peace ! 



Let 
Our 
Thy 



=1 



3==r= t =j 



there 

fail 

Peace 



"# # 



be 
ing 



light to - day ! 

strength re - new ; 
spir - its fill! 



im 



\ 





i M irxzEl 1 % W^0^SM 



pnng, rise 



On wear - y brain 
Bid Thou the blasts 



up 

and 
of 



our night, And chase its gloom 



trou • bled breast Shed Thou 
dis - cord cease, The waves 



- way. 
Thy freshen - ing dew. 
of strife be still. 



A MKN. 



# # • • m -T_ rr_ m & <> r * 




4 This is the day of Prayer! 

Let earth to heaven draw near; 
Lift up our hearts to seek Thee there : 
Conic down to meet us here. 



5 This is the First of days ! 

Send forth Thy quickening breath. 
And wake dead souls to love and praise, 
() Vanquisher of Death! 



(THE LORD'S DAY) 



St. Anselm. 7. 6. 8 lines 



Bp. C. Wordsworth (1803- 




J. Barnby (1838—] 



mm 



o 

On thee 
Thou art 



Day of rest and gladness, O Day of joy and light, 



at the Cre 
a port pro 



a - tion, The Light first had its birth 
tect - ed From storms that round us rise 





*m wmmmmmmm 1 1 ju 

' w m -4- #Z5 



Most beau - ti - ful, most bright ! On thee, the high and low - ly, Through a - ges joined in tunc, 
Christ rose from depths of earth; On thee, our Lord vie - to - rioVs The Spir-it sent from heaven 
With streams of Par - a - dise ; Thou art a cool - ing foun - tain In life's dry, drear -y sand: 




P 



3=t=F 



-A A *i Jr 



+ -J- -J- -;- 



t=^ 



*=* 



-*— 4 ^L » 



SI 



y-0. -+ .0- + .0. &- .0. 

Sing Ho-ly, Ho-ly, Ho - ly, To the great God Triune. 

And thus on thee, most glorious, A triple light was given. 

From thee, like Pisgah's mountain, We view our Promised Land. 



A-MKN. 



h".;^ i i jn : ir i ffpf i ri:i"n 



4 To-day on weary nations 

The heavenly Manna fall- ; 
To holy convocations 

The silver trumpet calls, 
Where Gospel-light is glowing 

With pure and radiant beams, 
And living water flowing 

With soul-refreshing streams 



(THE LORD'S DAY. 



Laudes Domini. 6s. 6 in 



Tr. E. C as wall (18 14-1878). 



t=t 



Joseph Karnby (1838 — ). 



'; 



II 



i 



lir-tr 



i 



When morn-ing gilds the skies, 
When -e'er the sweet church -bell 
Does sad-ness fill my mind ? 
When sleep her balm de - nies, 



I 

My heart, a - wak-ing, cries : 

Peals ov - er hill and dell, 

A sol - ace here I find : 

My si - lent spir - it sighs 



3te* \ . 



i 



. 



May Je - sus Christ be praised ! 
May Je - sus Christ be praised ! 
May Je - sus Christ be praised ! 
May Je - sus Christ be praised ! 





/ 







A - like at work and prayer, To Je - sus I re - pair: 

O hark to what it sings, As joy - ous - ly it rings : 

Or fades my earth-ly bliss ? My com-fort still is this : 

When e-vil thoughts mo- lest, With this I shield my breast 



May Je - sus Christ be praised ! 

May Je - sus Christ be praised ! 

May Je - sus Christ be praised ! 

May Je - sus Christ be praised ! 



A-MEN. 



*mp 



mm 



Pi 



£4* 



-t 



mm 



1 1 'm 



±ztzt| I- 



ps 



5 The night becomes as day 
When from the heart we say: 

May Jesus Christ be praised ! 
The powers of darkness fear 
When this sweet chant they hear: 

May Jesus Christ be praised ' 



In heaven's eternal bliss 
The loveliest strain is this : 

May Jesus Christ be praised ! 
Let earth and sea and sky 
From depth to height reply : 

May Jesus Christ be praised! 



(MORNING. 



Bracondale. c. m., or 4 . 4 . 6. 4. 4 & 



Jane E. Livock (1S40 — }. 



frft-T* 



; 



Josiah Booth (1852 — ). 



m 



s= 



• v m 



wake, Thy rest for - sake, And greet the morn - ing light ! 

Ful - fil thy work a-broad ; 

A - mid its noon - tide heat. 

Ac - cept thy child -hood's part 

K4-J 



1. My soul, 

2. With cour - age drest, Strong - hearted, blest, 

3. A - mid the strife Of dai - ly life, 

4. In lib - er - ty Of ho - ly glee, 



With song a- 
Fear - less and 
Fear not to 
And thou shalt 



mz± 



^t 



mm 



f I 



:• 



dim . 



3=£ 



i^^ 



p 



Glad sac 



ii <> 



For mer - cies 



true, 
miss 

find, 



Thy way pur - sue, A hap - py 

Thy se - cret bliss, — The rest of 

By faith en - shrined, The Fa - ther 

I 



of 
child 
son 

in 



th< 



night. 



of God. 
ship sweet, 
thy heart. 



^ 



=2 



p- 



mi 



& 
^ 



w 



- 



() blessed rest, 

With such a Guest 
Life's duty grows divine, 

Dross becomes gold. 

And, as of old, 
The water turns to wine. 



Eternal praise 

To Thee we rai>c. 
Who deign'st with men to dwell 

Great Word of ( »od, 

Jehovah ! Lord ! 
Adored Immanuel ! 



(MORNING. 



Spring-time. 4- 4. 6. 4- 4- 6. 



T. O. Summers. 



W. II. Monk (1823-1890) 



*=* 



±=f4 



iEEj 



1 F 



=1 



2fc 



•• 



It 



1. The morn - ing bright, With 10 - sy light, Mas waked me from my sleep. 

2. All through the day, I hum - bly pray, Be Thou my Guard and Guide; 



\. O 



make Thy rest With 



my breast, Great Spir - it 



of all 



grace ; 



# 



f=^ 



— r 



f==f 



j^jj^jggi 



=F 



s 3 



1. mis 



Fa - ther, 1 own Thy love a - lone Thy lit - tie one doth keep. 
My sins for - give, And let me live, Blest Je - sus, near Thy side. 
Make me like Thee, — Then shall 1 be Pre -pared to see Thy face. 



MKN. 




(MORNING.) 



Aurelia, 



7. 6. 8 lines. 



Ada Cross (1844 — ). 




I 



S. S. Wesley (1810-1876). 



-&- 



I 



±=i 



t=3=t 



&—. 



3=1- 



1. The dawn of God's dear Sab - bath Breaks o'er the earth a - gain, As some sweet summer morn - ing 

2. O day when earth-ly sor - row Is merged in heavenly joy, And tri - al changed to bless - ing. 

3. So be it, Lord, for - ev - er, O may we ev - er more, In Je - sus' ho - ly pres - ence 

p ,,fg — p . p , . — — M p , r ? • w-p~ rf — 1 fy p , %& 



&&4=Z=&=£=±e£ 



' 






£± 



^ 



' t > 4 



r 



6=™ 




S 



3 I 



3 



It comes as cool - ing 

When want is turned to 

Up - on His peace-ful 

I 



show 
ful - 
Sab - 



- ers To some 
ness, And wear 
bath, With - in 



^-t P , P P fi J— ,— <sl g— r^ 1 ll ft* 



ex - haust-ed land. 
- i - ness to rest, 
His tern - pie walls. 



* : 






1 ' 

As shade of clus-tered palm-trees 'Mid wea - ry wastes of sand. 
And pain to won-drous rap - ture, Up - on the Sav-iour's breast 
Type of the stain - less wor - ship In Si - on's gol-den 



halls. 



A -MEN, 



m 



t=t 



■ t pif i f f f f i n pr 11 



>o that in joy and glacino^ 

We reach that home at last. 
When life's short week of sorrow. 

And sin, and strife is past ; 
When angel hands have gathered 

The fair, ripe fruit for Thee. 
() Father! Lord! Redeemer! 

Most Holy Trinity ! 



(MORNING.) 



Ketteringham. 



C. H. Perrot. 




Thy love for all Thy crea-tures What tongue. O God, 
He - hold ! the sun in splen - dor Hath lit his fires 
May we, to whom in mer - cy A bright-er light 



may tell ? 
on high ; 
is given, 



The morn-frig, noon, and eve-ning 
The far - ther on his jour- ney, 
The far - ther on our jour -ney, 




A - like our praise com - pel; The morn 
The high - er in the sky; And when 
The near - er he to heaven ; And when 

r^ is 



ing, noon, and eve - ning, When-e'er they rise or fall, 
a - gain lie sink - eth Be - neath the wes - tern wave, 
the shades of eve-ning Shall length -en o'er our heads. 



M ' ■ OJ dfJ f f Ffr^T rrT f-ffin 







f 

U - nite to hymn Thy prais - es, Great Mak-er 

A ra - diant crown of glo - ry Shall kin-die 

May rays of heaven - ly glo - ry II - lume our 



of them all. 

o'er his grave, 
dy-ing beds. 



%\t 



H 



• -*- 



i> 



4=t 



i 



j^ 1 



g 



(MORNING.) 



4 Shine, sliinc, Thou Sun 
Eternal ! 
And cast a ray divine 
On those who hymn Thy 
praises ; 
Both now and ever shine! 
Then, then, no cloud of evening; 
Shall gather round the past. 
But Thou, () Christ, shalt light 
us 
Sate home, safe home at last . 



Sunrise. 



II. IO. II. IO. 



Barnby's Hymnary, 



John Stainer (1S40 — ). 



P 



/ 



i 



-£S ' 



Now, when the dusk - y shades of night, re-treat - ing, Be - fore the sun's red ban- ner swift - ly flee; 
To Thee, Whose word, the fount of life un - seal - ing, When hill and dale in thick- est dark- ness lay. 
Look from the height of heaven, and send, to cheer us, Thy light and truth, and guide us on - ward still; 




ff 

1 ■ i< 



ipmnpusitiii 




Now, when the ter - rors of the dark are fleet - ing, — O Lord! we lift our thank-ful hearts to Thee. 
A - woke bright rays a-cross the dim earth steal-ing, And bade the eve and morn com-plete the day. 
Still let Thy mer - cy, as of old, be near us, And lead us safe - ly to Thy ho - ly hill. A MEN. 



¥% p 


>#. 


» 


rT>-'- 


^0 






-#- # si 

r ■ ■ 4— — 


«> 

& 


: : 




P [ 1 p II 


\^ & - 


1 


# 


-fe • 


- 


3L_A^» 


1 — 


=Mf L 


-i— 




i=t 1 


i* 1 r h 11 



4 So, when that morn of endless light is waking, 
And shades of evil from its splendors flee, 
Safe may we rise, this earth's dark vale forsaking, 
Through all the long bright day to dwell with Thee. 



Be this by Thee. O (lod Thrice Holy, granted. 

O Father, Son, and Spirit, ever bl< - 
Whose glory by the heaven and earth is chanted. 

Whose Name by men and angels i- conf 



(MORNINGi 



IO 



Staincliffe. l. m. 



John Keble (1792- 1866). 



R. W. Dixon 



pm^mm^mm^ 



■& 



ifeiair^i 



1. New ev - 'ry morn - ing is the love Our waken - ing and up - ris - ing prove! 

2. New mer - eies each re - turn - ing day, Hov er a - round us while we pray ; 

3. If on our dai - ly course our mind Be set to hal - low all we find. 

4. Old friends, old scenes, will love - lier be, As more of heaven in each we see : 



m 3 



m 






^ 



fei^ 



m=i 



t 



w* r4 _ 



_^ 




fe 



* s 



m 



9 



i 



^ 



Fhrough sleep and dark - ness safe 
New per - ils past, new sins 
New treas-ures still, of count 
Some soften-ing gleam of love 



- ly brought, Re - stored to life 
for - given ; New thoughts of God, 
less price, God will pro - vide 
and prayer Shall dawn on ev - 



i BSiS Sl 



1 

and power and thought, 
new hopes of heaven. 

for sac - ri - fice. 

'ry cross and care. 



A - MEN. 




5 The trivial round, the common task, 
Would furnish all we ought to ask, — 
Room to deny ourselves ; a road 
To bring us daily nearer God. 



6 Only, O Lord, in Thy dear love 
Fit us for perfect rest above ; 
And help us, this and every day, 
To live more nearly as we pray. 



(MORNING.) 



Arimathaea, 



4- 4- 7- 8. 7- 



I I 



m 



J. A. Freylinghausen, tr. H. L. L. 



^^fe4 



I 



J. Baptiste Calkin (1827 — ) 



4 



it 



^=^ 



T^f 



9 



-2^— 



& 



i. The day 

2. The sun - 

3. Be Thou 

4. The land 



de - parts ; Our souls and hearts Long for that bet 

shine bright Is lost in night : O Lord ! Thy - self 

still nigh, With sleep - less eye, While all a - round 

a - bove, Of peace and love, No earth - ly beams 



mmmm 



£r€ 



ter mor - 
un - veil - 
are sleep 
need bright 



ing, 
ing 
en 



422 



5 May we be there, 
That joy to share, 
Glad hallelujahs singing; 
With all the ransomed evermore 
Our joyful praises bringing. 



cres. 

f) 1 1 








1 1 








_ J 












dlt>l . 












Y\ m\ A 


















I 


1 






/T *7 ill ' 






H 




1 « « 










1 ■ -" 




T^ U 


tf'V >J \#A 


* 




- 




^ • 


1 


m. 




A 




J 


^ . 


11 


xa) $0 \t!/p 


. . & £4 _ 


A 


2 


■ & • 


l h a J J 


<5>i • 




" ^ * 


1 1 


eX ^ 










** * * 


V -3- 


3T 


* • -^-. 




When Christ shall set 


His peo - 


pie free 


From ev - 'ry care 


and sor - 


row. 






Shine on 


our souls 


with beams 


of love, 


All dark-ness there 


dis - pel - 


ling. 






And an 


- gel - guards, at Thy 


com - mand. 


A - far all dan - 


ger keep - 


ing. 






For all 


its bor 


- ders Christ Him - self 


Doth with His glo - 


ry light - 


ten. 


A - MEN. 




i m - 


-*- -&- 


1 


f ^. 


1 


1 


1 


1 


I 1 




VmY 


r 1 


</ 


m 


1 


k> * 


* - 


J P ^ 


1 m ■ 


/d 


1 A 


rj II 


t?h 









L 


r 




\ \ & 


^2 




& * 




1 1 • 


1 * II 


^— 'b 


- p 




1 




& 


m 




1 


- r v* 




£< • 




1 A 


II 


v 




1 1 






r 


s § 


1 1 


I 


I » ■• 


■■ 
















I 


1 














1 






^ • 






^ • 





(EVENING.) 



6 Lord Jesus. Thou 
Our Refuge now, 
Forsake Thy servants never! 
Uphold and guide, that we may stand 
Before Thy throne forever. 



12 



Abends, l. m 



J. Edmeston (i 791-1867). 



H. S. Oakeley (183c 



» 



m 




4- 



-Jz*-- 



z e4 



tr~+ 



.^ 



1. Sweet is the 

2. The time, how 



light 
love 



eve, 
still ! 



And soft the sun - beams 
Peace shines and smiles on 



ling' 
all 



3. Sea - son of rest ! the tran 



Nor will our davs 



of 



long ; Our pil - grim - age will 




-ftr-r j -*-fc 



if 



ring there 
be - low. 



soul Feels the sweet calm, and melts to love 






9 • 



be trod. 







, 






±=1 



For these blest hours the world 
The plain, the stream, the wood, 
And while these sa - cred mo - 
And we shall join the cease 



I 

the 

meats 
- less 



jj- i n j i ar.J frww 



leave, 
hill, 
roll, 

song, 



Waft - ed on wings 
All fair with eve ■ 
Faith sees the smil 
The end -less Sab - 



of faith and prayer, 
ning's set - ting glow, 
ing heaven a - bove. 
bath of our God. 



A - MKN. 



■■v \ ' 



i m 



<5=& 



£E£ 



^=&E^. 



U 



rJ. 



t 



t: 



BeI 



p 



(EVENING.) 



Eventide. i< 



! 3 



H. F. Lyte (1793-1847)- 



W. II. Monk (1823-1890). 



t=t 



i 



^* 



\i i i n i-k 



-~ 



1 

1. A - bide with me! fast falls the ev - en - tide; The dark-ness deep-ens : Lord, with me a - bide! 

2. Swift to its close ebbs out life's lit - tie day; Earth's joys grow dim, its glo - ries pass a - way; 

3. Xot a brief glance I beg, a pass-ing word. But as Thou dwell'st with Thy di-sci- pies, Lord. 




3 



--- 



T^H 2 




When other help - ers fail, and com-forts flee, Help of the help-less, O a - bide with 

Change and de - cay in all a-round I see: O Thou, Who changest not, a- bide with 

Fa - mil - iar. con - de - scend-ing, pa-tient, free; Come, not to so-journ. but a -bide, with 



me : 
me ! 
me. 



A- MEN 



*i 1 1 



mr 



• 



\M 



-*—*- 



1— t 



1 



4 Come not in terrors, as the King of kings, 

Hut kind and good, with healing in Thy wings, — 
Tears for all woes, a heart for every plea ; 
Come, Friend of sinners, and abide with me ' 

5 I need Thy presence every passing hour : 

What but Thy grace can foil the tempter's power 
Who like Thyself my guide and stay can be ? 
Through cloud and sunshine, O abide with me ! 



6 I fear no foe with Thee at hand to bless 
Ills have no weight, and tears no bittern.- 

W T here is death's sting? Where, grave, thy victory? 
I triumph still, if Thou abide with me ! 

7 Hold Thou Thy cross before my closing eyes, 
Shine through the gloom, and point me to the skies ' 
Heaven's morning breaks, and earth's vain shadows flee 
In life, in death. Lord, abide with me! 



(EVENING! 



14 



Hursley. l. m. 



John Keble (1792-1866), 1827. 



German, arr. by J. Barnby (1838 — ). 



T=t 



Si 



a=fc 



Hii^ 



T=t 



3=g: 



ti 



r. Sun of 



my 



soul, Thou Sav - ioi 



not night if Thou be near 



2. When the soft dews of 



A_L I [— h bz — 1— H* f- T I F 



kind - ly sleep 



My wea - ried eye - lids gent 



s 



; 



s 



ly steep, 

4 



-is— 



I I 1 



*=:=#£ 



i 



g 



O, may no earth-born cloud 
Be my last thought, how sweet 



—Si" 



K 



g 



I 1 1 



333 



^ 



p 



miilH 



rise 
rest 



^ 



£ 



I 

To hide Thee from Thy ser- vant's eyes. 
For - ev - er on my Sav - iour's breast ! 



r- 



A- 

^2- 



r=£ 



p 



p=p 



r=n 



spp 

i 



3 Abide with me from morn till eve, 
For without Thee I cannot live ; 
Abide with me when night is nigh, 
For without Thee I dare not die. 

4 If some poor wandering child of Thine 
I lath spurned to clay the voice divine, 
Now, Lord, the gracious work begin ; 
Let him no more lie down in sin. 



5 Watch by the sick ; enrich the poor 
With blessings from Thy boundless store. 
Be every mourner's sleep tonight, 

Like infant's slumbers, pure and light. 

6 Come near and bless us when we wake, 
Ere through the world our way we take; 
Till in the ocean of Thy love 

We lose ourselves in Heaven above. 



(EVENING.) 



Sanctuary, x. 7. s lines. 



15 



J. Edmeston (1791-1867). 

* u , -1 — ! — fs-t 



J. B. Dykes (1823-1876). 



s^s 



l 



1 J 



U*t i::UAy M 



3=3= 



^=j— 1 { = 



> • 



y^s v 'ti' ' 



1. Sav-iour, breathe an eve-ning blessing Ere re - pose our eye-lidsseal; Sin and want we come confessing : 

2. Though the night be dark and drear-y, Dark-ness can-not hide from Thee ; Thou art Hewho,nev-er weary. 

m 
? 



1 1 r 




mm 



*=; 



:Jftr 



4= Fg ^l — d^f^q — bJ — ^^^^jrzpz jz^ j — I , i — i - — j — 1 — aj — i 



Thou canst save and Thou canst heal. Though de - struc-tion walk a -round us, Though the ar- rows 
Watch-est where Thy peo - pie be. Should swift death this night o'er-take us, And our couch be- 







past us fly, An -gel-guards from Thee sur-round us : We are safe, for Thou art nigh, 
come our tomb, May the morn in heaven a - wake us, (Mad in light, and deathless bloom. A . mis. 



-0- n-<*. 



• :# 



m I ;t. nxm i M e • ■ mg : 11 



(EVENING) 



i6 



Sunset. 8.8.8.4. 



G. Thring (1823—). 



J. Barnby (1838—) 



^ j— n 


r». 


~1 1 T" 


| 


n — 1 J J 


~~1 r "i 


A ? w "•■ 


r^ 






n J 1 ^ 


J 


ten * 1 J 




*\ ^ ^ 




fl*# 9 J « 


j+5 


Ul 


^ 


VJ 4- f 





« «' 




J ___ 


a 






if# 


^* 


f 


S # 
1. The 


ra - 


^ 

diant morn 


1 + 9 

hath passed a - 




# 1 -, , - - „ 

way, And spent too soon her gold 

• -0- m -0- -0- m 
m m "f- f~ -F -F -r*- 


- en 


1 

store ; 

if 


^fet-r- 









j 


■ 






5 1 


•' 


* k 


P— 


^> — k- 


-f--T- 


=± — b— sb- 


» 


-V- 


A 


*- 7 4- | 


=t 


— V I 


u 


1 — 1 — 1 — 


— J 


>-4 1 


^ r * 


1 — 


1 — 


J 






iii^B 



The shad - ows of de 



Lb 



? l • 



part - ing day 

\ 1 J- 



Creep 



once more. 



A - M EN • 



- r t — r 

2 Our life is but an autumn day, 

Its glorious noon how quickly past ! 
Lead us, O Christ, Thou living Way, 
Safe home at last. 

3 () ! by Thy soul-inspiring grace 
Uplift our hearts to realms on high ; 
i lelp us to look to that bright place 

Beyond the sky, — 



^m^ 



->- 



'■ iw^mmM 



4 Where light and life and joy and peace 
In undivided empire reign, 

And thronging angels never cease 
Their deathless strain ; 

5 Where saints are clothed in spotless white, 
And evening shadows never fall ; 

Where Thou, Eternal Light of Light, 
Art Lord of all. 



(EVENING.) 



Harriet Parr (1828—). 



Springhill. s. 7 . 8. 7 . \y 

W. F. Hurndall (1830—). 




-1 i- 



§ 



1 



1 



%•- 



1. Hear my prayer, C) Heaven - ly Fath - er, 



Ere 



( 
lay 



me down 



§|BE 



i=h^ 



m 



sleep 

JL ., 



1- — r 



* 



&£ 



-t^t 




a 



PP§ 



& 



Siz: 



Bid Thine an - gels, pure and 



ho 



5 



:t=t 



ly, Round my bed their 



3T 

-#- 

vig 



^ 



t=t 



* L > 






*$=£ 



I I I 

• lis keep. 

rv h 1 



A - MEN 



i 



■& 



ill 



HHi 



2 Great my sins are, but Thy mercy 

Far outweighs them every one ; 
Down before the Cross I cast them, 
Trusting in Thy help alone. 

3 Keep me through this night of peril 

Underneath its boundless shade ; 
Take me to Thy rest, I pray Thee, 
When my pilgrimage is made. 



4 None can measure out Thy patience 

By the span of human thought ; 
None can bound the tender mercies 
Which Thy only Son has bought. 

5 Pardon all my past transgressions, 

Give me strength for days to come: 
Guide and guard me with Thy blessing 
Till Thv angels bid me home. 



(EVENING.) 



Kirby Bedon. 6. 6. 4 . 6 6. 6. 4 




E. Hunnett (1834—). 



^ 



1 



Guard Thou our eve 
Come in Thy love 

Life - giv - ing, ho 



ning hour, 

to dwell 

ly Dove, 

I 



m 




grate-f ul thanks we 
we Thy grace re ■ 
ev - ery throb-bing 



pay. 

ceive, 
heart, 



I W-l ; 



-t — r 



s 



1 



w 



And to our Fa - ther 

And on Thy word be 

And Thine own peace ini 



=j: 



m 



pray : 
lieve : 
part : 



Bless 
Bless 
Bless 






.CZZt 



night, 
night, 
night. 



Wm I 



] % 



(EVENING.) 



m mi 



J. Cennick (17 17— 1 7 55 >- 



Bonn. 8. 6. 6. 8. 6. 6. 1 9 

J. G. Ebelirig (1620-167:2), 1666. 




: : : :' 1 ; g | 



1. Kre I -deep, for ev-ery fa - vor This day showed Ky my God, I will bl iour. 



L»)3f2^ 


/Ts 


i2 • 


# 


A. 


1 


-i — 


«■ 


=F*= 


-#- 


-•g- 
ig 


r J 


=s 


-<2- 


M. 


-f" 


-#- 


# 


(2 

3= 




H 


F- 2l 


— ^. — 


-4 












^~ 


-1— 






-f— 


\ 





1 






^ 


-1— 


A 



9* 






— »— 9- 

O my Lord, what shall I ren 



der To Thy Name. Still the same, Gra cious, good and tender ? ' 



4 -g- £ 

IZ f^ _TS 



# -* 



a 



«*i ; 1 \ 



M •]. 'ii 



Thou hast ordered all my goings 
In Thy way, 
Heard me pray, 
Sanctified my doings. 
Leave me not, but ever love me ; 
Let Thy peace 
Be my bliss, 
Till Thou hence remove me. 



3 Thou, my rock, my guard, my tower 
Safely keep, 
While I sleep. 
Me, with all Thy power. 
- . whene'er in death I slumber. 
Let me rise 
With the wise. 
Counted in their number. 



(EVENING 



20 



Rest. 



;. 7. 8. 7. 7- 7. 



Thomas Kelly (1769-1855). 

rt? _a_ |_ ~"in 1 q==j= 



J. Barnby (1838—). 



^S 



S^S^ 



^f 



^ 



4- 






?; 



1. Through the day Thy love hath spared us, 

2. Pil - grims here on earth, and stran - gers 



Night once more in - vites to 
Dwell - ing in the midst of 



rest, 
foes, 




Through the si - lent watch - es guard us, Let no foe our peace mo 

Us and ours pre - serve from dan - gers; In Thy love may we re 



lest 
pose, 



S± 



t=r 



r l w- 



-&*- 



s 



f f- r --- ^ 



• 



1 



v- 1 — r 



t 




Slower, pp 



3=3f* 



*^ 



I y^^ i giig ; II 



sus, Thou our Guar - dian be ; 
when life's short day is past, 



Sweet it is to trust in 
Rest with Thee in heaven at 



Thee, 
last. 






(EVENING.) 



Templi 

R. Heber (i 783-1826) and R. Whately (1 787-1863). 



8. 4. 8. 4. 8. 



2 I 



E. J. Hopkins (1818— ). 



^wm£^^ m=^^^^ 



1. God, that mad - est earth and heav - en, Dark 

2. Guard us wak - ing, guard us sleep -ing; And 



ness and 

when we 



light, Who the day for 
die, May we, in Thy 




o I # 



f=T 



m 



t=t 



11,1 



3F£=f 



toil hast giv - en, For rest the night, — May Thine an - gel-guards de-fend us, Slumber sweet Thy 
migh-ty keep - ing, All peace-ful lie. When the last dread call shall wake us, Do not Thou, our 







1 — i - 



8= 



j I. 



^n 



mer - cy send us, Ho - ly dreams and hopes at - tend us This live - long night. 
God, for - sake us, But to reign in glo - ry take us, With Thee on high. 

« ±. -f- . # d <L 4- # m- 



& ■£■ 



A - MEN 



f=r 



i=i 



m 



- 



l 1 11 



- 



(EVENING.) 



22 



Sundown, s. m. 



^ 



John Elierton (1826—). 

= I- 



J. Barnby (1838—). 



i^fgl 



m 1 



:i&E| 



r. Our day of praise is 
2. A - round the throne on 



done, The eve - ning shad - ows fall ; But 

high, Where night can nev - er be, The 



£ 



+— *■ 



W 



3? 



fl* 



i 



F=g 



PZ-i- 



a 1 







pass not from us with the sun, True 

white-robed harp - ers of the sky Bring 



Light that lighten - est all. 
cease - less hymns to Thee. 



A - MEN. 




3 Too faint our anthems here, 
Too soon of praise we tire ; 

But oh, the strains how full and clear 
Of that eternal choir! 

4 Yet, Lord, to Thy dear will 
If Thou attune the heart, 

We in Thine angels' music still 
May bear our lower part. 



5 'T is Thine each soul to calm, 
Each wayward thought reclaim, 

And make our life a daily psalm 
Of glory to Thy name. 

6 A little while, and then 
Shall come the glorious end, 

And songs of angels and of men 
In perfect praise shall blend. 



(EVENING.) 



St. Matthias. 8s. 6 lines. 



|§g 



F. W. Faber (1814-1863). 
mf 



W. H. Monk (1823-1890). 
cres. 



23 



*=* 



*.zk 



'i 



& SE££^\ 



1 1 



1. Sweet Sav-iour, bless us ere we go; 

2. The day is gone, its hours have run, 

3. Grant us, dear Lord, from e - vil ways 



Thy word in - to 
And Thou hast tak 
True ab - so - lu - 



*tr 



our minds in - still, And make our luke-warm 
- en count of all, — The scan - ty tri - umphs 
tion and re - lease : And bless us, more than 




^ 



hearts to glow With low 
grace hath won, The brok - en 
in past days, With pur - i 



love 
vow, 

ty 



and 

the 

and 



fer - vent will. Through life's long day 
fre - quent fall. Through life's long day 
in-ward peace. Through life's long day 



and 
and 
and 



death's dark night, 
death's dark night, 
death's dark night, 



t=t 



«* 



1 — r 



C=±: 



m 



£# 



m '■ 




£§ 



05 



•^-- 



^P 



O gen 

4 



tie Je - sus, be our Light. A - men. 

■m- -4- 



^mm mmm mm 



1 — r 



(EVENING.) 



4 Do more than pardon, — give us joy, 
Sweet fear, and sober liberty, 

And simple hearts, without alloy, 
That only long to be like Thee. 
Through life's, etc. 

5 For all we love, the poor, the sad, 
The sinful, unto Thee we call ; 

O let Thy mercy make us glad : 
Thou art our Jesus and our All. 
Through life's, etc. 




Wordsworth, 

Bp. Christopher Wordsworth (1807-1889). 



IO. IO. IO. IO. 10. 10. 

Henry Smart (1812-1879). 



^aM^ flip^g^Pgi 



t. The day is gent - ly sink - ing to a 
2. Our change-ful lives are ebb -ing to an 



^ 






close ; Faint - er and yet more faint the sun-light glows. O 
end, On - ward to dark-ness and to death we tend : O 











+jt t 



t 






±=t 



mmm 



-PU-— -, 



1 • ^ i5?- 



Hright-ness of Thy Fa - ther's Glo-ry, Thou, E - ter - nal Light of Light, be with us now ! 
Con-queror of the grave, be Thou our guide, Be Thou our light in death's dark ev - en - tide ! 







p 



1 1 



j 



& 



,'ith ' 
e to 

/"- 



W here Thou art pres - ent, dark-ness can-not be ; Mid-night is glori-ous noon, O Lord, with Thee. 
Then in ourmor-tal hour will be no gloom, No sting in death, no ter - ror in the tomb. 

# ± ... r+f\ . ,. ... . ^ v-j 



A -MEN. 



% 



t 



mmmmi$wm^m% 



fe- 



ll 



J Thou who in darkness walking didst appear 
Upon the waves and Thy disciples cheer, 
Come, Lord, in lonesome days, when storms assail, 
And earthly hopes and human succors fail; 
When all is dark, may we behold Thee nigh, 
And hear Thy voice,- — " P'ear not, for it is I ! " 



4 The weary world is mouldering to decay, 
Its glories wane, its pageants fade away; 
In that last sunset, when the stars shall fall, 
May we arise, awakened by Thy call, 
With Thee, O Lord, forever to abide 
In that blest day which has no eventide ! 



(EVENING.) 



MerriaL 



6. 5. 6. 5. 



S. Baring-Gould (1S34— ). 



J. Barnby (1838—). 



25 





day 
give 



^T 



IS 

the 



-o- 



3=** 



ov 
wea 



Night is draw - ing 
Calm and sweet re 



nigh, 

pose. 



. 



fcz 



r— r 






II 



:> 



I 



Shad - ows of the eve 

With Thy tender - est bless 



ning 
ing 



Steal 
Mav 



a - cross the sky. 
our eye - lids close. 



$ 



Sa 



m 



* 



$»- 



T^ 



£ 



3= 



u 



eve 

3 Grant to little children 
Visions bright of Thee; 

Guard the sailors tossing 
On the deep blue sea. 

4 Comfort every sufferer, 
Watching late in pain ; 

Those who plan some evil, 
From their sin restrain. 



ning Steal a - cross 



(EVENING.) 



5 Through the long night-watches 
May Thine Angels spread 

Their white wings above me, 
Watching round my bed. 

6 When the morning wakens, 
Then may I arise 

Pure and fresh and sinless 
In Thy Holy Eyes. 



26 



Stephen H. Bourne (1834 — ). 



i; 



Eva. 6.5.6.5. 



Frederic Archer, 1881. 



1 



*2=t- 



i. Christ, who once 



fct 



If 



we trust His 



3. Though we may not 

4. Death will be to 



mong 



see 
>lum 



?h=&- 



m 



us 



prom - lse, 



Him 
ber 



As 

He 

For 

In 



will 

a 
that 



Child did 
let us 



lit 
sweet 



tie 
em 



dwell, 
rest 





5 He will be our Shepherd 

After as before, 
By still heavenly waters 

Lead us evermore. 



6 Make us lie in pastures 
Beautiful and green, 

Where none thirst or hunger. 
And no tears are seen. 



(EVENING.) 



St. Anatolius, 

Tr. from St. Anatolius by J. M. Xeale (1818-1S66). 



7. 6. 7- r >- 8. 



. 



J. Baraby (1838—). 

I 



m^M 



1 



SBfc^ 



i 



^^T 



*SF 



EI3 



-3K- 



^: 



1. The day is past and ov- 



er: All thanks. O Lord, to Thee ! We pray Thee now that sin - less 
Thee ! We pray 



J ±-1 



^iM 



: : 



o 



m 



t=± 



i 



Pf> 



rit. 

— v- 



mm- 11 



rz 



** 



w m 



5 •■ r # S7^ 



^ 
^ 



be ; O Je - sus, keep us in Thy sight, 

The hours of dark may be. O Je - sus, keep us in Thy sight, And save us thro' the com-ing night Am 1 \ 



m 







r 



-r—rf f 



2 The joys of day are over; 

We lift our hearts to Thee. 
And ask Thee that offenceless 

The hours of dark may be. 
Jesus, keep us in Thy sight, 
And save us through the coming night. 

5 The toil> of clay are over ; 

We raise our hymn to Thee. 
And ask that free from danger 

The hours of dark mav be. 



O Jesus, keep us in Thy sight, 

And guard us through the coming night. 

4 Be Thou our souls' preserver, 
Good Lord! for Thou dost know 

How many are the perils- 
Through which we have to go : 

O loving Jesus ! hear our call. 

And guard and save us from them all 



(EVENING 1 



28 



St. Sylvester. 8. 7 . 8. 7 . 



Mrs. Mary Lundie Duncan (181 4-1840). 



J. B. Dykes (1 823-1 876). 



^ 



S=^ 



ra^Bt 




«- 



E 



"T^ ft— f 



B£^ 



1. Je - sus, ten - der Shep - herd, hear me; 

2. All this day Thy hand has led me ; 

3. Let my sins be all for - giv - en ; 



Bless Thy lit - tie lamb to - night; 
And I thank Thee for Thy care ; 
Bless the friends I love so well ; 




zr z *—+ v r i> b " f 



Through the dark - ness be Thou near me ; 
Thou hast clothed me, warmed and fed me ; 
Take me, when I die, to heav - en, 



Keep me safe till morn - ing light. 
Lis - ten to my eve - ning prayer. 
Hap - py there with Thee to dwell. A - MEN. 



mi 



*-^L 



ri 



i 5 



r £/ p I o 



(EVENING.) 



St. Leonard, c. m. d. 



29 



Adelaide Anne Procter (1825-1864). 



Henry Hiles (1826—). 



Sfc 



33 



^ 

T 



=fc± 






^ A 



1. The shad - ows of the eve - ning hours Fall from the dark 'ning sky; Up - on the fragrance 

2. The sor - rows of thy servants, Lord, O, do not Thou despise ; But let the in - cense 

3. Slow - ly the rays of day - light fade; So fade with -in the heart The hopes in earth -ly 



$=± 



^ 



w 



1 1 1 



m 



r— r 




n 



si 



o 



m=S 



¥ 



the flowers The dews 

our pray'rs Be - fore 

joy That one 



] 



of 
thy 
by 

-ft*- 



eve ■ 
mer 
one 



ning 
■ cv 
de ■ 



lie: 
rise, 
part. 



Be - fore Thy throne, O Lord 
The brightness of the com • 
Slow - ly the bright stars, one 



of 

ing 

by 



£=£ 



9 



m 



^=£ 



heaven, We 
night Up- 
one, With- 



S^ 



_| 

-<s- 



iii 



^5 



/?//. 



::* 



-9- 



& 



*s 



kneel at close of day ; 
on the darkness rolls ; 
in the heavens shine ; 



Look on Thy children from on high. And hear us while we pray. 
With hopes of fu - ture glo - ry chase The shad-ows from our souls. 
Give us, O Lord, fresh hopes in heaven, And trust in things di - vine. A-MEN 




(EVENING.) 



30 



Evening Light. 



8. 6. 8. 6. 8. 8. 



R. C. Singleton 
-*-, 1 r-i 



Henry Smart (1813-1879) ; Barnby's Hymnary, 8 

-H 1 1 1- 




1. Lord, ev 

2. As speeds 
z. When calm 



er 
the 



show Thy bless 
moon her si 



laid 



s '• 



' 



qui - 



! ur 

ed Face, 1 hough down - ward sinks the sun ; Stand 

lent way, Out - pour - ing soft - er beams, So 

et rest, Sweet slum - ber on our eyes, Let 



mm^ 



- ^4 



m 



t 




w 



j^Ll Uxi-P 



m 



■=t 



■> 



^ 



■w- 



...I 



his course hath run : A - bove the height, In 
of ho - ly dreams ; That thoughts snow-white May 
round each breast, Our guard till morn -ing rise: Sin takes to flight, And 



-till in heaven, with looks of grace, Though he 
shed on us a gen - tie ray, The peace 
an - gels hov - er 



fc=t 



I 



~» 5 



f 



*»: 



f f if 1 ^^ -r^,%=H = 

tz=b-=hEz E »— =zE==b=±^g5g — R = --f— k 




glo - ry bright, Still shines in Thee 
hal - low night, No long - er dark 
drops the fight ; For Thou art peace 



un - fad - ing light, 
be - neath Thy light, 
as well as light. 



f± 



4 As sighs our last departing breath, 

And friends in sorrow weep, 
O grant us, Lord, a tranquil death 
Like this, a restful sleep; 

Then through Thy might 
Raise us all bright, 
To view Thee robed in quenchless 
light. 



Tohn Ellerton (1826—). 




T- T 



* +-* 



Chenies. 7. 6. s lines. 



31 



T. R. Matthew.-,. 

I 




The hours of school are o - ver, The even-ing calls us home ; Once more to Thee, O Fa - ther. With thank-ful hearts we come. 
For life and health and shel-ter,From harm through-out the day ; The kind-ness of our teach - ers, The gladness of our : 
But these, Lord, can show us Thy good-ness but in part : Thy love would lead us on ■ ward To know Thee as Thou art. 









ssl i 



* f 



For all thy count-less bless-ings We praise Thy ho-ly Name, And own Thy love un-chang-ing.Thro' days and years the same. 

For all the dear af - fee - tion Of pa-rents.broth-ers.friends. To Him our thanks we ren-der Who these and all thing- - 

Thy Son came down from heav-en To take a -way our sin ; Thy Spir-itdwellsa-mong us To make us clean with- in. A-MEN. 




For this, O Lord, we bless Thee, 

For this, we thank Thee most, ■ 
The cleansing of the sinful, 

The saving of the lost ; 
The Teacher ever present. 

The Friend forever nigh, 
The Home prepared by Jesus 

For us above the skv. 



Lord, gather all Thy children 

To meet Thee there at last, 
When earthly tasks are ended. 

And earthly days are past : 
With all our dear ones round us 

In that eternal home. 
Where death no more shall part us, 

And night shall never come ! 



EVENING 



32 



Peace 



8. 7. 8 lines. 



S. Longfellow (1819 — ). 
S-3 



E. J. Hopkins (1818 — ). 







4=v 



-0—4M 



w 



1. Now, on land and sea de-scend-ing, Brings the night its peace pro - found ; Let ourves-per- 

2. Now, our wants and bur - dens leav-ing To His care Who cares for all, Cease we fear -ing. 



f 



^_ — — # _ — — a — — — 

11 r r i r r 






hymn be blend-ing With the ho - ly calm a - round. Soon as dies the sun-set glo - ry. Stars of heaven shine 
cease we griev-ing : At His touch our bur-dens fall. As the dark-ness deep-ens o'er us, Lo ! e - ter - nal 

:,-'^«:l' I 1 ' Ejj t f^ ]r. r i-ufi . * - I i ^ : ' I 

i £=*= -7 rfr 1 hft^miY F r r ^ ' 6 ' 




I I I 



out a 

stars a 



bove, Tell - ing still the an - cient sto - ry, — Their Cre - a - tor's change - less love. 

rise; Hope and faith and love rise glo-rious, Shin - ing in the spir - it's skies. A - men. 






I 

(EVENING) 



Irene. 7-7-7-s- 



35 



R. H. Robinson (1S42— ). 



C. C. Scholefield (1839—). 




a 



m mm 



* — £* ^ 

Fa - ther, cheer our way With Thy love's per - pet 
Sav - iour, calm our fears When earth's bright - ness clis 



P^pig 



ual 

ap - pears ; 



9 



m 



,,. 



( j rant us 
Grant us 



'ry clos 
our la 



*&*>- 



1 



m 



-t 



ing day 

ter years 



Light 

Light 



r + • 



c- 



at eve ning - time, 
at eve - ning - time. 






I] 



MEN. 



m^A 



3 Holy Spirit, be Thou nigh 
When in mortal pains we lie : 
Grant us, as we come to die. 
Light at evening-time. 



(EVENING 



Holy, Blessed Trinity. 
Darkness is not dark to Thee ; 
Those Thou keepest alwa; 
Light at evening-time. 



Evening Shadows. 




dark 

com 
thought 



eth, watch, O Fa 



clis 
ther 



po.s 
o'er 



mg 
us 



be Thine when morn-ing wakes us 



And 
In 
All 



'neath His shad - ow 
soul and bo - dy 
sick and'mourn-ers 



here to rest we yield us ; 
Thou from harm de •• fend us : 
we to Thee com -mend them 




Slower, pp 




■•..". -;ut* 



4 We have no refuge, none on earth to aid us 

But Thee, O Father, who Thine own hast made us 
Keep us in life: forgive our sins ; deliver 
Us now and ever. 

g Praise be to Thee, through Jesus our salvation, 
God, Three in One, the Ruler of creation, 
High-throned, o'er all Thine eye of mercy casting, 

Lord everlasting. 



(EVENING.) 



Ell 



ers, 



10. IO. IO. IO. 



35 



J. Ellerton (1826—). 



i 



^ 



E. J. Hopkins (1S1S — ), harmonized by Arthur Sullivan. 



I * •*■ 

1. Sav - iour, a - gain to Thy dear Name we raise 

2. Grant us Thy peace up - on our home-ward way ; 

3. Grant us Thy peace, Lord, through the com - ing night, 

... _*_ _*_ 



E* 



With one ac 
With Thee be 
Turn Thou for 






s 



^: 



b 



cord our 
gun, with 



t 



P 



s i i 









£b* 



:1 



part - ing hymn of praise ; We stand to bless Thee ere our wor - ship cease, Then, low - ly 
Thee shall end, the day; Guard Thou the lips from sin, the hearts frcm shame, That in this 
dark - ness in - to light ; From harm and dan - ger keep Thy chil - dren free, For dark and 



m 



— »- 



=fc 



jLJfL 



P 



I 



*=!=*=* 



t=t= 



-Ha 



%=fr 



r 1 # * -j 



slower. 



£$=$ 



Eg 



-«-. 






? 



kneel - ing, wait Thy word of peace, 
house have called up - on Thy name, 
light are both a - like to Thee. 



mmm \ mmm 



■%-- 



MEN. 



II 



19 



1 — r 



4 Grant us Thy peace throughout out- 
earthly life. 

Our balm in sorrow, and our staj in 
strife ; 

Then, when Thy voice shall bid our 
conflict cease, 

(all us, Lord, to Thine eternal 
[X ace. 



(EVENING.) 



36 



Beatitudo. c. m. 



J. Ellerton (1826—) 










1 


1 






J.B. 


Dykes 

_J 


(1823- 


876). 




]) , 9 \> 


B 


f? 


— _— 1 


— J 




— « — 


-i, 


1 1 






w^i * T 


j- 


=t= 


"f=1 


-s> 






-^r- - 


=•" 1 


9^- 


-^~ 


1? 


st 5 


1 


w — ^— J 


— # 1 


L - ©" — 
1 


r 


1 ^ 


-r 




L - <^v J 


r ' 


— # — 1 


4^ 


— *H 


*' 


1 


1. The Lord 


be 


with 


us 


as 


we 


bend, 


His bless 


- ing 


to 


re - 


ceive ; 




2. The Lord 


be 


with 


us 


as 




we 


walk 


A - long 


our 


home 


ward 


road ; 




3. The Lord 


be 


with 


us 1 


ill 




the 


night 


En - fold 


our 


day 


of 


rest; 




4. And when 


our night - 


ly prayers 




we 


say, 


3 is watch 


He 


still 


shall 


keep, 




f: -*- 


^ 






1 






1 


T f" 


P 










/•V K > O P P 


f 


" 1 9 


m 


1 * 






P* 


f? • 


-i 


^rrH-t- f 


=5- 


V 




^ 


— — 


— J- 


—1 




-U £- 


-2J 


^^-^-z^: ' "- 




E P= 


-1 — 


,1 ^- 


=U 




s) • 






1 


b^= 


-f^ 


-1 


^ 




i 



3=3Sg: 



d: 



^t 



m 



3=* 



& 



&, 



as 



5 



SHI II 



His gift of peace 

In si - lent thought 

Be He of ever 

Crown with His grace 



up - on us send, 

or friend - ly talk, 

y heart the Light, 

His own blest day, 



Be - fore His courts we leave. 
Our hearts be still with God. 

Of ever - y home the Guest. 
And guard His peo - pie's sleep 



m f f rrf-TTf ' c 1 r i n ti&^ mgm n 



(EVENING.) 



Angel Voices. 8. 5. 



F. Pott (183: 

i 1 v- 



* # € 



4- 3- 

Arthur Sullivan (1842 — ). 



37 



« # 



— * 8 J 



i. An - gel voi - ces ev - er sing - ing Round Thy throne of light, An - gel harps for ev - er ring - ing, 

2. Thou who art be-yond the farth-est Mor - tal eye can scan, Can it be that Thou re - gan 

3. Yea, we know that Thou re - joi-cest O'er each work of Thine ; Thou didst ears and hands and voi ccs 



. +A 



-#- -#- -#-*-#- 






*2fc 



m 



■ 1 



i 



:# 



^=^_4 \ 



fci::|i 



*3^ 



-?*- 



^# 



Rest not day nor night ; Thou-sands on-ly live to bless Thee And con - fess Thee, Lord of might ! 
Songs of sin-fulman? Can we feel that Thou art near us And wilt hear us? Yea, we can. 
For Thy praise com-bine : Crafts-man's art and music's measure For Thy pleas-ure All com-bined. A-m l.\ 



IKZ* 



*=* 



JiAi , 



_» ..+ 



!•• I! 



In Thy house, great God, we offer 

Of Thine own to Thee, 
And for Thine acceptance proffer, 

All unworthily, 
Hearts and minds, and hands and voices, 
In our choicest 
Melody. 



5 Honor, glory, might, and merit 
Thine shall ever be ! 
Father, Son, and Holy Spirit. 

Blessed Trinity ! 
Of the best that Thou hast given. 
Earth and Heaven 
Render Thee. 



(THE FATHER] 



38 



Faben. s. 7 . s iii 



Bp. Richard Mant (1776-1848). 



p 



John H. Wilcox. 

1 1 



^^^^^^Igpi^ ! 1 



ME* 



-i-Efc- 



1. "Lord, Thy glo - ry fills the Heav - en, Earth is with its ful-ness stored ; Un - to Thee be glo - ry 

2. With I lis ser - aph - train be - fore Him, With I lis ho - ly Church be - low, Thus con-spire we to a 



UE£ 



. 



tp r r __ t _ 



^ 



t=t 



r?-. - - - ^ I 



£ 



^giggEU - 1 



i 

giv - en, 
dore Him, 






Ho - ly, 
Bid we 



Ho 

thus 



F 



ly, Ho - ly ! Lord." Heaven is still 
our an - them flow : " Lord, Thy glo 



*■ r i g: r— g = g-r * -i-M £ 



with glo - ry ring 
ry fills the Heav 



U I— I 



ing, P^arth takes 
en, Earth is 



i 




^ Ui lJ.J JfeL^ JJ I jJd-jbJ ? jg 



up the an - gels' cry, "Ilo-ly! Ho - ly ! I Io-ly ! "sing-ing, " Lord of hosts, the Lord most High ! " 
vith its ful-ness stored ; Un - to Thee be glory giv -en, Ho - ly ! Ho - ly ! Ho ■ ly ! Lord!" A-mkn. 

. . 



1 i ■■ ■ 1 i 'i^f m smm i msm 



THE FATHER.) 



H. F. Lyte(i 7 93- I 847)- 




Bracondale 



±=r± 



4. 4. 6. 4. 4. 6. 



39 



J. Booth (1852—). 



q 



^ 



t= 



Iflfil 3 U 



1. My God, my King, Thy praise I '11 sing; 

2. My voice, a - wake, Thy part to take, 

3. But man is weak Thy praise to speak 

4. His truth and grace Fill time and space, 



My heart is 
My soul the 
Your God, ye 
As large His 



all 
con 
an 
hon 



Thine own ; 
cert join, 
gels, sing : 
ors be: 



My high - est 
Till all a- 

"T is your-. to 
Till all that 



PMN 



mmmm 



-- g rTi s ' 1 # 





/ 



dim . 

m^mt-i m mm 



powers, My choic 

round shall catch 

see, More near 

live Their horn 



est hours, I yield to 

the sound, And mix their 

than we, The glo - ries 

age give, And praise my 



m 



& 



J 4* *£ i 

1 r f 



* ,t: 



^m 



di 



Thee 
hymns 

of 
God 

-& 1 



with 
our 
with 



lone. 

mine. 

King. 

me. 



25 



mmm 



(THE FATHER. 



4 o 



Abbeycombe. 



8. 7. 8. 7. 4- 7- 



(J. Rawson (1807 — ). 






E. J. Hopkins (1818— ). 

I- 






:-*r 



God the Lord is King : be-fore Him, Earth, with all thy na-tions, wait ! Where the cher - u - bim adore Him, 
God the Lord is King of glo - ry : Zi - on, tell the world His fame ; An - cient Is - ra - el, the sto - ry 
In old times, when dan-gers dark-ened, When, in-voked by priest and seer, To His peo - pie's cry He hark-ened ; 
Laws di-vine to them were spo-ken From the pil-lar of the cloud; Sa-cred pre - cepts, quick-ly bro-kenl 

IS 



-•-- -#- -.'- 



4 » 



J.. ± -£_?- + j 







P 1 a?id smoothly. 



Sit-teth He in roy - al state. 

Of His f aith-f ul - ness pro-claim. 

An-swered them in all their fear : 

Fierce-ly then I lis vengeance flowed. 



He 
He 
He 
He 

I 



-J 1- 



H 




mmwM 



ho 
ho 
ho 
ho 






iy; 
iy; 
iy; 
iy; 



% 



Blessed, on - ly Po - ten - tate ! 
Ho - ly is His aw - ful name. 
As they called, they found Him near. 
To the dust their hearts were bowed. A 



.^ jf . _ # _ 



n 



-V—&- 



mmi] 



F 



But their Father God forgave them 
When they sought His face once more 

Ever ready was to save them, 
Tenderly did He restore : 

lie is holy; 
We, too, will His grace implore. 



I 
(THE FATHER 



God in Christ is all-forgiving, 
Waits His mercy to fulfil. 

Come, exalt Him, all the living 
Come, ascend I lis Zion, still I 

He is holy; 
Worship at His holy hill. 



Bp. C. Wordsworth (1807-1884). 



Almsgiving, 



8. 8. 8. 4. 




1 



J. R. Dykes (1823-1876). 
1 



1. O Lord of 

2. For peace - ful 

3. Thou didst not 

4. Thou giv'st the 



• +^r .-#- 






» 



heaven and earth and sea, 

homes and health - ful days, 

spare Thine on - ly Son, 

Spir - it's blessed dower, 



To Thee all praise and glo - ry be : 

For all the bless - ings earth dis - plav>. 

But gav'st Him for a world un - done ; 

Spir - it of life and love and power, 



r\w~o~~ 2? 



*u 



*2_^ 



^ 



£f? 



1 



■&-*- 



I 



- 



tS 



*? 



-&-r 



m 



How shall we 
We owe Thee 
And e'en that 
And dost His 



®i ^ 



show our love to Thee, 

thank - ful - ness and praise, 

gift Thou dost out - run, 

seven - fold graces show - er 



g— i —' 



# 



M^H^Z 



^* 



I 



^ 



. <C 



friv - er 
Giv - er 

And g 
Up - on 



of all ? 

of all. 

us all. 

us all. 



gd 



]] 



^=- 



1 — r 



5 For souls redeemed, for sins forgiven, 
For means of grace and hopes of heaven, 
Father, what can to Thee be given, 
Who givest all ? 



Whatever, Lord, we lend to Thee, 
Repaid a thousandfold will be : 
Then gladly will we give to Thee, 
Giver of all, — 



We lose what on ourselves we spend 
We have as treasure without end 
Whatever, Lord, to Thee we lend. 
Who givest all. 



8 To Thee, from whom we all derive 
Our life, our gifts, our power to give 
O. mav we ever with Thee live. 
Giver of all I 
(THE FATHER.) 



4 2 



Westminster, c. 



M. 



F. W. Faber (18 14- 1863). 



§ii 



James Turle (1802-1882J 
4 



wmmm 



&£'- 



1 

1. My (loci, how won 

2. I low dread are Thine 

3. How won - der - ful, 

4. O, how I fear 

5. Yet I may love 



der 

e 
how 
Thee, 
Thee 



ful 
ter 

beau 
liv 

too, 



• • - 

Thou art ! 
nal years, 
ti - ful 



Thy 

O 
The 



maj 

ev 

sight 



er 
of 



ing God ! With deepest, ten 



O Lord, Al 



might 



ty how 
last - ing 
Thee must 
der - est 
as Thou 



bright, 
Lord ! 

be,— 
fears, 

art, 



n 



-•- * 



ES£ 



fes 



g-T 



£ 



±-± 



S# 



i 



w 



^=si 



m 



W 

How beau - ti - ful Thy mer - cy - seat, 
By pros - trate spir - its day and night 
Thine end - less wis - dom, bound - less power, 
And wor - ship Thee with trem - bling hope, 
For Thou hast stooped to ask of me 



^ 



^m 



£E£EE£ 



t=* 



In depths of 
In - ces - sant 
And aw - ful 
And pen - i 
The love of 

4= 



burn - ing light ! 

ly a - dored ! 
pu - ri - ty ! 

ten - tial tears ! 

my poor heart. 

I 






e± 



mm 



6 No earthly father loves like Thee ; 
No mother, e'er so mild, 
bears and forbears, as Thou hast doru 
With me, Thy sinful child. 



Father of Jesus ! love's reward ! 

What rapture will it be, 
Prostrate before Thy throne to lie, 

And gaze and gaze on Thee ! 



(THE FATHER! 



Rotherham. c. m. d. 



E. S. A. 



^^^^^tt^H 



G. A. Macfarren (i 813-1887) 

' 4- 



43 



111! 

1 . O Lord of all, we bring to Thee our sac - ri - fice of praise 

2. We praise Thee now for life and health and earth-ly hap-pi - ness ; 

3. What shall we ren-der Thee, O Lord ? what trib-ute shall we bring ? 

4. O, make us watch-ful, lest by sin our hearts be o-ver- borne; 



ms-i 



To Thee with glad and thankful hearts our 
For all the sa - cred hu - man love that 
O, let us give our hearts, our lives, in 
O, make us true in word and work, though 




& i: 1 1 j l JWCTl M^^^^g :.-.,] 



fes - tal hymn we raise. We are but chil-dren here on earth, and Thou art high a - bove ; But yet we dare to 
still our lives doth bless; P'or Thy dear Son whom Thou hast sent,whose kind and tender voiceBids the young children 
thank-ful of - fer - ing. Al-though we are but chil-dren, yet Thou dost our ser - vice ask, And each in Thy great 
all the world should scorn ; O, make us will-ing here to serve, in low - li - ness and love, ForHimwhoina 




Thou 
will-ing here to serve, in 

b-0- -•- V0- b-m- 



e 



m 



' H 



I — hi 




come to Thee, because Thy name is Love. 

come to Thee, and in Thy love re - joice. 

work may find his own ap - pointed task. 

servant's form came down from heaven above. 



mm. 




The night of sin must wane at last, the morn of joy begin, 
When Christ in every human heart His royal throne must win ; 
O, let us give Him now in youth our ardor and our strength, 
Work for His glorious kingdom here, and share His joy at 
length ! 

Already breaks the early dawn of that great day of Cod ; 
Already sounds the Master's voice through all the earth 

abroad. 
Then cast the works of night away, gird on the arms of Light, 
And on the side of Christ our King stand ready for the fight. 



44 



Brookfield, 



L. M. 



T. H. Gill (1819 — ). 




S3 



-«*- 



1. Thy hap - py 

2. Our mirth is 

3. Thou wilt not, 



=t= 



T. B. Southgate (1814-1868). 



&M 



ones 

not 

Lord, 

-19- 

4= 



a 
a 
our 



<2- 

\ 

strain 
fraid 
smiles 



be 
of 
de 



-& 



gin: 
Thee 



ny: 



^ 



Dost thou 
Our life 
Dost Thou 



not, Lord, glad 
re - joi - ces 
not deem them 

E= 



f 



I 



liHf 



-^-^ 



^=3 



i 



4= 



W 



=e: 



-&- 



souls pos - sess ? Thy cheer - ful 

to be bright ; We would not 

of rich worth ? Our cheer flows 



Spir - it dwells with - in ; 
from our glad - ness flee, 
on be - neath Thine eye ; 



We 
But 
We 



m 



I 

feel Thee 

give full 

feel at 




*3 r- * = 73*~&* 



Itl 


our 


we] 


come 


cept 


- ed 



m 



joy 

to 

in 



ful ■ 

de 

our 



75* 

ness. 
light, 
mirth. 



& 



> 



\>* 







t~ 



(THE FATHER.) 







We turn to Thee a smiling face : 
Thou sendest us the smile again ; 

Our joy, the richness of Thy grace, — 
Thine own, the cheer of this glad strain. 



mmm 



Staincliffe. l. m. 



T. H. Gill (1819— ) 




1. Dear Lord ! Thy light Thou dost not hide, 

2. But they are given us not to hoard ; 

3. Thou light - est souls to beam a - round ; 

4. O, sweet the Fath - er's smile to win ! 

I- 



Thy glo - ry will not stay at 

Thy light may not be all our 

Thou set - test them to shine on 

What joy, dear Lord, to shine with 



. 



iSH-^ 



o 



t 



I 



home : 
own ; 
high; 

Thee. 



J 




H3i 



5=|: 






m 



•& 



2=* 



Thy glo ■ ry 



1 r ' 1 1 1 

With us Thy glo - ry may a - bide ; Thy pre - cious things to us may come. 

Thou mean - est not Thy glo - ry, Lord ! To cheer one dwell - ing-place a - lone. 

Thy chil - dren in Thy work a - bound, And still their Fath - er glo - ri - fy. 

Thy pre - cious things to wel - come in And en - ter tain Thy ra - dian - cy ! 

I 



M E N . 






&*F 



1 — r 



£ 



\,m 



* 



5 But O, more sweet for Thee to shine. 
To pass Thy smile, Thy blessing on, 
To bear about the light divine, 

And shine as the dear Saviour shone ! 

6 In us Thy beauty may be seen ; 

By us may be proclaimed Thy love ; 
Thy light in us may wanderers win, 
Thy grace to us may rebels move. 



(THE FATHER.) 



7 Lord, Thou hast given, and yet we hoard ; 
Thy glory half in vain has come ; 

Thy light, so lovingly outpoured, 
We loveless niggards keep at home. 

8 Father, still shine on us from heaven, 
And make us for Thy glory shine ; 
We would not keep one <j, ift ungiven, 
We would not hide one beam of Thine. 



46 



St. Saviour, c. 



M. 



Horatius Bonar (1808-1890). 

i 




F. G. Baker. 



wmmmmw^m^i. 1 



1. Fill Thou 

2. Not for 

3. Praise in 

4. Praise in 

-#- 



(££ 4 ' 



my 
the 
the 
the 

JL. 

H 



life, 
lip 



() 
of 



com - mon 
com - mon 



Lord my 

praise a 

things of 

words I 



i 

God, 
lone, 

life, 
speak, 



In ev - 'ry part with 

Nor e'en the prais - ing 

Its go - ings out and" 

Life's com - mon looks and 



praise, 
heart, 

in ; 
tones : 



t 1 r + 



£^£ 



%■■ 



m I 




That my whole be - ing 
I ask, but for a 

Praise in each du - ty 
In in - ter - course at 



may pro - claim 
life made up 
and each deed, 
hearth or board 



Thy 
Of 
How - ev 
With my 



be - ing 
praise in 



er 
be 



and Thy 
ev - 'ry 
^rnall and mean 
lov - ed 



ways. 
part, — 



A - MEN. 



»- . m -0- -0- -» • m -#- -0- -0- -0- m ■#- -&-• 



5 Not in the temple crowd alone, 

Where holy voices chime, 
But in the silent paths of earth, 
The quiet rooms of time. 

6 Fill every part of me with praise ; 

Let all my being speak 
Of Thee and of Thy love, O Lord, 
Poor though I be, and weak ! 



(THE FATHER.) 



7 So shalt Thou, Lord, from me, e'en me, 

Receive the glory due ; 
And so shall I begin on earth 
The song forever new. 

8 So shall no part of day or night 

From sacredness be free, 
But all my life, in every step, 
Be fellowship with Thee. 




St. Elwyn 



CM. 8 lines. 



T. T. Lynch (1818-1871). 
I 



E. J. Hopkins, (1818—). 



47 



1. The Lord is rich and mer - ci - f ul ; The Lord is 

2. The Lord is glo - ri - ous and strong ; Our God is 
~i. The Lord is won - dcr - ful and wise, As all t 



1 ' S 



-0- -f- • -*-- 
Z=$— -5=?L 

1- \T v ~ r 




now to Him, With a be - liev - ine mind His com - forts thev shall streneth-en thee. Like 



now to Him, With a be - liev - ing mind 
now in Him, And have se - cu - ri - tv. 
now of Him, Then with thee it is well. 



His com - forts they shall strength-en thee, Lik( 
He shall be to thee like the sea, And 
And with His light thou shalt be blest, There- 



■:^\}£ \ i HM'E ! I 



I 



r 



• M: 



-&- -0- -0 



I 

flow - ing wa - ters cool; And He shall for thy spir - it be A fountain ev - er full, 

thou shalt sure - ly feel His wind, that blow-eth health - i - lv. Thy sick-ness-es to heal. 
in to work and live; And He shall be to thee a rest When evening hours ar -rive. 



m 1 N . 




o • 



% \nw 



(THE FATHER. 



4 8 



Ilsley, 



(ist Tune.) 



F. W. Faber (1814-1863). 

IN 



8 lines. 

F. G. Ilsley, 1887, 




1. Souls of men! why will ye scat - ter 

2. It is God : His love looks migh - ty, 

3. There is no place where earth's sor-rows 

1 



Like a crowd of fright-ened sheep ? Fool-ish hearts, why will ye 
But is might - ier than it seems; 'TisourFath - er: and His 
Are more felt than up in heaven; There is no place where earth's 




W P W 

]/ V 

wan - der From a love so true and deep? Was there 
fond-ness Goes far out be - yond our dreams. There 's a 
fail - ings Have such kind - ly judg-ment given. There is 



ev 

wide 
wel 

I 



P 

V V 

er kind -est shepherd Half so 
ness in God's mercy, Like the 
come for the sinner, And more 



; 1 XX e£ : m •- % ^E^^yv. \ , . i. « fees 



gen - tie, half so sweet As the Saviour who would have us Come and gather round Mis feet? 

wide-ness of the sea ; There's a kirid-ness in His justice, Which is more than lib - er - ty. 

gra - ces for the good ! There is mer - cy with the Saviour; There is heal-ing in His blood. A - MEN. 




I - i 



m 



aiitl: II 



\rV II 



(THE FATHER.) 



llsley. — Concluded. 



49 



For the love of God is broader 

Than the measures of man's mind. 
And the heart of the Eternal 

Is most wonderfully kind. 
But we make His love too narrow 

By false limits of our own ; 
And' we magnify I lis strictness 

With a zeal He will not own. 



There is plentiful redemption 

In the blood that has been shed; 
There is joy for all the members 

In the sorrows of the Head. 
If our love were but more >imple. 

We should take Him at His word ; 
And our lives would be all sunshine 

In the sweetness of our Lord. 



Chamouni. -a Tune.) 



(.. Lomas. 



# » 



Soirs of men ! why will ye scatter Like a crowd of frightened sheep ? Foolish hearts. v. hy will ye wander From a love so true ?. 



Kp rfrrr l fpTfff" : frri- IMH - m 1 1 



.'.\\- 




WUi&W.. 



m 'L '.zt\^\z\zw 



Was there ever kindest shepherd Half so gentle, half so sweet As the Saviour who would have us Come and gather round His feet"- 

.i:-.:n...Hi 




•' 



(THE FATHER i 



Ellingham 



7- 7- 7- 7- 



G. Thring (1823 — 



S. N. Godfrey. 





1 3 t j-. l l 



new, Comes, O Fath - er, comes from Thee. 



mm 



Lay - eth oth - ers up in 

Hut Thy won - ders doth pro 



store. 

claim. A - mkn. 



r r — #- r ^ ^— ^ 



e 



«> 



^. 



ji 



4 Every blade and every tree, 
All in happy concert ring, 
And in wondrous harmony 
Join in praises to their King. 

5 Far and near, o'er land and sea. 
Mountain-top and wooded dell, 
Ml, in singing, sing of Thee 

Songs of love ineffable. 



6 Fill us, then, with love divine ; 
Grant that we, though toiling here, 
May in spirit, being Thine, 

See and hear Thee everywhere. 

7 May we all with songs of praise 
Whilst on earth Thy name adore, 
Till with angel-choirs we raise 
Songs of praise for evermore. 



(THE FATHER) 



Beechwood. 



5. 6. 6. 4. 



Sarah B. Rhodes. 



J. Booth (1852— ). 



5i 



^W W W frfB ^ g^S 



1. God, who made the earth, The air, the sky, the sea, Who gave the light its birth, Car - eth for 

2. God, who made the grass, The flower,thefruit,the tree, The day and night to pass, Car - eth for 

3. God, who made the sun, The moon, the stars, is He Who, when life's clouds come on. Car - eth for 

4. God, who made all things On earth, in air, in sea, Who chang-ing sea-sons brings, Car - eth for 



me. 
me. 
me. 
me. 



m^t 



ya 



t=±=t 



IIS 



wm 



-t 



« 



A-MKN. 

f 



^^mm 



Riseholme. 8. 8. 



Bp. Christopher Wordsworth (1807-1884). 




1 



4=3=3=1=1 



■t^ 



1. Fa-ther of all, from land and sea 

2. O Son of God, whose love so free 






. 



j — i- 



Henry John Gauntlett (1806-1876) 



1 






1—1 — r 



B 



The na-tions sing, " Thine, Lord, are we ; " Count-less in num-ber. 
For men did make Thee man to be. U - nit - ed to our 




§335: 



\ 



1 — r 



O Trinity in Unity. 
One only God, in Persons Three, 
Dwell ever in our hearts ; like Thee 
May we be one ! 

So when the world shall pass away, 
May we awake with joy to say : 
" Now, in the bliss of endless day, 
We all are one ! " 



(THE FATHER.) 



Stowe, 



Harriet Beecher Stovve (1814 — ), 1853. 



Arr. from Felix Mendelssohn-Bartholdy (1809-1847). 




m 



m 



t=t 



ZL 



=J=: 



:j=t^J 



-J- -J- 1 cs yes _ _ _j_ _^_ # _ # _ 



ur-» 



1. Still, still with Thee, when pur-ple morn-ing break-eth, When the bird wak - eth, and the shad-ows flee 



2. A - lone with Thee, 

3. As in the dawn 

4. Still, still with Thee ! as 



a - mid the mys - tic shad-ows, The sol-emn hush of Na - ture new - ly born : 
ing, o'er the wave-less o - cean, The im - age of the morn-ing star doth rest, 




to each new-born morn 



ing, 



t=t 



o 



I 



A fresh and sol - emn splen-dor still is given, 



±=t 



t &• 



I f f l f CC.M'I 






ttj 



-1-1 =p 



==P§ < 



■Q& 



Fair - er than morn-ing, love-lier than the day-light, Dawns the sweet consciousness : I am with Thee. 
A - lone with Thee, in breath-less ad -o-ra-tion, In the calm dew and fresh-ness of the morn. 
So in this still -ness Thou be-hold-est on - ly Thine im - age in the wa - ters of my breast. 
So doth this bless-ed con-scious-ness, a-wak-ing, Breathe, each day, nearness unto Thee and heaven. 



W&E5E&* 



Htt 




Hirrircc:[ i »m a 



r=f- 



5 When sinks the soul, subdued by toil to slumber, 
Its closing eye looks up to Thee in prayer, 
Sweet the repose, beneath Thy wings o'ershading, 
l!ut sweeter still, to wake and find Thee there. 



6 So shall it be at last, in that bright morning, 

When the soul waketh, and life's shadows flee ; 
Ol in that hour, fairer than daylight dawning, 
Shall rise the glorious thought : I am with Thee 



(THE FATHER. 



George W. Bethune (1858). 



The Blessed Name, 



3tt 



4 



i 



j-f v. v ; ■ ; 







8. 7. 8 lines. r "> 

J. Barnby (183&— ). 



i . 1 1 !:f^, ^ 



!' J? ere ^ no name so sw « et ° n earth ' x o name so dear in heav - en 

2. T was Ga-bnel first that did pro - claim, To His most blessed moth - er 

3. And when He hung up - on the Cross. They wrote His name a - bove Him! 

4. So now up -on His Fath -er's throne, Al - migh - ty to re - lease ™ 




As that be -fore His 

That name which now and 

That all might see the 

From sin and pai: 



mm: : 



t 



« !» 1 « i * ^ 9 



won-drous birth To Christ 
ev - er-more We praise 

rea - son we For ev - 
ev - er reigns The Prince 



* — f 




• • 



n 



1 — r 



a=« 



hail Him blessed Je - sus ! For there 's no word 






ear ev - er heard So dear, so sweet as J 



A.-MEN. 



'— — fc 



^_* ■:• 



n- cmi^rrr 



m - : ii 



(THE SON | 



54 



Diademata. 



Matthew Bridges (1S00 — ). 



ft* 



iH 



i 



NO. I. 6. 6. 8. 6. 8 lines. 

G. J. Elvey (1816— ). 



■si— 



t=F 



q=t 



3 



rt-: 



« 



S 



3 



jw 



S- 



^z«t:* 



V -& 



i. Crown Him with ma - ny crowns, The Lamb up - on His throne ; Hark, how the heavenly anthem drowns 

2. Crown Him the Lord of love : Be - hold His hands and side, Rich wounds yet vis - i - ble a - bove, 

3. Crown Him the Lord of peace, Whose power a scep-tre sways From pole to pole, that wars may cease, 



mm 



1 — r 



m 



t=t=t 



* 






iin^iipiiipiii g^ii iijir / 



I 

All mu - sic but its own. A - wake, my soul, and sing Of Him who died for thee, 
In beau - ty glo - ri - fied. No an - gel in the sky Can f ul - ly bear that sight, 
And all be prayer and praise. His reign shall know no end, And round His pierced feet 



I 

And hail Him 
But downward 
Fair flowers of 

l 




v 

I 

as thy match-less King Through all e - ter ■ 
bends his burn - ing eye At mys - te - ries 
Par - a - dise ex - tend Their fragrance ev 



mm* 



*=£ • ' 



m t h 



ni - ty. 
so bright. 
- er sweet. 



r~ r 



11 



Crown Him the Lord of years. 

The Potentate of time, 
Creator of the rolling spheres. 

Ineffably sublime. 

All hail, Redeemer, hail ! 

For Thou hast died for me ; 
Thy praise shall never, never fail 

Throughout eternity. 



(THE SON.! 



Diademata. No. 2 



6. 6. 8. 6. 8 lines. 



Matthew Bridges (1800 — ). 




55 

J. Barnby (1838—). 

Ni^g. 1 



1. Crown Him with ma - ny crowns, The Lamb up - on His Throne 

2. Crown Him the Lord of love ; Be - hold His hands and side, — 

3. Crown Him the Lord of peace, Whose power a scep-tre sways 

A I 1 J j 



Hark, how the heavenly an-them drown' 

Rich wounds yet vis - i - ble a - bove, 

From pole to pole, that wars may cease, 



SfefeE 



13 






4— -LJ =g 



zztizt 



f±* 



& 



-* is : I 




r ^- i v- 1^ 



1 

sic but its own. 
- ty glo - ri - fied. 
be prayer and praise. 



A - wake, my soul, and sing Of Him who died for thee, 
No an - gel in the sky Can ful - ly bear that sight, 
His reign shall know no end, And round His pierced feet 



And hail Him 
But downward 
Fair flowers of 



. , f \i 4 T~ * * 1 < g ■ (g * * i f T ?— r-*— r* * P a r^ r— W^ S 



d? 



« 



=F 



as 

bends 
Par - a 



— m- 

-r 

thy 
his 



-I— \ 



IliS 



3St5: 



^ 



t=t 



y=d=& 



-*^-i-& — 



match-less King Through all e - ter - 
burn - ing eye At mys - te - ries 
dise ex - tend Their fra - grance ev 

£ £ if: t>_*_ tt#.^CL 



ni 

so 
- er 



ty. 
bright, 
sweet. 



-fc 



e 



Org. 



o 



iiii 



4 Crown Him the Lord of years, 

The Potentate of time. 
Creator of the rolling spheres, 

Ineffably sublime. 

All hail, Redeemer, hail ! 

For Thou hast died for me : 
Thy praise shall never, never fail 

Throughout eternity. 



(THE SON ) 



56 



Mentone. 6. 5. s lines. 



E. F. Hughes. 



J. Barnby (1838—). 






1. How kind is the Sav - iour ! How great is His love ! 

2. He wept in the gar - den And died on the tree, 

3. He went back to glo - ry, But left us His word, 

„ |- 



lit - tie chil - dren 
pen a foun - tain 




To bles 

To o 

Which oft from our teach - ers 

1 

I 



gii mfmm 



i pibg^ 



m m 



-*=$, 



1 



He came from a - hove 
For sin - tiers like me; 
And pas - tors we 've heard 



He left ho 
His blood is 
He sends forth 



ly an 

that foun 

His Spir 



gels And their bright a - bode, 
tain Which par - don be - stows, 
it Our hearts to in - Ham-'. 




( ), help us, blest Jesus, 

More sweetly to praise. 
And walk in Thy footsteps 

The rest of our days. 
Then raise us, dear Saviour, 

To taste of Thy love, 
And praise Thee forever 

With children above. 



(THE SON.) 



Ruth. 



6. 5. 8 lines. 



57 



Caroline M. Xoel. 



S. Smith (1821— ). 



533 



A=P^; 



-• #- 



i 



M 



4-»i — I- 



-• — # 




cM JIUJJL I 



At the name of Je - sus Ev - 'ry knee shall bow, Ev - 'ry tongue con-fess Him King of glo - ry now. 

At His voice ere -a - tion Sprang at once to sight, All the an - gel fac - es, All the hosts of light ; 

Hum-bled for a sea - son, To re - ceive a name From the lips of sin - ners Un- to whom He came. 

Xame Him, brothers, name Him,Withlove as strong as death, But with awe and won-der, And with bat-ed breath 





-<£> 1 l . — H 

1^1 y 



S 



; 



■1—4- 



Sill 



5 



i 



'Tis the FatherV 
Thrones and dom-i - na - tions, 
Faith - ful - ly He bore it, 
He is God the Sav-iour, 



pleas-ure We should call Him Lord 
on their way. 




s 



r^^ lO -> 



Who from the be-gin-ning Was the migh-ty Word. 
Stars up - on their way, All the heaven-ly or - ders In their great ar - ray. 
Spot-less to the last, Brought it back vic-to-rious. When from death 1 le passed. 
He is Christ the Lord, Ev - er to be wor-shipped, Trusted, and a-dored. Ami x. 




eptlL ; !l 



In your hearts enthrone Him 

There let Him subdue 
All that is not holy, 

All that is not true. 
Crown Him as your Captain 

In temptation's hour, 
Let His will enfold you 

In its light and power. 



(THE SON. 



Brothers, this Lord Jesus 

Shall return again 
With His Father's glory, 

With I lis angel train ; 
For all wreaths of empire 

Meet upon His brow, 
And our hearts confess Hint 

King of glory now. 



58 



J. J. Daniel. 



f±-t 



fj 



i. Come, 
2. 'Tis 
3- O 



sing 
good 
boys ! 



:-4 

fBE 






Ellacombe. 



7. 6. 8 lines. 

German, Hymns A. & M. 34] 






m^ 



with ho - ly 
for boys and 
be strong in 

-J *- 



glad 
maid 



ness, High hal - le - lu ■ jahs sing 
ens, Sweet hymns to Christ to sing: 
sus ; To toil for Him is gain 



E FFFFf 



. ,—ff-JL. 



t 






S= 



Up 
'Tis 
For 



lift 

meet 

Je 



your loud ho 
that chil - dren's 
sus wrought with 



*? 



EEEEEE 



■jt=± 



E3 



1 



san 
voi 
Jo 



■ ? 



r 



eei 



jSL 



nas To Je 

ces Should praise 
seph, With chis 



±z=b=f 



sus. Lord and King; 
the chil - dren's King: 
el, saw, and plane ; 

*r :=£ 



t 



mm 



E 



E^EiEB ElE E^ = S£^±^ E^ e3= . eIeeIeI. I 



Sing, boys, 

For Jes 

( ) maid 

I ! 



m 

sus 
ens 



joy 
is 
live 



ful 
sal 
for 



cho 

va 

Je 



rus Your hymn of 

tion, And glo - ry, 

sus, Who was a 



praise to - day. 
grace, and rest, 
maid - en's son 



S£fe 



-f— T— i 

^3 



J=*=z£ 



1 ' m ' ^mm 1 



(THE SON.) 






Ellacombe. — Concluded. 



59 




P^ 



mmm 



And sing, ye gen - tie maid 
To babe and boy and maid 
Be pa - tient, pure, and gen 



ens. Your sweet re 
en. The one Re 
tie, — Per - feet the 



spon - sive lay. 
deem - er blest. 
grace be - gun. 






]^m 



^ 



§m 



4. Soon in the golden city 

The boys and girls shall play, 
And through the dazzling mansion- 
Rejoice in endless day; 



? 



O Christ ! prepare Thy children. 

With that triumphant throng. 
To pass the burnished portals 

And sing the eternal song. 



- 



{All.) 
Come, praise your Lord and Saviour 

In strains of holy mirth ; 
Give thanks to Him, O children ! 

Who lived a child on earth. 
He loved the little children, 

And called them to His side ; 
His loving arms embraced them, 

And for their sake He died. 

(Boys only.) 
O Jesus ! we would praise Thee. 

With songs of holy joy ; 
For Thou on earth didst sojourn, 

A pure and spotless boy. 
Make us, like Thee, obedient, 

Like Thee, from sin-stains free. 
Like Thee, in God's own temple. 

In lowly home, like Thee. 



SECOND HYMN 



(THE SON ) 



( Girls only.) 

3 O Jesus ! we too praise Thee. 

The lowly maiden's Son ; 
In Thee all gentlest graces 

Are gathered into one ; 
O, give that best adornment 

That Christian maid can wear, — 
The meek and quiet spirit 

Which shone in Thee so fair. 

(All.) 

4 O Lord ! with voices blended. 

We sing our songs of prai-e ; 
lie Thou the light and pattern 

Of all our childhood's days ; 
And lead us ever onward, 

That while we stay below. 
We may, like Thee, O J< - 

In grace and wisdom grow. 

Bp. W w. How. 



6o 



Rev. George S. Hodges. 



Hosanna we Sing. 

Hymns A. & M. 340. 



J. B. Dykes (1823- 1876). 




&£ 



1. Ho - san - na we sing, like the chil - dren dear In the old - en days when the 

2. Ho - san - na we sing, for He bends His ear, And re - joices the hymns of His 

—I J X*_i,*J_. » - - -» r " s - -♦ * 



f 



" i § 



1 




Lord lived here ; 
own to hear; 



He 
We 



blessed lit 
know that 



tie 
His 



children and 
heart will 



smiled on them, 
nev - er wax cold 



12* 



is 



* > 






etz 



*■? 



f=^=^f=f 




wm 



A 




Z 



While they chant - ed 
To the lambs that 



m 



y— 



His praise 
He feeds 



'•■ m 



in Je ■ ru sa 

in His earth - ly 



d 



g^^ 



(THE SON.) 



Hosanna we Sing. — Concluded. 



61 



S3 



w-k 



P33=^EE 



X 



SE 



v 



<s 



* • 



n — 1 — r 



lu - ia 
lu - ia 



we sing, like the chil - dren bright With their harps of gold and their 
we sing in the church we love, Al - le - lu - ia re - sounds in the 



i=t 






S-r*. 



t=t 



±3- 



• s 



I 'H I 



-r 




rai 
church 



I — ^ • ' J- J. L ?# # - ~* * — tJ: — ^rCf#- 



:- ^ 1 1 



:* 



ments white, 
a - bove ; 



W± 



^FT 



i£ 



As they fol - low their Shep - herd with 
To Thy lit - tie ones, Lord, may such 



' 



m 



*=*=£ 



t=t 



lov - 
grace 



mg 
be 



4=*, 



eyes 
given, 



*_ 



I 



/ 



\ \ 



rail. 



IN TX! 




(THE SON.) 



62 



Bonar. 



8. 8. 7. 6 lines. 



Horatius Bonar (1808-1890). 



J. Baptiste Calkin (1827 — ). 




t=t 



t=x 



I 



J= 






1. Up-\vard where the stars are burning, Si - lent, si - lent in their turn-ing, Round the nev-er chang-ing pole ; 

2. Far be-yond that arch of glad-ness, Far be-yond these clouds of sad-ness, Are the ma-ny man-sions fair. 

3. Where the Lamb on high is seat-ed, By ten thou-sand voi - ces greeted, Lord of lords, and King of kings, 

4. JUess-ing, hon - or, with-out meas-ure, Heavenly riches, earth - ly treas-ure, Lay we at His bless -ed feet. 



V4 



*7 



f 



t=+ 



m 



I "H r j j I 



«=$ 



t^ 



i 



»a»- 



1 






§S> 



1 



ES 



^ 



^ 



;v'/. 




Up-ward where the sky is brightest,Upward where the blue is lightest, — Lift I now my long-ing soul. 

Far from pain and sin and fol - ly, In that pal -ace of the ho - ly, I would find my man-sion there. 
Son of man they crown,they crown Him, Son of God they own,they own Him ;\Yith His name the palace rings. 
Poor the praise that now we ren-der, Loud shall be our voi-ces yonder, When be-fore His throne we meet. Amen. 









Sppppl 






^ 




Y 



(THE SON.) 



Hallelujah ! 



63 



Re-translated bv Henrv Alford (1810-1871). 

4 1- 



J. Barnby (1838 — ), 1868. Founded on an ancient melody. 



P 



*=^ 



3 



lu 

111 

lu 
lu 



jah! 
jah ! 
jah! 
jah! 



Let us all in 

Sing, ye choirs a - - 
Sound, ye glittering . . 
Floods and billows, . . 



con - cert 
bove the 
stars of 
snow and 



Sing 
skie>, 
light, 
shower, 



Hal 
Hal 
Hal 
Hal 



sw 



m 



g^ 



Let the people 

Harp, ye blessed . . . . 
Clouds in course, and 
Skies that glow, and . 



- 



I 



^ 



1 



; 




echo - ing ring. 

com - pa - nies, 
birds in flight, 
storms that lower, 
I 



Praising the E - - 
Through the fields of 
Thunders deep, and 
Frost and sunbeam. 



ter - nal King, 
Pa - ra - dise, 
light-nings bright. 
tree and flower, 






m 



F 



5 Beasts of earth, make- | answer deep, Hallelujah ! 
Shout forth, every | mountain steep, 

And ye vales be- | -neath that sleep, Hallelujah ! 

6 Cry, thou ocean, | jubilant, Hallelujah ! 
Every isle and | continent 

Echo onward \ resonant. Hallelujah! 

7 Let the sons of | men upraise, Hallelujah ! 
Joining with ex- | -ultant lays 

In the great Cre- | -ator's praise, Hallelujah ! 



8 This the strain the | Father loves, Hallelujah ' 
As its chorus | round Him moves, 

This, which Christ Him- | -self approves, Hallelujah 

9 Therefore, brethren. | sing with joy, Hallelujah ! 
Ever in your | glad employ. 

Answer, every | maid and boy. Hallelujah ! 

10 Now by all be | honor done, Hallelujah ! 
To the Father | and the Son, 
And the Spirit. | Three in One. Hallelujah I 



(JESUS. HIS PRAISE 



6 4 




J. Ellerton (1826—). 



The Endless Hallelujah ! 



Barnby 



Hymnary, 

cres. 



526. 



m 



Barnby (1838—) 
J 



mm 



g 



Sing Hallelujah forth in 

Ye next,who stand before th' E- 

The Holy City shall take 

In blissful antiphons ye 



A 



^±±A 



du-teous praise, 
ter - nal Light, 
up your strain, 
thus re - joice 

I I 



— z? — 

(J citizens of heaven, and 

In hymnfhg choirs re-echo 

And with glad songs resounding 
To render to the Lord with .... 



sweet-ly raise An 
to the height An 
wake a - gain An 
thankful voice An 





^ 



'S 



•=x 



^ 



1 



5. Ye who have gained at length your | palms in bliss 

6. There, in one grand acclaim, for - - - | ev - er ring 
^ £ +. *l 



I 



:t~ 



# * — ■ * j— L - 0—— -p* M- ' 



Victorious ones, your chant shall 
The strains which tell the honor . 



still be this: An 
of your King : An 



—1 — 



V- 



I*= 



end 
end 



less Hal 
less Hal 



C* 






m 



'a 
iaii. 

W 



(JESUS, HIS PRAISE.) 



The Endless Hallelujah ! — Concluded. 



65 



IE 



Po 



ens. - 



J 



,1 J 1 mf \ , 



7. This is the rest for weary | ones brought back ; | This is the food and drink which | none shall lack, — An 



'£*- 



(2 



i- 



m ** 



m- 



I 



- z 



:5«: 



/o 



3 



;nd - less Hal 



Org. 

jah. S. While Thee, by whom were all things j made, we praise 
! 9. Almighty Christ, to Thee our | voi - ces sing 



a_^ 



;■> 



mmm 



■all 



-t.mm 



Forever, and tell out, in 
( dory forevermore ; to 



m—u 



£# 



sweet est Lays, An end 
Thee we bring An end 



lcs» Hal - le lu 
less Hal - le - lu 



jah. 
jah. 



see,- - I rrnrf 

— * — » 



fl i 



II 



<JESUS. HIS PRAISE.) 



66 



Horatius Bonar (1808-1890). 




Vox Dilecti. c. m. d. 



mf 



J. B. Dykes (1823- 1876). 



SK tJ i \ ~n~4-M*Lli±4^ ^ 1 I 



1. I heard the voice of Je - sus say, " Come un - to Me and rest; Lay down. Thou wea - ry 

2. I heard the voice of Je - sus say, " Be - hold, I free - ly give The liv - ing \va - ter 

3. I heard the voice of Je - sus say, "I am this dark world's Light ; Look un - to Me, thy 



Ff-ii W f il l r =Urf- hf f p upmm m I 

m^$mmmmm mm i 



one, lay down Thy head up - on my breast." 
thir - sty one, Stoop down and drink and live." 
morn shall rise. And all thy dav be bright." 

^ IT I r r Yj ^t 




n+ cres ' s k* v cres -^=L I ^ 1/ r 



Weary and worn and sad; I found in Him a rest-ing-place, And He has made 

Of that life-giv - ing stream; My thirst was quenched, my soul revived, And now I live 
In Him my Star, my Sun; And in that light of life [ 11 walk Till travelling days 



me glad. 
in I lim. 
are done. 



A - MKN. 




m rffrtm & i\Wrtm 



Audientes. c. m. d. 



F. W. Faber (i 814- 1863) 
Unison. 



Arthur Sullivan (1842 — ). 




Organ. 

1. Dearje-sus, ev-er at my side. How lov-ing must Thou be To leave Thy home in heaven to guard 

2. I can-not feel Thee touch my hand With pressure light and mild, To check me, as my moth-er did 

3. And when, dear Saviour, I kneel down, Morn-ing and night, to prayer, Something there is with - in my heart 



m5 



S 



2*± 



> „ 



§ 



■■':■ 



i 




m 



Harmony, p 



i=C=^i 



e 






-U-l 



-^r 



J=t 



-$!-T.g{- 



^,— gf 



£ P 



A sin-ful child like me ! 
When I was but a child. 
Which tells me Thou art there. 



Thy 

But 

Yes, 



^ -&--&■-& 



It 



beau-ti - ful and shin-ing face I see not, though so near ; 

I have felt Thee in my thoughts Fighting with sin for me; 

when I pray, Thou prayest too; Thy prayer is all for me : 




The sweet-ness of Thy soft, low voice I 

And when my heart loves God, I know The 

But when I sleep, Thou sleep-est not, But 

-^" -&- •&- *r> ^ -&- -&- -&- 



am too deaf to hear, 
sweet-ness is from Thee. 
watch-est pa - tient - ly. 



fe=E 



^ 



-«■ — I- 



II 



w 



p 







1 — r 



s 



i=i 



1 Use slur in second verse only. 
(JESUS, HIS PRAISE.) 



68 



St. Barnabas, u. 10. 



Barnabas, which is, being interpreted, The Son of Consolation.''' 



John Ellerton (1826—) 



H. J. Gauntlett (1806-1876). 



f) W 1 






is * 


1 


! 








1 V.Hq 1 




N J d ' m 




1 


, 


1 


Y\ h Vi f » 


1 1 


J F 1 




1 1 


1 l 


1 


irtv " A \ J 


j ! 


m 1 


1 


\\) 4- J F J 




j 








5 


(6 m ■ 


J XV s 


j 




# F 


r 


r * 


1. O Son of God, 


our Cap - tain of sal - va - 


tion, 


Tin- 


- self by 


suffering 


2. Those whom Thy Spir 


- it's dread vo - ca - tion sev - 


ers 


To 


lead the 


van - guard 


3. Those whose bright faith 


makes fee - ble hearts grow strong 


- er, 


And 


sends fresh 


war - riors 


4. And all true help 


- ers, pa - tient, kind, and skil - 


ful. 


Who 


shed Thy 


light a - 


5. Thus, Lord, Thy dear 



con - sol - ers' mem-ory keep - 

m 


ing, 


Still 


be Thy 


Church - 's 


(m\* k 1 Q m 




7V 


# 


fs 


1 # 


f F 


f* * -1 


.iPJ: 7 U-% . F # 


1 1 


• mm 




1 


1 » 


5 


^ F J 


S-^h H /l i 1 i 






im '1^1 


1 1 


' 7 4- ^ {• > 


U L 


r ' !• 'f * 


F ,^11 1 1 


1 




1 




1 i/ 1 


1 


1 










schooled to hu - man grief, 
of Thy con-quering host ; 
to the great cam-paign ; 
cross our dark-ened earth, 
watch-word, " Com-fort ye ! " 



We bless Thee for 
Whose toil - some years 

Bids the lone con 
Coun - sel the doubt 

Till in our Fa ■ 



Thy sons of con 
are spent in brave 
vert feel es-t ranged 
ing, and re-strain 
ther's house shall end 



so - la 
en - deav 
no long 
the wil 
our weep 



av 



fct> 



'? 1 



*yt 



%*- 



<* 



& 



fe^ 



& 



:• 



: ' 



(JESUS, HIS LIFE AND NATURE.) 



tion, 
ors 
er, 
ful, 



St. Barnabas. — Concluded. 



6 9 



m 



Who 
To 

And 

Soothe 

And 



fol 

bear 

wins 

the 

all 



low in the 
Thy sav - ing 
the sun - dered 

sick - bed, and 
our wants be 



-?#— 



steps 

Name 

to 
share 

sat 



of 
from 
be 
the 

is 



Thee, 
coast 

one 
chil 

fied 



their 

to 

a 

dren's 

in 



chief, 
coast, 
gain, 
mirth. 
Thee. 



'*±Edt 



^J " J •«- -*- •*,-«- * -*- — * t -f- -?_ 



1 



nnm 



SECOND HYMN. 



When winds are raging o'er the upper ocean, 
And billows wild contend with angry roar, 

"T is said, far down beneath the wild commotion, 
That peaceful stillness reigneth evermore. 

Far, far beneath, the noise of tempests dieth, 
And silver waves chime ever peacefully ; 

And no rude storm, how fierce so e'er it flieth. 
Disturbs the Sabbath of that deeper sea. 



3 So to the heart that knows Thy love, O Purest ' 

There is a temple sacred evermore ; 
And all the babble of life's angry voices 

Dies in hushed stillness at its peaceful door. 

4 Far, far away, the roar of passion dieth, 

And loving thoughts rise calm and peacefully ; 
And no rude storm, how fierce so e'er it flieth. 
Disturbs the soul that dwells. O Lord, in Thee. 



O Rest of rest ! O Peace serene, eternal ! 
. Thou ever livest, and Thou changest never ; 
And in the secret of Thy presence dwelleth 
Fulness of joy forever and forever. 

Harriet Beeches Stowi 
(JESUS. HIS LIFE AND NATURE.) 



7o 



W. C. Dix (1837—), 1867. 



Come UntO Me. istTune. 7-6. S lines. 

J. B. Dykes (1823-1876), 1874. 







1. " Come un - to Me, 

2. " Come un - to Me, 
'j. " Come un - to Me, 



Solo male voices, 



ye wea - ry ; 
ye wan-derers ; 
ye faint - ing ; 
or all voices in unison. 



And 
And 
And 

I 



mm 



will 
will 
will 

I 



give you rest, 
give you light.' 
give you life." 



■& 



F=T== 



O bless-ed Voice of 
( I lov - ing Voice of 
O cheer-ing Voice of 

Harmony 



Je - sus, 
Je - sus, 
Je - sus, 



g F- r- -<& 



■ ^m 




mm 



Which comes to hearts oppressed ! It tells of ben - e - die - tion, 
Which comes to cheer the night ! Our hearts were filled with sad - ness, 
Which comes to aid our strife ! The foe is stern and ea - ger, 



Of par - don, grace, and peace, Of 
And we had lost our way : But 
The fight is fierce and long; But 





H—|- t _^-L-g__t^_ J J J'l 1 .3. ^ J-* 4 ! 



that hath no end - ing, Of love that can - not cease, 
has brought us glad - ness And songs at break of day. 
has made us might - y And strong-er than the strong. 



A - MEN. 



mm mfrTmm m 



::tEa: 



And whosoever cometh, 
will not cast him out." 
O welcome Voice of Jesus, 

Which drives away our doubt, 
Which calls us very sinners, 

Unworthy though we be 
( )f love so free and boundless, 

To come, dear Lord, to Thee ! 



(JESUS, HIS LIFE AND NATURE.) 



Messiah. (2d Tune.; 7. 6. 8 lines. 



7' 



Wm. C. Dix (1837—). 1867. 

4- 



Arr. by A. Sullivan from G. F. Handel (1685-1759). 

r -4 






I 

1. " Come un - to Me. ye wea - ry; And I will give you rest." bless - ed voice of Je - sus, Which 

2. " Come un - to Me. ye wander-ers ; And I will give you light." lov - ing voice of Je - sus, Which 




comes to hearts opprest ! It tells of ben - e - die - tion, Of par-don. grace, and peace, Of joy that hath no 
comes to cheer the night ! Our hearts were filled with sadness, And we had lost our way; But morn-ing brings us 



m 



.0- t- *- 



• * 



m 



• 



m 



c 



Si 



1 — 1 — r 







end - ing, Of love which cannot cease ; Of joy that hath no end-ing, Of love which cannot cease, 
glad - ness, And songs the break of day ; But morning brings us gladness, And songs the break of day. A - M EN. 

-p - -p - -p- -p- -p- -&-• „ -4- -#- -*- -m- -0- i&- -#- ~P- ~P- m m ^ 




111 ! 



h -RF 



(JESUS, HIS LIFE AND NATURE.) 



Pastor Bonus, s. m 



Horatius Bonar, I). D. (1808- 

# Andante eshressivo. 

1 §S 



IS90) 




^jPPiPif 




r. I was a wander-ing sheep; 
2. The Shepherd sought His sheep 
lie spoke in ten - der 



love 



I did not love the fold ; 
The Father sought His child ; 
He raised my drooping head ; 

-# 0- 



mmm 




I did not love myShepherd's voice 
He fol - lowed me o'er vale and hill, 
He gent - ly closed my bleeding wounds 

1 > 



'r+-? 






I would not be con - trolled. 
( )'er des - erts waste and wild. 
My faint - ing soul He fed. 



I was a way - ward child 
He found me nigh to death, 
He washed my filth a - way ; 



§* 



-K 



33 



teg 



1 did 

Fam-ished 
He made 

I 



not love my home 
and faint and lone ; 
me clean and fair ; 



£$=£ 



1 » \ \ 1 \^\ 1 iu 1 ^ him i t i uc r I 'NE ' 

r<?j. s f ^dim. p rit. 



^f^Ff 



I did not love my Fa - ther's voice ; I loved a - far to roam. 
He bound me with the bands of love ; He saved the wander - ing one. 
He brought me to my home in peace; The long -sought wan - der - er. 



>JU£± 




Pastor Bonus. — Concluded. 



73 



Jesus my Shepherd is : 
Twas He that loved my soul ; 

'T was He that washed me in His blood ; 
'Twas He that made me whole. 
'T was He that sought the lost, 
That found the wandering sheep; 

T was He that brought me to the fold ; 
'Tis He that still doth keep. 



I was a wandering sheep ; 

I would not be controlled ; 
Iiut now I love my Shepherd's voice 

I love, I love the fold. 

I was a wayward child ; 

I once preferred to roam ; 
But now I love my Father's voice : 

I love, I love His home. 



Greenwood, s. m. 



Tr. from Paul Gerhardt (i 607-1 676). 



Jos. E. Sweetser, 1849. 




BES 




^ 



1. Since Je - sus 

2. He whis - pers 
3- O 



^ 



o 

is 

in 

I would fix 



$K- 



» # 9 

my friend, And I to Him 

my breast Sweet words of ho 

mine eyes On Christ, the Lord 



It mat - ter> 
How they who 
And sing for 





i 



^ . 



II 



? 



' — "-r 

not what foes in - tend, How - ev 
seek in God their rest, Shall ev 
joy of that which lies Stored up 






J. 



?dr 



er fierce and strong, 
er find Him near, 
for me a - bove. 



i! 



' 



=t= 






A 

X 



o 



s 



(JESUS, HIS LIFE AND NATURE.) 



MEN. 



II 



74 



Will 



IS. C. M. D. 



Mrs. Cecil Frances Alexander (1823 — ). 



Richard Storrs Willis (1819 — ). 






1 . There is a green hill far 

2. He died that we might be 

3. O dear - ly, dear - ly has 



a - way, With - out a cit y 

for-given, He died to make us 

He loved, And we will love Him 

f ■ 4 - g — 2 * 




wall, 
good, 
too, 



Where the dear Lord was 
That we might go at 
And trust in His re- 



1/ 1/ 1/ 1/ y 






/ b [v I 



3 



cru - ci-fied, Who died 
last to heaven, Saved by 
deem-irig blood, And try 



1/ ^-- 1/ 

to save us all. We may not know, we can - not tell, What pain He 

His pre -cious blood. There was no oth - er good e-nough To pay the 

His works to do. For there 's a green hill far a - way, With-out a 



mm 



': 



r 



r. 



^mwf^m 



m 



fi 



1 i 1 * 



■\ N 



•* 



But we 
He on 



I " I y 

lieve it was for us He hung and suffered 
could un-lock the gate Of heaven, and let us 



Where the dear Lord was cru - ci - fled, 



r* : * 



±TZJ 



~* 






Who died to save uj 



A - MEN. 



]/ I |/ I ^ I r k 

(JESUS, HIS LIFE AND NATURE.) 



iF i f lfTH 



Faith, 



C. M 



75 



T. H. Gill (1819— ). 


| 


S. 














J. B. Dykes (1823-1876). 

1 1 ! >* 




J ** •} 


1 1 






| 1 | 


j 


4J 







/ Z J 




• * M 


| | 




J m 








lm 1 


* « 








1 


m 


1 m 


, J 


J 


' t— 


\ j 4- 








J # 




1 • 







1 


* ♦ V 




' * 


V 


~W~ 




■+- -9- 












1. O, mean may 


>cem 


this house 


of 


clay, 




Vet 't was 


the 


Lord's 


a - 


bode ; 




2. This flesh - Iv 


robe 


the Lord 


did 


wear. 




Thi> watch 


the 


Lord 


did 


keep, 




3. Our ver - y 


frail - 


ty brings 


us 


near 




U n - to 


the 


Lord 


of heaven 




4. But not this 


rlesh - 


ly robe 


a - 


lone 

m 




Shall link 


11-. 
-0- 


^ord, 




to 


Thee : 






* « 


* • 


__* 


^ — 








6 1 j- 


1 






f 1 




B 












It 


m 1 




1 


V. s 


r 


t # • 




» 




1 1 i II 1 




'• 




■+ 1 


1 








1 1 


1 1 


| 1 


























1 


■^ 





s 





Jpg 



.11 



-V 



Our feet may mourn thi.» thorn 

These bur - dens sore the Lord 

To ev - 'ry grief, to ev 

Not on - ly in the tear 



- y way. Vet here lm - man - uel 

did bear, These tears the Lord did 

'ry tear, Such glo - ry strange is 

and groan Shall the dear kin - dred 



trod, 
weep. 
given, 
be,- 



OT • 



1 ' 



^^^m v.^m 



5 We shall be reckoned for Thine own. 
Because Thy heaven we share, 
Because we sing around Thy throne, 
.^nd Thy bright raiment wear. 



6 O mighty grace, our life to live. 
To make our earth divine ' 
O mighty grace, Thy heaven to give. 
And lift our life to Thine ! 



(JESUS, HIS LIFE AND NATURE 



76 



St. Ninian. n. 10. 



Reginald Heber (1783-1826). 



P* 4 I 1- 111 |— 1 1 I 1 II I 1 j-z j===t 



A 



J. B. Dykes (1823-1876). 

—\ 



i 



1. L>right-est and best of the sons of the morn - ing, Dawn on our dark - ness and lend us thine aid! 

2. Cold on His era - die the dew-drops are shin - ing, Low lies His head with the beasts of the stall ; 



Say, shall we yield Him, in cost - ly de - vo - tion, O - dors of 



dom and off-'rings di 



9 



m£^ 



-frrft 



#. -fSL 



« 



tm \ i f c 1 



» !?5- 



H&S 



±zt| 



t girt? 



3 



# # 



1-4 



tP=Z3t3t 



*=4 



SH 



=f 



^ 



I 



i^E3 




Star of the East, the ho - ri - zon a - 

An - gels a - dore Him in slum - ber re 

Gems of the moun-tain and pearls of the 



dorn - ing, 
clin - ing, 
o - cean, 



Guide where our In-fant Re-deemer is laid ! 
Mak - er and Mon-arch and Sav-iour of all. 
Myrrh from the for-est, or gold from the mine ? A-MEN, 




Vainly we offer each ample oblation, 

Vainly with gifts would His favor secure ; 

Richer by far is the heart's adoration, 

Dearer to God are the prayers of the poor. 



brightest and best of the sons of the morning, 
Dawn on our darkness and lend us thine aid 

Star of the East, the horizon adorning, 
Guide where our Infant Redeemer is laid ! 



(JESUS, HIS LIFE AND NATURE.) 






Dominus Amoris. 



11 



i§ 



Stopford A. Krooke 
Moderate. 



E. Prout. 



a^BBfe^rt j 



*i: i 13 i : I 



m 



O 



When the Lord of Love was here, 

Meek and low - ly were His ways, 

When He walked the fields He drew 
Lord, be ours Thy power to keep 

Fill us with Thy deep de - sire, 



sad : 



Hap - py hearts to him were dear. Though His heart was 
From His lov - ing grew His praise, From His giv - ing, prayer 
From the flowers and birds and dew Par - a - bles of God: 

In the ver - y heart of grief. And in tri - al, love : 
All the sin - ful to in - spire With the Fath - er's life : 



--V. — W-t¥ 





t=t 



¥& 



= -=; 



Worn and lone -ly for our sake, 

All the outcasts thronged to hear, 

For with - in His heart of love 

In our meek-ness to be wise, 

Free us from the cares that press 

tb+- - . . r-J- 



3=< 



• • 



1 



-5- -& 



Vet He turned a-side to make 
All the sor-row-ful drew near 
All the soul of man did move, 
And through sorrow to a - rise- 
On the heart of world-li-ness, 



All 
To 

■God had His 
To our God 



the wear - y 
en - joy His 



glad. 

care. 
a - bode, 
a - bove. 



From the fret and strife. 




(JESUS, HIS LIFE AND NATURE.) 



Memoriam. 



8 lines. 




I I 

i. There 's a Friend for lit - tie chil - dren 

2. There 's a rest for lit - tie chil - dren 

3. There 's a home for lit - tie chil - dren 



Stainer (1840 — ). 

J- 



A - bove the bright blue sky, — A Friend who nev - er 

A - bove the bright blue sky, Who love the blessed 

A - bove the bright blue sky, Where Je - sus reigns in 

N IN 

-* — *~± — J~ 



liOUf-il-li 




ehang - eth, Whose love can nev - er die. Un - like our friends by na - ture, Who change with 

Sav - iour, And " Ab - ba, Fa - ther," cry, — A rest from ev - 'ry tur -moil, From sin and 

glo - ry, — A home of peace and joy. No home on earth is like it, Or can with 

1 



dt 



i 







m kMM=± 




chang - ing years, This P'riend 

dan - ger free ; Where ev - 

it corn-pare ; For ev - 



al - ways worth - y 
lit - tie pil - grim 
one is hap - py, 



The pre - 
Shall rest 
Nor could 



cious name He bears, 
e - ter - nal - ly. 
be hap - pier there. 




(JESUS, HIS LIFE AND NATURE.) 



In Memoriam. - Concluded. 



79 



There 's a crown for little children. 

Above the bright blue sky ; 
And all who look for Jesus 

Shall wear it by-and-by, — 
A crown of brightest glory, 

Which He will then bestow 
On all who 've found His favor 

And loved His name below. 



Benjamin Waugh 
P 



There 's a robe for little children. 

Above the bright blue sky, 
And a harp of sweetest music. 

And a palm of victory. 
All, all above is treasured, 

And found in Christ alone : 
O come, dear little children. 

That all may be your own. 



E. Smethurst. 




Where 

Where 

Where 

Je - 



is Je 
is Je 

is Je 
sus is 

i 



sus, 
sus, 

sus, 
a 



lit - 
lit - 
lit - 

love 



WM 



M=r 



m 



tie chil - dren ? 
tie chil - dren ? 
tie chil - dren ? 
ly spir - it, 

' -\ fS IS 

=§2 



With 
Low 



up in heaven 
in a book ? 
ev - er - more ; 
pure, and kind ; 



fas God tak - en back 
Has He ceased to talk 
He is here, and we 



the 

to 

can 



Feel - ing in the hearts of 



t=± 



j 7'fr T * r* i • Lfi £-r4 

I r I m r V < I 



* *M-fr^E 



-m- * 



I I I 




was given 



pres - ent Which of 
peo - pie And on them to look ? 
find Him Shut with -in this door, 
peo - pie. Think - ing in their mind. 
I 



A - MEN, 




5 Self-forgetting, gentle mercy. 

Love that will not die, — 
These betray the heart of Jesus, 
Tell us He is nigh. 

6 Shut within the souls of children. 

Jesus makes His home; 
Where the heart has heard Him knockii 
And has bade Him come. 

7 Jesus, make in us Thy dwelling : 

Come with us to live ; 
And to each and all our doings, 
Thy dear beauty give. 



8o 



St. Aelred. 8.8.8.3. 



Godfrey Thring (1823—). 



;v , * 



§EES 



^^m 



J. B. Dykes (1823-1876). 
4- 



Bg 



±4^t=S 



-72— 

tern - pest o'er 
per - ish ! " was 
hushed, the an 
life is cloud 



P 



1. Fierce raged the 

2. " Save, Lord, we 
/> 3. The wild winds 

mf 4. So when our 



the deep, Watch did Thine anx - Lous 

their cry; " O, save us in our 

gry deep Sank, like a lit - tie 

ed o'er. And storm-winds drift us 



ser - vants keep 



ny 



1 " 



a - go 

mild, to sleep 
from the shore 



7 $ 



£ 



^4 ' 






{' 



m 



£JL 






K I 



t— r-&- 



■*- + 



m^m\ 



te 



^-. 



di7H. 




PP 



1 1 -j. s ^mp 11 



Hut Thou wast wrapped in guile - less sleep, Call 



and 



Thy word a 
The sul - len 
Say, lest we 



bove the storm 
hil - lows ceased 
sink to rise 



rose high : " Peace, he 

to leap, (cr.) At Thy 

no more : " Peace, he 



j 



w.. f f » 1? pi iis: \IM, 



The usual " Amen " should not be used with this hymn. 

(JESUS, HIS LIFE AND NATURE.) 




Horatius Bonar (1808-1890). 



MOSCOW. 7- 6. 8 lines. 8 I 

J. Baptiste Calkin (1827—). 




i:i jllJIlP JhU i t'/f£ 



' 



'-• 



lay my sins on 
rest my soul on 
long to be like 



Je - sus, The spot-less Lamb of God. ; 
Je - sus, This vvea - ry soul of mine ; 
Je - sus, Meek, lov-ing, low - ly, mild; 



)3S-4-f- 



^ 



*z 



m 



t -1 






m 



He bears them all, and 

His right hand me em- 

I long to be like 



4^— 

frees 
bra 
Je 

2*- 



§*' 



r 



:s~ 



us From the 
ces, I on 

sus, The 



Fa 



ac - curs - ed 
his breast re 
ther's ho - ly 



S>-' 

load, 
cline. 
child ; 

t 



=P=t 



:^ 



Ems 



I bring my guilt to Je 
I love the name of Je 

1 long to be with Je 

• - „ - - fc= 

1= 



sus, To 
sus, — Im- 
sus A- 



§1 I 




wash my crim-son stains White in His blood most pre-cious, 
man-uel, Christ, the Lord; Like fra-grance on the breez - es, 
mid the heavenly throng, To sing with saints His prais - es, 



i -:: % 



"- 



-M 0^ 



■ s 



*■ .?- -r 



Till not a spot 

His name a-broad 

To learn the an - 



re - mam>. 
is poured, 
gels' song. 



1 I 1 



22 



A 

E 



s 



11 



['■' i r r : ; FTpfii 



JESUS, HIS LIFE AND NATURE.; 



82 



Brandon, p. m. 



F. W. Faber (1814-1863) 
(Solo.) 



B. Tours (1838- 




& r r -0- -m- -•- -&- r & 

1 ! 1 i i r 1 ' 

1. I was wan-der-ing and wear - y When my Saviour came unto me ; For the ways of sin grew dreary, And the 

2. At first I would not hearken, And put off until the mor-row; But life be-gan to dark - en, And 

3. At last I stopped to list - en, His voice could not deceive me ; I saw His kind eyes glisten, S< > 




ii 1 r 

world had ceased to woo me ; And I thought I heard Him say, 
I was sick with sor - row ; And I thought I heard Him say, 
anxious to re - lieve me ; And I know I heard Him say, 



J 



As He came a - long His way: " () 

As He came a - long His way : "O 

As He came a - long His way: " O 



«g £*r.-: I m 




wandering souls ! come near Me ; My sheep should never fee 

(JESUS, HIS LIFE AND NATURE.) 



Mr; I am the Shep-herd true; 1 




Brandon. — Concluded. 




the Shep-herd true. 



ie 



O wander - ing souls ! come near Me 

^ 1 J 1 



±3- 



d 



j^ 



83 



^lj y=A 



*r-r 



My sheep should nev - er 



1 



r^x 



-&—- 



£ 



&~ 



s^¥ 



-O-^ 



Fed. 



m 



1=^=F^ 



=-F 




(2? - -fiJ- 
I | 

fear Me 



I I | | I I 

I am the Shep-herd true; I 



eat 



•ttgi— — g- 



^L 



1= 



-£Z— 



1 



==^r 



1 I f 

am the Shep-herd true. 

4- 



±=A 



He took me on His shoulder, 
And tenderly He kissed me ; 

He bade my love be bolder, 
And said how He had missed me; 

And I 'm sure I heard Him say, 

As He went along His way : 

" O wandering souls ! come near Me 

' My sheep should never fear Me ; 
I am the Shepherd true. 

() wandering souls ! " etc. 



5 I thought His love would weaken, 
As more and more He knew me; 
But it burnetii like a beacon ; 

And its light and heat go through me: 
And I ever hear Him say. 
As He goes along His way: 

" wandering souls ! come near Me ! 
My sheep should never fear Me ! 
I am the Shepherd true. 

( ) wandering souls ! " etc. 



(JESUS. HIS LIFE AND NATURE.) 



8 4 



Anna Shipton. 



The Shepherd's Love. 7. 6. s lines. 



E. J. Hopkins (1818— ). 
I 






fj -0- \j \ v 

1. Down in the pleas-ant pas- tures, Be - side the wa-ters 

2. The strang-er's voice they heed not,When he seeks their ear to 

3. And all His own He know- eth, He call - eth them to 

•«- -*- -•-• -•- -*- ■#■ -#- -•- 

t=t=f 








Be - hold the Shep-herd lead - eth 
And nev - er can a rob - ber 
O'er dis - tant hills they hear Him 

-.- -*- + 



t==t 



m 




Gen-tly, O gen-tly gnid - ing, The way His sheep must go, 
No hire - ling is the Shep-herd, For He His watch will keep; 
Though the way be set with briars, Though thenar -row path be steep, 

r ^ r r v I • r 1/ ^ ^ 



His lit - tie flock at 
To the sheep-fold en - ter in : 
And so He draws them home 




I Wl • ' -#-. 



I 

Still on-ward to the foun-tain Where liv-ing wa-ters flow. 
'T is He a-lone who giv - eth His own life for His sheep. 
They know His word of warn - ing, And the Shepherd knowsllis sheep. A-men. 

*- -f- -?- m . J^J iL 




\ And other sheep He owneth, 

Wandering from Him afar; 
He, the Good Shepherd, knoweth 

Where all His loved ones are : 
The blessed day is dawning, 

That day by Him foretold, 
When they shall own one Shep- 
herd, 

Safe sheltered in one fold. 



(JESUS, 



Jewett. 6s. 



85 



Benjamin Schmolke (1672-1737). Tr. Jane Borthwick (1S25 — ). 



Arr. from C. M. von Weber (17S6-1826), 1S20. 



*=m-v^i 



^m 



m 



s^ 



-fr- 



- 



-4r^ 



1. My 

2. My 






sus, as Thou wilt 
sus, as Thou wilt 



' 



• • 



O, may Thy will be mine 
All shall be well for me ; 



*Lfl 



In - to Thy 
Eacb chang-ing 



t= 



t=t 



f-*- 



l 



» 







hand of love 
fu - ture scene 



I 

I would my all re - sign. Through sor - row, or through joy, Con - duct nn 

I glad-ly trust with Thee. Straight to my home a - bove I trav - el 



t&££ 



« 



^f 



^£ 



«^ 



=* 



^a- 



; . 



£=t 



1 — r 



fe^pjEEfej 



o 



-»-•- 






5 



s o 



II 



as Thine own, 
calm - ly on, 



And help me still to say: 
And sing, in life or death 



My Lord, Thy will 
My Lord, Thy will 



be done ! 
be done ! 



(TO JESUS.) 



A . MEN. 




86 



St. Agnes, c. 



M. 



Bernard of Clairvaux, trans 

n « 1r 1 1 1 


. E. Caswall. 
| 1 










J 


B. Dyk 

1 


es (1823-1876). 




y «Jr Q J J J 






'■ 1 


_ 








1 


/ 3 fi i * * 




* 






1 1 1 


*1 






1 


rn A. I l 




1 




eJ. . 




"i 






1 




5? 


P m 


-J 






d 




^ 


i. Je - sus ! the ver - y 
i. Nor voice can sing, nor 

3. O hope of ev - 'ry 

4. But what to those who 


thought of Thee 
heart can frame, 
con - trite heart ! 
find? Ah, this, ] 

& -&: 


With 

Nor 

O 

Vor 


! 

sweet 

can 

joy 

tongue 


- ness fills 
the mem - 
of all 

nor pen 

If J 


my 
ory 
the 
can 


breast : 

find 

meek ! 

show : 




6m\'# it ^ r f f \ 


r 


1 


r 




r 


5 






-&r- 




(W^i* •» 


» 




# 








S^y ill 1 m 













1 1 1 


1 1 


f 


* 4- 










II 




1 


1 








1 
























i 



• 



a 



1 ' I 



it* 



■O 



f 



HHiH: II 



But sweet - er far Thy face to see, 

A sweet - er sound than Thy blest Name, 

To those who fall, how kind Thou art ! 

The love of Je - sus, what it is, 



And in Thy pres - ence rest. 

( ) Sav - iour of man - kind ! 

How good to those who seek ! 

None but I lis loved ones know. 



^: : = :iC f i f H r *tf=M i r pipnp 



5 () Jesus ! Light of all below ! 
Thou Fount of life and fire ! 
Surpassing all the joys we know. 
And all we can desire ! 



6 Jesus ! my only joy be Thou, 
As Thou my prize wilt be ; 
Jesus ! be Thou my glory now. 
And through Eternity. 



(TO JESUS. 



St. Agnes. Part II 



87 



O Jesus, King most wonderful ! 

Thou conqueror renowned ! 
Thou sweetness most ineffable ! 

In whom all joys are found ! 
When once Thou visitest the heart, 

Then truth begins to shine ; 
Then earthly vanities depart ; 

Then wakens love divine. 
Jesus ! Thy mercies are untold, 

Through each returning day ; 
Thy love exceeds a thousandfold 

Whatever we can say. 



May every heart confess Thy Nairn- 

And ever Thee adore ; 
And seeking Thee, itself inflame, 

To seek Thee more and more. 
Thee may our tongues forever bless, 

Thee may we love alone ; 
And ever in our lives expr 

The image of Thine own. 
(irant me while here on earth I stay, 

Thy love to feel and know, 
And when from hence I pass away, 

To me Thy glory show. 



Crusader's Hymn. 5 s. 6s, & 8s. 

Hymn and Melody of 12th century. Tr. and harmonized by R. Storrs Willis, 1850. 



mm 




m ifi-R::f = 05l 



r^ t 



1. Fair-est Lord Je-sus ! Rul-er of all na-ture ! O Thou of God and man the Son! Thee will I cher - ish. 




t+U f f 7 i f- 11, ^ I 




M -U~ j -^-g-^i-^-; -5=y 



m 11 



-&- 



Thee will I hon - or, Thou ! my soul's glory, joy, and crown. A - MEN. 



-£ 



hi 



-0- -#- 



m=$=\ 



-+ — •- 



>£ 



« 



£ 



5 



i 



2 Fair are the meadows, 
Fairer still the \voodland>. 

Robed inthe blooming garb of spring ; 

Jesus is fairer, 

Jesus is purer, 
Who makes the woful heart to sing. 

3 Fair is the sunshine. 
Fairer still the moonlight, 

And the twinkling, starry host ; 

Jesus shines brighter, 

Jesus .shines purer 
Than all the angels heaven can boast 



88 



Spring-tide. c. 



M. 



Moravian. 



J. Barnby (1838—). 



f) ** 


















— 1 1— N 




N 


— J5B- 


— \~~ 


- J^J 




~JT~" 


ft- 




i 


s 


— 1 


N- 


— ^^ 


v 


1*J=J 


J 


->g F- 




— d . 


(~\ 




j 


J 


* 1 1 


J 


*# # 


m 


■ 1 













# 


"i 




*^ 


1 ■ J ' J 








0-0 1 




I. 

2. 

3- 

4- 




if 

Now 
Tis 

*> 


dear - 
love, 
the 
heaven 

m 


/ 

est 
that 

gay 

on 

# 




Lamb, 
mild 
world 
earth 




# 

take 

- est 

with 

to 




-#- 
! 

Thou 
flame, 
treach- 
taste 


my 

can 

erous 

His 


-J- * * 

heart ! Where can 
rest In hearts 
art Shall tempt 

love, To feel 


such 
so 
my 
His 




1 

sweet - 

hard 

heart 

quick - 


u 

ness be, 
as mine, 
in vain ; 

'ning grace ; 




fm\-r 




# 


5 


5 


m 


5 




* 


■ S 











| | 


\ 


&" 


\) 




— C 


-V ' 


— 1 


->~~ 


— 1 


-j/ — 


— #-= — •— 


IX^ — . 


-H- 


— ^~ 


— 1 


— ^— 


— 1 


— k — 


=J= 


— F 


[ — J v 


— 1 


==b 






r—i — 1 






As I have tast - ed in 

Come, gen - tie Sav - iour, to 

I have con-veyed a - way 

And all the heaven I hope 



-d —0- 



0r0- 






Thy love, 
my breast 
that heart, 
a - bove, 



As I 

Its love 

Ne'er to 

Is but 



have found in Thee ? 

shall all be Thine. 

re - turn a - gain. 

to see His face. 







(TO JESUS.) 



Deva, 



6. 5. 12 lines. 



E.J. 



Hopkins (1818 — ). 



89 




1. Sing a hymn to Je - sus When the heart is faint ; 

2. Je- sus, we are low -ly, Thou art ver - yhigh; 

3. All be - gins in Je - sus, All in Him I see, 



Tell it all to Je 

We are all un - ho 

All th'e-ter nal God 



sus, Com-fort or com - plaint 
ly, Thou art pu - ri - ty ; 
head Com-ing down to me. 

t- 




If the work is sor - row, If the way is long, 

We are frail and fleet - ing, Thou art still the same ; 

Climb-ing to His bright-ness, Up my steps of praise, 



If Thou dread'st to-morrow, Tell it Him in song. 
All life's joys are meeting In Thy blessed Name. 
Sud-den-ly a light-ness Gilds my darkened days. 




Though thy heart be aching For the crown and palm, Keep thy spir-it wak - ing With a thankful psalm. 
Sing a hymn to Je- sus When thy heart is faint ; Tell it all to Je - sus, Comfort or complaint. 
So I sing to Je - sus When my heart is faint ; So I tell to Je - sus, Comfort or complaint. A 

-A- *1 -M • .XL JL m # ». ^D^> „ I I m j 



T-<?" 



3£ 



-g^2 



^t 



^=2 



PTOl 



H — r 



(TO JESUS.) 




9° 



Shipley, 



8. 4. 8. 4. 8. 8. 8. 



Elizabeth A. Goch 



E. Moss (ii 







1. My Sav-iour, 'mid life's va - ried scene Be Thou 

2. My Sav-iour, I have nought to bring Worth - y 

3. My Sav-iour, wilt Thou turn a - way From such 



mv 
of 



stay : 

Thee 

cry ? 



Guide me, through each per- 
A brok - en heart Thou 
My Ref - uge. wilt Thou 



: ? 5 



r ffg f 1 f 1 f ■* S f- 1 




in sin 
eous -ness 
her glance 



I stand, 

di - vine. 
of light 






m 



I 3 



H 




J » - 



! 



II 



s=is- 



a 



%- 



II 



Still faith can clasp Thy migh - ty 

I plead Thy prom - is - es as 

1 las pierced through re-gions dark as 

Mil r 1* + — C- *--zc*=t 



hand, 
mine, 
night, 



fol 



And 
I per 

And en - tered 



low 

ish 



Thy dear com 
1 am not 
to realms of 




x=t 



- 



V 



# :r 



mand. 

fhine. 

light. A - MEN 

s 



m\\\ \ \\i i i a 



(TO JESUS.) 



Shipley. -- Concluded. 



My Saviour, 'mid heaven's glorious throng 

I see Thee there, 
Pleading with all Thy matchless love 

And tender care, 
Not for the angel forms around, 
But for lost souls in fetters bound, 
That they may hear salvation's sound. 



My Saviour, thus I find my rest 

Alone with Thee ; 
Beneath Thy wing I have no fear 

Of what may be. 
Strengthened with Thy all-glorious might. 
I shall be conqueror in the fight, 
Then give to Thee my crown of light. 



Mary F. Clare. 



Dalehurst. c. 



M. 



m 



4 



■ttman ( — 1879). 



SE±t=*= 



w.tw: 

-0- 



^E^J 



^~ 



S t; 



9* 



O gen - tie Je - sus, had I been On earth when Thou wast here 
Per-haps had I been near Thee then, Thou wouldst have smiled on me. 



I might have come and 
As Thou didst on those 



&j la . ±. 




mmm 



SI 



^m 



kissed Thy feet And touched Thee without fear, 
hap - py ones Who were so near to Thee. 



B 



m 



1 — |— r 



sfi = WH i 



TO JESUS ) 



3 But still Thy gracious words are there. 

Thou saidst. M Forbid them not : " 
And holy children by their Lord 
Will never be forgot. 

4 O, take me, dearest Lord. — I come 

With all my heart to Thee, — 
And make me, now and evermore. 
Thine own dear child to be ! 



9 2 



Camborne. 6. 4. 6. 4. 6 6. 4 . 



£ 



H. Bonar (1808-1890). 
mf 



F C. Maker (1844—). 



cres. 



3E3: 



W^l 



J^P^g^Sii 



rpi. 



35 



■^^s^* 



: 



„ -r> h - - - ^ : -•- 

1. Trust - ing - ly, trust - ing - ly, Je - sus, to Thee Come I ; Lord, lov - ing- ly Come Thou to me : 

2. Peace - ful - ly, peace - ful - ly, Walk I with Thee: Je - sus, my Lord, Thou art All, all to me; 

3. Whom but Thy-self, O Lord, Have I a - bove ? What have I left on earth? On - ly Thy love! 

4. Hap - pi - ly, hap - pi - ly, Pass I a - long, Ea - ger to work for Thee, Ear -nest and strong. 

5. Hope - ful - ly, hope -ful - ly, On - ward I go ; Cheer - ful - ly, cheer -ful - ly, Meet I the foe. 



£=2 



^i-V 1 



t=t 



-#- -#- -*- • -#--#- -»- -#- -#- -£>- rym 

F j -f -jiz t ^_^J,_ F ^z^ tF zr«- [ 



n f 1 J J 1 I s 


1 


_,, - — 




I 


==- rtfr;/z . 




















'" V 1 J 1 * 


• * * 


J 


1 I 


! 




1 




>£> i- — 1 — 1 


— 1- 


— 1— 


i J— J 


J— 


s . 


*-rH -1— 


-eS— 


■ J — 






-1— 1— 


H 1 


i^> m — # • 


-# T— J 


# 


1 m m 




# 


— f^ — — 1 — j 




eJ • 


1 


^ • 


-^— HI 


Then shall I lov - ing 
Peace Thou hast left to 
Come, then, O Sav-iour, 

Life is for ser - vice 
Crowns are a - wait - ing 


us, 
:ome 
true, 

us, 


Then shall 

Thy peace 

; Come, then, 

Life is 

Clo - ry 


I joy - 

hast given 

O Spir - 

for bat - 

pre - pared 


XT " r 

ful - ly, Walk here 
to us : So let 
it, come, Heav - en 
tie too, Life is 
for us, Joys - 


with 
it 

iy 

for 
ver - 


rhee. 

be. 
3ove 
song. 

flow. 




^ • -fit. 
A - MEN. 


&-■ — p — E — 


! 




1 

r— 


[* " 


f f \ J 


'V 


1 — 







1 


"1 


J gj 


M>l .' L 


L_L_^ 




— | — I 1 — 


— 1 — 




tnM 


s?— 


— 1 ' 


£> 




1 


E^d 


d 


— « 



(TO JESUS) 



Tichfield 




i. Sav - iour ! teach me, day by day, Love's sweet les-son to o - bey ; Sweet - er les - son can - not be, 

2. With a child's glad heart of love, At Thy bid-ding may I move ; Prompt to serve and fol -low Thee. 

3. Thine, Lord, was a bit - ter cup, Thou didst meek-ly drink it up; Thou, the Fath-er's on - ly Son. 

jam P- 






m 



i=t 



P=qp: 



o 



I 



t-t-r- 



1 — i — r~ i 



o 



I 



I I 



,.?- 



F-l — I — J — J-= FJ=^#4qi=^=d= l I J 6T -* I 



Lov - ing Him who first loved me. Teach me I am not my own, I am Thine, and Thine a- lone, — 
Lov - ing Him who first loved me. Though Thy will should cross my own, May it in - stant-ly be done; 
Ev - ersaidst, "Thy will be done." Teach me thus Thy steps to trace, Strong to fol - low in Thy grace , 



m 



- 



1 



r^ n 



1 



t=t 



1 



P 



t=r 



1 — r 







Thine to keep, to rule, to save From all sin that would enslave. 
Thus may I re - joice to show That I feel the love I owe. 
Learn - ing how to love from Thee, Loving Him who so loved me. A - MEN. 






* — * 



*=#= 



-i — 1- 



H 



(2 



I f J ff l 



#-* 



U 



smi 



Love in loving finds employ. 

obedience all her joy; 
Ever new that joy will be, 
Loving Him who first loved me 
Though a foolish child and weak. 
More than this I need not seek; 
Singing, till Thy face I 
Of His love who first loved me. 



94 



Holy Nativity. Irregular. 



Emily E. S. Elliott. 



Croil Falconer. 




3 



mi 

J. — m m- 



t=4 



i=P 



r- 



i. Thou didst leave Thy throne and Thy king - ly crown When Thou cam - est to earth for me: 

2. Heaven's arches rang when the an - gels sang Pro-claim - ing Thy royal de-gree; 

3. The foxes found rest, and the bird its nest in the shade of the ce - dar - tree; 



I? 2 



= S 






r— fi- 



^—C^— 




«= 



But in Bethlehem's home there was 
But of lowly birth cam'st Thou, 
But Thy couch was the sod, O Thou 

_4b^ ■ — ' — 






found no room For Thy ho - ly na - tiv 
Lord, on earth. And in' great hu - mil 

Son of God, In the des - erts of Gal 



lee. 






g to 




d 



O come to my heart, Lord le - sus, There is room in my heart for Thee! A - MEN. 



if^l^if 1 1 1 ! 1 'I I l 1 1, | lffi 1 ? J 



(TO JESUS ) 



Holy Nativity. — Concluded. 



95 



4 Thou earnest, Lord, with the living word 
That should set Thy children free ; 
.But with mocking scorn, and with crown of thorn 
They bore Thee to Calvary : 

O come to my heart, Lord Jesus ! 
Thy cross is my only plea ! 



When heaven's arch shall ring and her choirs shall sing 

At Thy coming to victory, 
Let Thy voice call me homei saying : " Vet there is room . 

There is room at My side for Thee ; " 
/ And my heart shall rejoice, Lord Jesus ! 
When Thou comest and callest for me. 



Emily E. S. Elliott. 



z2rz 




gi 



& t 



Veili, DoMline JeSU. (2d Tune.) Irregular. 

I. Barnby (1838—) 

i . i i 



- b* ? <=4z± * * F : 



i. Thou didst leave Thy throne and Thy king - ly crown When Thou cam-est to earth for me 




^mmi:\ 




m$^^ j^ ^lfT8=m :l:;l 



But in Beth - le-hem's home there was found no 




£ 



.#_ j> 



room For Thy ho - ly na - tiv 



t=t 



t=t 



'mm 



g^ ? 1 1 



m tm 



PP 



rit. 



1 - 



s> 



O come to my heart. Lord Je 






.322. _ 



^ 



There is room in my heart for Thee' A -MEN. 



S 



I 



z t 



m *u m ^* -Pi, m 



(TO JESUS. 



96 



C. E. Mudie (1818— ). 

- U-l jv 



Budleigh. 



mmmmm 



} 



=F 



& 



m 



4. 6. 4. 10. 10. 

T. M. Mudie (1809-1876) 

— r*-i — r 



s 



1. I lift my heart to Thee, 

2. Thine am I by all ties, 

3. To Thee, Thou bleeding Lamb, 

-#- -#-• -#- -f*- -#- ^ . 



Sav 
But 



lour 

:hief 

all 



di - vine ! 
- ly Thine 
things owe, - 



For Thou art all to 
That through Thy sac - ri 
All that I have and 



Wm 



±±r_ 



m 



— v— 



o 



m 



f^-f; 



^1 



r- 



me, 
fice 



te 



pz- 



I 




3 



§ 



3=j: 



J -J- 



te 



3333 



1 : p 



s=r 



^F 



And I am Thine. 
Thou, Lord, art mine. 
And all I know. 



Is there on earth a clos - er bond than this, 
By Thine own cords of love so sweet - ly wound 
All that I have is now no long - er mine, 



Q g 



-!&- 



Eg " I 



V*r<a. 



±\ 



<9-\ 



:| — 1 — r 



£ 




"&- 



fzx^ir— ,t=r— p = r£iz i j|U — Iji 



That " my Be - lov - ed 's 

A - round me, I to 

And I am not mine 



*J 



- -t- 



4 How can I, Lord, withhold 

Life's brightest hour 
From Thee ; or gathered gold, 
Or any power? 
Why should I keep one precious thing from Thee, 
When Thou hast given Thine own dear Self for me 

5 I pray Thee, Saviour, keep 

Me in Thy love 
Until death's holy sleep 

Shall me remove 
To that fair realm where, sin and sorrow o'er, 
Thou and Thine own are One for-evermore. 



TO JESUS.) 



Whatl 



C. C BelL 



cy. io. 4. 10. 4. lo. 10. 



J. Uarnby (1838—). 



97 




i i JlJ l Jij I j -' U N Hi 



sus, who call - edst lit - tie ones 
love to think that Thou with ho - 



to Thee. To Thee I come 
lv feet My path hast trod, 



gen - tie Je - sus, make this heart of mine, So full of sin, 



( ). take my hand in 
A - long life's com-mon 
As ho - ly, harm-less, 



a HNN ^ 




i * . 



Thine, 
lane 
un - 



m 



and speak to me, And lead me home 
and dus - ty street Hast walked with God, 
de - filed, as Thine, And dwell there - in : 



Z^ 



Jtzzk 



m 



Lest from the path of life my feet should stray, 

On Ma- ry's bos - om drawn a ba - by's breath. 

Fhen. God my Fath - er, I like Thee shall know, 

^ , ,. 

■ — ! — r ■ » - 



I: 




# _ 




And Sa - tan. prowl-ing, make Thy lamb his prey. 
And served Thy par - ents dear at Xaz - ar - eth. 
And grow in wis - dom as in strength I grow. 

*-^ — m . ^ ; 



MEN. 







4 To Thee, my Saviour, then, with morn- 
ing light 
( rlad song- I "il rais 
My saddest hours and darkest shall be 
bright 

With silent pr.. 
And should my work or play my 

thoughts employ. 
Thy will shall be my 

' joy- 



(TO JESUS. 



9 8 



St. Fabian, 



8 lines. 



Charles Wesley (1708-1788). 



J. Barnby (1838—). 







1. Je - sus, Lov- er of 

2. Oth - er ref - uge have 

3. Thou, O Christ, art all 



my 



®5A 



soul, 
none : 
want 

* ! 



Let me to Thy bo - som fly, While the near - er wa - ters roll, 
Hangs my help-less soul on Thee ; Leave, ah ! leave me not a - lone, 
More than all in Thee I find ; Raise the fall - en, cheer the faint, 



gtj ^^S^S 



*J* 



mm 



ppppNepgj 1 



t=t 



Slower, pp 






While the tempest 
Still sup - port and 
Heal the sick, and 



still is high ! 
com-fort me ! 
lead the blind ! 



Hide me, O my Sav - iour, hide, 
All my trust on Thee is stayed, 
Just and Ho - ly is Thy name : 

-U 



Till the storm of life is past ; 
All my help from Thee I bring; 
I am all un-right-eous-ness ; 



yprfE Tw Q ^yf-W^, Err Frf » \ \ \ \ \ t[r^3 




1- I / ! 1 {t'»'-P* 



Safe in - to the ha - ven guide ; O re-ceive my soul at last ! 
Cov-er my de fence-less head With the shadow of Thy wing ! 
False and full of sin I am : Thou art full of truth and grace. A-MEN. 






Plenteous grace with Thee is found, 

Grace to cover all my sin ; 
Let the healing streams abound; 

Make and keep me pure within. 
Thou of Life the fountain art, 

Freely let me take of Thee ; 
Spring Thou up within my heart. 

Rise to all eternity ! 



(TO JESUS.) 



Beecher. s. -. 8 lines. 



Charles Wesley (i 708-1788). 



John Zundel (1815-18S2). 



99 



td ^ ^1 # # < T h^- # - - 1 mm* 



±J*7- 



1. Love di - vine, all love ex -eel -ling, Joy of heaven, to earth come down, Fix in us Thy hum-ble dwell -ing ; 

2. Breathe, O breathe Thy loving Spir - it In - to ev - 'ry trou - bled breast ! Let us all in Thee in - her - it , 

3. Fin - ish then Thy new ere - a - tion. Pure and spot-less may we be : Let us see our whole sal- va-tion 

^ # «-- ■ m * * *— r^—0 



'^S=iS=* 




I 



t g — 8 



.- 



r " ' 

All Thy faith - ful mer - cies crown ! Je - sus, Thou art 
Let us find Thy prom - ised rest. Come, Al - migh - ty 
Per - feet - ly se - cured by Thee. Changed from glo - ry 



7V. 1 1I1 i-r-H 



1 1 

all com - pas-sion. Pure un-bound-ed 

to de - liv - er ; Let us all Thy 

in - to glo - ry. Till in heaven we 



^=# 



A- -m- 



I 



m ,: r - i 



1 — r 



fry * ifr * b#'-» f 



i 

love Thou art ; 
grace re - 
take our place, 






' 



I 



^ 



Vis - it us with Thy sal - va - tion. En - ter ev - 'ry trem-bling heart. 
Sud - den - ly re - turn, and nev - er, Nev - er more Thy tern - pies leave. 
Till we cast our crowns be -fore Thee, Lost in won-der, -.nd praise. A 

+ I J . 



l: 



F F=F 



-i > 



I 



w%\\ 



(TO JESUS.j 



IOO 



Aurelia. 7. 6. s lines. 



Frederick Whitfield (1829—). 



S. S. Wesley (1810-1876). 




^ m j u j 1 j i j ui ww nt^ 1 



1. I need Thee, pre-cious Je - sus, 

2. I need Thee, pre-cious Je - sus, 

3. T need Thee, pre-cious Je - sus, 



For I am ver - y poor ; 
I need a Friend like Thee, 
I need Thee day by day, 



A stran-ger and a pil - grim 
A Friend to soothe and pi - ty, 
To fill me with Thy ful - ness. 






£ if f i fi J =? 




I have no earth - ly store. 
A Friend to care for me. 
To lead me on my way. 










I need the love of Je - sus 
I need the Heart of Je - sus 
I need Thy Ho - ly Spir - it 



To cheer me on my way, 
To feel each anx - ious care, 
To teach me what I am, 



■& 



mm 




m 



^ -% -V J. 






m 



i 



To guide my doubt - ing foot - steps, 
To tell my ev - 'ry tri - al, 
To show me more of Je - sus, 



To be my strength and stay. 
And all my sor - rows share. 
To point me to the Land). 



MEN. 



*— r-* *- 



£z 






m ::: 1 



i 



(TO JESUS.) 



BaptistC 6. 5. 8 lines. 



IO 



James Montgomery (1771-1854). 

Last two verses re-written by H. W. Hutton. 



J. B. Calkin (1827—). 



»± 



s 



^ 



1 i F 1 ^ — J f 



♦I I 

1. In the hour of tri 

2. With for - bid-den pleas 

3. Should Thy mer - cy send 



al, 

ures 

me 




Je - sus, plead for me, 

Would this vain world charm, 

Sor - row, toil, and woe ; 

-r ± £ £- e 



Lest by 

( )r its 
( >r should 



I 1 



1 



base de 
sor - did 
pain at - 

M 



- ni - 
treas 
tend 



al 
ores 

me 



Sife 



• t -. 



tt 



I de - part from Thee. 
Spread to work me harm, — 
On my path be - low, — 




$m 



When Thou seest me wa ver. 
Bring to my re-mem-brance 
Grant that I may ne - ver 



With a look re - call ; 
Sad Geth - se - ma - ne ; 
Fail Thy hand to -ee ; 



m^^ 



:?_2 



I— Ur-J 1 I- 



4---M-4 . 







pOiO rit. 



p ppp^piirii 



for fear or fa - vor Suf - fer me to fall, 
in dark-er semblance, Cross-crowned Calvary. 
Grant that I may ev - er Cast my care on Thee. 

(TO JESUS.) 




When my Last hour cometh. 

Fraught with strife and pain 
When my dust returneth 

To the dust again. — 
On Thy truth relying, 

Through this mortal strife, 
Jesus, take me, <:;■ 

To eternal life. 



102 



Savoy Chapel. 



Monsell (1811-1875) 



7. 6. 8 lines. 

J. Baptiste Calkin (1827—). 




1. To Thee, O dear, clear Sav 

2. In Thee my trust a - bid 

3. My grief is in the dul 



10 ur 
eth; 
ness 



My spir - it turns 
On Thee my hope 
With which this slug 

h-0- 



for 

re 
gish 



rest ; 

lies ; 

heart 



My peace is in 
O Thou whose love 
Doth o - pen to 

I 



Thy 
pro- 
the 



milUW-rtf If f f f I \- fp^^ 




.1 



1 r 

My pil - low on Thy 
For all be - neath the 
Of all Thou wouldst im 



3F 



*3 



pil 



breast. Though all the world de - ceive me, I 

skies ! O Thou whose mer - cy found me, From 
part ; My joy is in Thy beau - ty Of 

-J- 



^^^^^^mMmmmm 



m^t^m^^^M^^mmw^ 



know that I am Thine 
bond - age set me free, 
ho - li - ness di - vine. 






1 

And Thou wilt nev - er 
And then for-ev - er 
My com - fort in the 



leave 
bound 
du - 



O blessed Saviour mine! 
With threefold cords to Thee! 
That binds my life to Thine. A 



me, 
me 

ty 



MEN. 



ififftnrn ' lili ffffThni 



(TO JESUS.) 



Savoy Chapel. — Concluded. 



I03 



Alas, that 1 should ever 

Have failed in love to Thee, 
The only one who never 

Forgot or slighted me ! 
O for a heart to love Thee 

More truly as I ought, 
And nothing place above Thee 

In deed, or word, or thought. 



J. S. B. Monsell (1811-1875). 



for that choicest blessing 

Of living in Thy love, 
And thus on earth possessing 

The peace of heaven above ! 
O for the bliss that by it 

The soul securely knows, 
The holy calm and quiet 

Of faith's serene repose. 



Theodora, 



9s. 



A. Legge (1843—). 



— z± — I — -m # — h^ # — —m • • — Y&— — I— h -H — I H — — d m a — I *r- — 



II I 'I 

i. Rest of the wea - ry, Joy of the sad; Hope of the 

2. Pil - low where, ly - ing, Love rests his head ; Peace of the 

3. When my feet stum - ble, I '11 to Thee cry, Crown of the 



drea 

dy 

hum 



ry, Light of 
ing, Life of 
ble, Cross of 



the glad : 
the dead 
the high 



4. Ev - er con -f ess -ing Thee, I will raise Un - to Thee bless - ing, Glo - ry. and praise: 




Home of the stran - ger, Strength to the end ; 

Path of the low - ly, Prize at the end ; 
When my steps wan - der, Ov - er me bend, 

All my en - deav - or, World with-out end, 



r r r r^j 

Ref - uge from dan - ger. 
Breath of the ho - ly, 

Tru - er and fond - der, 
Thine to be ev - er, 



Sav-iour and Friend ! 
Sav-iour and Friend ! 
Sav-iour and Friend ! 
Sav-iour and PMend ! A-MEN. 






Oil 



(TO JESUS) 



104 



Bp. W. W. How (1823—). 




i 



4zi 



Lux Mundi. 7.6. s lines. 

Arthur Sullivan (1842 — ). 






1. O Je-sus!Thou art stand - ing Out-side the fast-closed door, In low - ly pa-tience wait-ing 

2. () Je-sus!Thou art knock -ing, And lo, that hand is scarred, And thorns Thy brow en - cir - cle, 

3. O Je-sus!Thou art plead - ing In ac-cents meek and low: "I died for you, Mychil-dren, 



fe£* 



=!Ffc4i 



£-J* 



*-+ 



4-— I — I 










^T' 



To pass the thresh-old o'er. Shame on us, Chris-tian breth - ren, His name and sign who bear, 
And tears Thy face have marred ! O love that pass - eth knowl - edge, So pa - tient - ly to wait ! 
And will ye treat Me so?" O Lord, with shame and sor - row We o - pen now the door 



^M rT T i |, . 1 f 1 f-jFf= f 1 r 1 i^ f f"^ 1 




pf^^iipf^ i 



( ) shame, thrice shame up 

() sin that hath no 

Dear Sav - iour, en - ter, 



on 
e 
en 



us, To keep Him stand - ing there ! 
qual, So fast to bar the gate ! 
ter, And leave us nev - er - more ! 



A - MEN. 






• 



t 



fHH 



m — h-F 1— 



& 






(TO JESUS.) 



Bonn. 



8. 3. 3. 6. 8. 3 . 3- r >- 



105 



Tr. from Paul Gerhardt (1 607-1 676), 

by Catherine Winkworth (1S27-1878), 



[858. 



Melody by J. G. Ebeling (1620-1676). 



i 



s...-.-: 



rtynnn 



BE3 



-HE:~~i 



1. All my heart this night re - joi - ce» 

2. Hark ! a voice from yon- der man -ger. 

3. Come, then, let us has - ten yon- der ; 

4. Ye who pine in wear - y sad - ness, 

5. Thee, dear Lord, with heed I '11 cher -ish, 



As 1 hear, 

Soft and sweet. 
Here let all, 
Weep no more. 
Live to Thee. 



^c=2 



m^=i g gg 



M" 



r 

Far and near. Sweet-est an - gel voi 
Loth en - treat, u Flee from woe and dan - ger 
Great and >mall, Kneel in awe and won - der. 
For the door Xow is found of glad -ness. 
And with Thee. Dy - ing. .shall not per - ish. 



] ! r i 



•1-^1 




' ; Christ is born,*' their choirs are sing - ing, Till the air Lv-'ry-where Xow with joy is ring-ing. 
Breth - ren, come ; from all doth grieve you You are freed ; All you need I will sure - ly give you." 
Love Him who with love is yearn -ing; Hail the Star That from far Bright with hope is burn-ing ! 
Cling to Him, for He will guide you Where no cross, Pain, or loss Can a -gain be - tide you. 
But shall dwell with Thee for - ev - er, Far on high, In the joy That can al - ter nev - er. 



^ - ^ ^ 



A-MEN. 




(CHRISTMAS 1 



io6 



F. W. Faber (1814-1863). 

mf 



St. Chrysostom. l.m. 6 lines. 



J. Barnby (1838—). 



m 



a 



mm 



^* 



m 



r m 



S^a W-A- - 



-&~r 



1. Je - sus ! my Lord, my God, my All! How can I love 

2. earth ! grow flowers be - neath His feet! And thou, O sun! 

3. He comes ! He comes ! The Lord of Hosts, Borne on His throne 

4. Our hearts leap up ; our trem - bling song Grows faint - er still ; 



7^ 

Thee as 
shine bright 
tri - um 
we can 



I ought ? 
this day ! 
phant - ly ! 
no more ! 



-6 b»- 



e 



m 



B 



p^- 



J — I — t 



<2 



f 



f^Hi 



d 



«- -<&- 



J' 



#— *— <©- 



5± 



^ 



B^ 






X^- 



i\i % 



And how re - vere this won - drous gift, So far 

He comes ! He comes ! O heaven on earth! Our Je 

We see Thee, and we know Thee, Lord ! And yearn 

Si - lence ! and let us weep — and die Of ve 



sur - pass - ing hope 
sus comes up - on 
to shed our blood 
ry love, while we 



or thought ? 
His way. 
for Thee ! 

a - dore. 



^mm 




u, tm 



Li, i li m h 



Je - sus, my Lord! I Thee 



g| \ pi tm^m 



O make me love Thee more and more ! A - MEN 



\w0m 



St. Chrysostom. -- Concluded, 



107 



SECOND HYMN. 

1 Jesus ! my Lord ! my God ! my all ! 
Hear me, blest Saviour, when I call; 
Hear me, and from Thy dwelling-place 
Pour down the riches of Thy grace. 

Jesus ! my Lord ! I Thee adore ! 

O make me love Thee more and more ! 

2 Jesus, too late I Thee have sought ! 
How can I love Thee as I ought, 
And how extol Thy matchless fame, 
The glorious beauty of Thy Name ? 

Jesus ! my Lord ! I Thee adore ! 

O make me love Thee more and more ! 

3 Jesus, what didst Thou find in me 
That Thou hast dealt so lovingly? 

How great the joy that Thou hast brought, 
So far exceeding hope or thought ! 

Jesus ! my Lord ! I Thee adore ! . 

O make me love Thee more and more ! 

4 Jesus ! of Thee shall be my song ; 
To Thee my heart and soul belong. 
All that I have or am is Thine ; 

And Thou, blest Saviour ! Thou art mine ! 
Jesus ! my Lord ! I Thee adore ! 
O make me love Thee more and more ! 

Arranged by Henry Collins (1852), 
from F. W. Faber. 



THIRD HYMN. 

1 Sweet Saviour, bless us ere we go; 
Thy word into our minds instil ; 

And make our lukewarm hearts to glow 

With lowly love and fervent will. 
Through life's long day and death's dark night. 
O gentle Jesus, be our Light ! 

2 The day is gone ; its hours have run, 
And Thou hast taken count of all 

The scanty triumphs grace hath won, 
The broken vow. the frequent fall. 
Through life's, etc. 

3 Grant us, dear Lord, from evil ways 
True absolution and release, 

And bless us, more than in past days, 

With purity and inward peace. 
Through life's, etc. 

4 Do more than pardon, — give u> joy, 
Sweet fear, and sober liberty, 

And simple hearts without alloy, 
That only long to be like Thee. 
Through life's, etc. 

5 For all we love, the poor, the sad. 
The sinful, unto Thee we call ; 

O let Thy mercy make us glad ! 

Thou art our Jesus and our All ! 
Through life's, etc. 

F. w. Faber. 



(TO JESUS 



io8 

E. H. Sears (1810-1876) 



Noel 



e 




&m^ 



C. M. D. 

Old carol; arranged by Arthur Sullivan (1842 — ) 

* - M - l 1 ff i i =±=t 



£5r-£ 



* 



3=£ 



1 



^Hr 



Si 



t. It came up - on the mid-night clear, That glorious song of old, 

2. Still through the clov - en skies they come, With peace-ful wings un- furled, 

3. Yet with the woes of sin and strife The world hath suf - fered long ; 

Pit f rffr i n T fi 4 if r f- -* 



I 

From an - gels bend - ing 
And still their heav-enly 
Be - neath the an - gel- 



^-"4 



si 



* 



5E£f 



PPFg^ 



1 



m 






*3 



*EE^ 



S%^f^gF-fe^ 



§1 



s^ 



near the earth To touch their harps of gold : " Peace on the earth, good will to men," From 
mus - ic floats O'er all the wea - ry world. A - bove its sad and low - ly plains They 

strain have rolled Two thou - sand years of wrong ; And man, at war with man, hears not The 



m 



mm 



i i 



ml 1 



F^ 



'^1/ 








^E=m 



heaven's all - gra-cious King ; The world in sol - emn stillness lay To hear the an - gels sing, 

bend on heav'n-ly wing; And ev - er o'er its P>a - bel sounds The bless - ed an - gels sing, 

love-song which they bring. O hush the noise, ye men of strife, And hear the an - gels sing. A-MKN. 

J. 






m mm m$mm mmm.mm 



Noel. Concluded. 



109 



And ye, beneath life's crushing load 

Whose forms are bending low. 
Who toil along the climbing way 

With weary steps and slow, — 
Look up ! for glad and golden hours 

Come swiftly on the wing ; 
( ). rest beside the weary road, 

And hear the angels sing ! 



Goshen 



For lo ! the days are hastening on, 

By prophet-bards foretold, 
When with the ever-circling years 

Comes round the age of gold ; 
When peace shall over all the earth 

Its ancient splendors fling, 
And the whole world send back the 

Which now the angels sing. 



8 lines. 



,ong 




\. Wak-en, Chris-tian chil-dren, Up, and let us sing With glad voice the prais-es Of 

2. In a man - ger low - ly Sleeps the heavenly Child ; O'er Him fond -ly bend-eth Ma - 

3. Fear not then to en-ter, Though we can - not bring Gold, or myrrh, or in - cense. Fit - 

4. Bright-er than all jew-els Shines the mod- est eye ; Best of gifts He lov - eth Child 



our new-born King. 
ry, moth - er mild, 
ting for a king. 
• like pu - ri - ty. 




Come, nor fear to seek Him, Children though we be ; Once He said to children : " Let them come to Me.' 
Far a-bove that sta - ble, Up in heaven so high, One bright star out-shin-eth, Watching si - lent - ly. 
Gifts He ask-eth rich -er, Offerings costlier still; Yet may Christian children Bring them if they will. 

Haste we then to welcome With a jov-ous lay, Christ the King of glo - rv, Man - i - fesl to - day. 



Ami v 







(CHRISTMAS.) 



I IO 



Gounod. L. M. 6 lines 



Tr. J. M. Xeale (1818-1866). 



Charles Gounod (1S1S — ) 




i. Draw nigh, draw nigh, Im-man - u - el, And ran -somcap-tive Is 

2. Draw nigh, O Jes -se's Rod, draw nigh, To free us from the en 

3. Draw nigh, draw nigh, O Morn - ing Star, And bring us com-fort from a - far. And 



ra - el, That mourns in lone 
e - my ; From hell's a - byss 



ban - ish far 



T^' 
from 









H* 



^j^M 



g^d 



Chorus 



B5£B 



-n-#- 



: 



<b 



1 



ex - ile here Un - til the Son of God ap - pear. Re - joice 
peo - pie save, And give us vie - t'ry o'er the grave. Re - joice ! re - joice 
us the gloom Of sin - ful night and end - less doom. Re - joice! re - joice 



re - joice ! Im - man - u - el 
Im - man - u - el 
Im - man - u - el 



tgfc # # J _# 4 ^-^ - # P ■ P if" I P 

1 1 : 1 -i l t[i f { P w 



p £ -,k 



e= 



-=^V- 



M 



S;|. :;-:y ^g^ j 




come to thee 



Draw nigh, draw nigh, O David's Key, 
The heavenly gate unfolds to Thee ; 
Make safe the way that leads on high. 
And close the path to misery. 
Rejoice ! rejoice ! etc. 

Draw nigh, draw nigh, O Lord of might, 
Who once from Sinai's flaming height 
Didst give the trembling tribes thy law, 
In cloud and majesty and awe. 
Rejoice! rejoice! etc. 



(CHRISTMAS) 



Emily E. S. Elliott, 1S73. 



E5fc 



i. There came a lit 

2. Out in the night, 

3. Far a - way in 

4. In white more pure 



Christmas 



P. M 



I 1 I 



K. X. Matthews 




w* 



4 



m 



tie Child 

so calm 

a good 

than the spot 



to 

and 

iy 

less 



earth 
still, Their 

land, 
snow : And 



Long a 

song wa> 

Fair and 

their tongues 



go; 
heard ; 
bright, 

unite 



r- — |-f 



2 



-?=. 



? 




fc 



m 



o- 



^ 
-> 



&s 



§ii 11 



s * 



And the an - gels of God pro - claimed His 

For they knew that the Child on Beth - le - hem*.- 

Chil - dren with crowns of glo - ry 

In the psalm which the angels sang long 
h 



birth, High and 
hill Was Christ the 
stand Robed in 
ago ( )n Christ - mas 



low. 
Lord, 
white, 
night. 



4 • 4 I s s=± 



Ui 1 : m mm i 



5 They sang how the Lord of that world so fair 

A child was born ; 
And that they might a crown of glory wear. 
Wore a crown of thorn. 

6 And in mortal weakness, in want and pain. 

Came forth to die, 
That the children of earth might forever reign 
With Him on hijjh. 



7 He hath put on His kingly apparel now. 

In that goodly land ; 
And He leads to where fountains of water flow. 
That chosen band. 

8 And for evermore in the robes s<; fair 

And undefiled, 
Those ransomed children Hi> praise declare 
Who was once a child. 



CHRISTMAS .. 



1 12 



§ 



Larghetto. 



Holy Night. 6. 7 . 



7- 7- 7- 



^E3 



i 



] 



*=^ 



J. Karnby (1838—). 






=fe=S 







3 



1. Ho - ly night! peace - ful night! Through the dark - ness beams a light 



i=£^P 




Ho - ly night ! peace-ful 



1 



zpczp: 



3§ 



,» 2# -0- • v - — - > 



ight ! Through the darkness beams a light, Through the dark-ness beams a light, Yon - der, where they sweet 







rallentando. 



f~t 






vig - ils keep O'ertheBabe who in si - lent sleep, Rests in heavenly peace, Rests in heavenly peace. A-MEN, 



0»0- 20 *-'-£ t- ■#•' $J-*-£ -#-• 3*V* r- m +t^'0. i> f*\ |_ 1 ^,. 



Silent night ! holiest nighl ' 
Darkness flies, and all is lighl ! 
Shepherds hear the angels sing 
" 1 [allelujah ! hail the King ! 
Jesus the Saviour is here ! " 



3 Silent night ! holiest night! 
Guiding Star, () lend thy light ! 
See the eastern wise men bring 
Gifts and homage to our King ! 
Jesus the Saviour is here ! 



.j Silent night! holiest night ! 
Wondrous Star, ( ) lend thy 
With the angels let us sing 
I [allelujah to our King ! 
lesus our Saviour is here! 



F 

light ! 



The Noon of Night. 



113 



fSN 



Allegro. 



J. Barnby (1838—). 



1=4 



7 m — *— r 



¥• 



*=* 



s# 



1 



f***- 1 



t=t 



?t=qpt 



P 



r. It was the ve - ry noon of night ; the stars a - hove the fold, More sure than clock or 

O, ne'er could night - in - gale at dawn sa - lute the ris - ing day With sweet-ness like that 

I roused me at the pier - cing strain, but shrunk as from the ray Of sum-mer light - ning 

When once the rap-turous trance was past, that so my sense could bind, I left my sheep to 

I hast - ed to a low - roofed shed, for so the An - gel bade, And bowed be - fore the 



1 l 



ms 



m 



i^3 



I ! I 



mmmmm * i 




p 



4=F4=rfet 



^^ J. J. fc"H- i 4 -j f • • ^-4— j-\ 



of 



chim - ing bell, the hour 
bird of song, in his im 
all a - round, so bright the 
Him whose care breathed in the 
low - ly rack where Love l)i 



mid 

mor 

splen 

west - 

vine 



AJ- 



4 



night told, 
tal lay * 
dor lay ; 
ern wind ; 
was laid. 

! 



When 

O, 

For 

I 

A 



from the heavens there came a voice, and 
ne'er were wood-notes heard at eve, by 
(), it mas - tered sight and sense to 
left them, for in - stead of snow. I 

new-born Babe, like ten - der Lamb, with 



mm 



m^t 



-$=£- 



f 



I 



(CHRISTMAS.) 



ii 4 



The Noon of Night. Continued. 




cres - cen - do. f 



forms were seen to 
banks with pop-lar 

see that glo - ry 

trod on blade and 
Li-on's strength there smiled 




Still brightening as the mu 
So thrill - ing as the con 
To hear that min - strel in 

And ice dis-solved in star 
For Lion's strength, im - mor 




■\l'}\' 



sic rose, with light and love di - vine. 
cert sweet, by heaven-ly harp-ings made 
the clouds, who sang of Love Di - vine, 

ry rays at morn-ing's gra-cious hour, 
tal might, was in that new-born Child. 



t^- 






mmm m \ 




With love 

For love 

To see 

Re veal 



1 

di 

di 
that 
ing 



That Love Di 



vine the 

vine was 

form with 

where on 



song be - gan ; then 

in each chord, and 

bird - like wings, of 

earth the steps of 



vine 



in 



Child - like form 



had 






r 



I I 



shone a light 
rilled each pause 
more than mor 
Love Di - vine 
God for - ev - 



se 

be 
tal 
had 



1 I 



(CHRISTMAS.) 



rene : 
tween 
mien : 
been ; 



>een : 




J 



The Noon of Night. -- Concluded. 



us 



. 



,wmi 



r==f 



^ 



O, who hath heard what I have heard, or seen what havt seen ? 

.*— _- t. — £ — .- p . r — £ — . — =— 



55 



r^ 



o • 



i 



«& 



1 1 ;7/ - 

fe^^jfe^ =^i = j= ^a ft i 1 j j 1 1 



O, who hath heard what I have heard, or seen what I have >een ? A - MEN. 






s » — r 



AMI 



E 31= 



« . 



fe h 



JESLj II 



i^ 



=r=ri 



I 1 



CAROL. 



87/0. 



The Merry Bells. 12. 6. 10. 6. and chorus. 

Words and Music by R. R. Raymond (1817-. 
• • • • -^ o ;s: 



gUJ/ lf ' 1^331 +4-1^ 



t=f 



■S^^S^: 



^=* 



A-n- 



:l 



fajj iff i f f 



*=* 



i • 1 i 






:*——**— 



(CHRISTMAS.) 



n6 



The Merry Bells. - - Continued. 



^ 



6 



■$-*> 



5=?c 



i=^j==$n 



■$—*■ 



is the 



i. Ring the mer-ry bells, the sil - ver-sound-ing bells, It 

2. Crowding all the dome of the star-ry winter sky, The heaven-ly 

3. Joy-ful-ly the shep-herds haste to Beth -le- hem, And wise men 



-fV-3- 



tt: j 



=5=3F 



A-3- 



A^4- 



# ^ — L # «- 



A-=1 — i^n- 



V^ 



S0d 



Christmas morn ! 
host a - gain 
from a - far ; 

I 



To 
Sing 
The 



m 



p=^ 



Ff 1 



i 



JIL _L| J I J J-._± = L r ^tj T y^*X 




-+ -# 



2=3 



t 



1 



all the world their mer - ry mu - sic tells That Christ the Lord is born. 

'Cilo - ry, glo - ry be to God on high, Good will and peace to men! 

lowly sta - ble we en - ter now with them, Be - neath the guid - ing Star. 



vt \ i$\fm 





1 L I LUJ Ir f I dlf l .g 1 



1 1 



E5 



(CHRISTMAS.) 



The Merry Bells. - - Concluded. 



117 



m 



GIRLS. 



Ritard. a tempo, 



p k zzzzzzzz^zj zz zz^zzz s \ t z0zz^i^^z zpzz f . ^ - - r -^ = zz^ 



Then ring-ing, sing-ing, Fir and hoi - ly bring - ing, Sound the joy - oils lay; Your voi - ce^ 





raise, to sing the praise Of the Babe that was born to - day 




«i *~f 



4 There the shining angels mingle undefiled 
With oxen in the stall; 
The Mother mild bends above the Holy Child, 
And at His feet we fall. 
Then ringing, etc. 



5 Glorious Redeemer! on thy baby brow 
Belongs a royal crown ; 
The Lord of all the universe art Thou ; 
Yet love hath brought Thee down. 
Then ringing, etc. 



(CHRISTMAS.) 



n8 



O Holy Night 



in 



Tr. by J. S. D wight. 

Andante maestoso. 



% 



Adolphe Adam 



-N-^- 



feEg 




% 



i. o 
2. Led 
3- Tru 



ho - ly night ! 

by the light 

ly He taught us 



the stars are bright - ly 
of Faith se - rene - ly 
to love one an- 



?§mPw! 



J— yS 



3t± 



^STO 



I 



£ 



f 



9^ 



— j- 






shin 

beam 

oth 



N 



t^i 



S--A- 



*=? 



Z$2=M±* 



ing; It is the night of the dear Sav - iour's birth : 
ing, with glowing hearts by His era - die we stand ; 
lt; His law is love, and His gos - pel is peace. 



^S 



Long lay the 
So, led by 
Chains shall He 




(CHRISTMAS.) 



O Holy Night. Continued. 



119 




m 



¥=^ 



-9— 



(2 



-J— 4- * 



R N 



tf* 



* 



* J 



world in sin and er - ror pin 

light of a star sweet-ly gleam 
break, for the slave is our broth 



ing, Till He ap - peared, and the soul 
ing, Here come the wise men from the () 
er, And in His name all op - pres 




I 



f 



JJHS33 



IPi 



felt 



- 

l 

its 

rient 
.-hall 



1 



e 



* 



• * 



r 



£ 



i 



. =• 



s 



p 



o 






pp 



S3 



§ 



worth, 
land, 
cease. 



m 



A thrill 
The King 
Sweet hymns 



of hope 
of kings 
of joy 



the 
lay 
in 



wear ■ 
thus 
grate - 



y world 
in low ■ 
ful cho - 



33 



^E3 



' = 



re-joi - ces, For 
ly man • ger, In 
rus raise we ; Lei 



psp «| 



m 



1- r 



(CHRISTMAS. 



120 



yon - der 
all our 

all with 



O Holy Night. — Continued. 



breaks a new and glo - rious morn, 
tri - als born to be our Friend, 
in us praise His Ho - ly name ; 



Fall . . 
He . . 
Christ 



£=m 



on your 

knows our 

is the 




6 



* 



^. 



ss -tr-K-fc 



• • 



V V — ¥- 



■mm 



^Z3E 



knees ! ( ) hear . 

need, to our weak 

Lord : Then ev 



the an - gel voi 
ness no stran 
er, ev - er praise 



ger; 
we, 



() night . . . 
Be - hold . . . 
His power 



di- 
your 
and 



=^^ ii u i fj zzf J) 1 




(CHRISTMAS.) 



O Holy Night. Continued. 



121 



m 



-N &-N^ 



vine ! O night 

King, be - fore 

glo ry ev 



when Christ was born ! 
the low - ly bend ! 
er more pro - claim ! 



3=^5 



\mm 






q 



=t=tt 



at^fc 



v ! 



! * 



•<5 



O 
Be 

His 



! -#- -•- I -m- -0- 



] 






t= 



r 



f 




(CHRISTMAS) 



122 



Chorus. 
Sop. and Alto. 



O Holy Night. Continued. 



N-i^ 



i mmm 



3^ 



*= 



Fall 
Tenor. 



Fall 

u/ and 2d Bass. 



&-T 



on your knees ! 



Sp 



on your knees 

IS fc\ 



$± 



() heai 



the an - <jel 






( ) hear 



the an - gel 



9 



l^ 1 * P 



r 



o 



Fall 



on your knees 



/ 



n 






O hear 



the an - gel 



*=W 



J— J- 



| -T | V 
I I 



m 



IS 



i 



"' 



n 1 



*- -e^ 



f 



-<g- 

~zr 



* f> 



(CHRISTMAS.) 



O Holy Night. Continued. 



123 



ib 



-. • 



it 



O night 



di-i 



& § 



-53 *--fi- 



O night 



^ 



1 



3e 



t=^ 



O night 



di 




(CHRISTMAS.) 



124 



O Holy Night. — Continued. 



i 



***=* 



Solo. 



Chorus. 

44 



mi 



t* 



a r^-^ Jgbgzz 



night when Christ was born ! 



O night 



44- 



Ti37 v=z 



■&--- 



m 



v — * — V- 

night when Christ was born ! 

J - j . i j. ^ 






^SL_-.. 



£2^ 



# 






night when Christ was born 



I I 1 



J 



rn-r 



5=F 



§ 



^ 



', ■ ■""■—■■"" ' ' 



» 



i 



3=¥ 



^-± 



"# 



taw. 



fe: 



(- 



r> 



r 



f 






Q2. 



(CHRISTMAS.) 



O Holy Night. —Concluded. 



125 



m 



midM 



s s r 



*L_£ 



I 



0^+ 



D S. :fi: 




• # 



-»-- r - 



%) I 



^T 



nisht, 



O night di - vine ! 



A-MEN. 



— »- 



^-# 



3^1 



V— ^ 



V £- 



^e£ 



1 







ni^ht, 



O night di - vine ' 
h ft h % 



0, ' •' 



A -Ml n 



=rI 



m% 



.0 . » 



vine ! 



O night, 



. O night di - vine ! 



A-MEN. 



D.S. % 



\\l ill ill 




iCHRISTMAS.) 



126 



Corde Natus. 8. 7 . s. 7 . s. 7 . 7. 



Tr. from Prudentius by 

J. M. Neale and others. 



Si^Si 



u 



ss 



Melody of 13th century, 

arr. by Arthur Sullivan (1842 — ). 






I W I I I 1/ I .. , -^-^ 

1. Of the Fa-ther'slovebe -got - ten, Ere the worlds be - gan to be, He, the Al - pha and O - me - ga, 

2. 1 1 u is here, whom seers of old time Chant-ed of, while a - ges ran ; Whom the faith-ful word of Proph-ets 

3. Praise Him, O ye heaven of heavens ! Praise Him, angels in the height ! All do-min-ions bow be - fore Him, 



3 



£2: 



<s> 



^V 



r 






V--3-- 









^"&J 



-tS>-' 1/ -#- 

I 1/ y ' I I 

He the Source, the End - ing He Of the things that are, that have been, And that fu - ture years shall 

Prom-ised since the world be - gan ; Eong fore-told, at length ap - pear - ing, Praise Him, ev - 'ry child of 
And ex - alt His bound-less might ; Let no tongue of man be si - lent, Let each voice and heart 11 







. ' 



k m 






Thee let old men, Thee let young men, 
Thee let boys in chorus sing, 

Matrons, virgins, little maidens 
With glad voices answering; 

Let their guileless song re-echo, 
And their heart its piaises bring, 
Evermore and evermore ! 






Tr. J. M. Neale (i8iS-i*66). 

f * x + 



St. Theodulph. 7 6. 7 6. 127 

If. Teschner, 1613. 
. I « a 



& 



1 



^ 



3 



3 



.- 



:> 



*=* 



^r 



. j All glo - ry, laud, and hon - or To Thee, Re-deem-er, King. / 1. Thou art the King of Is - rael. 
D ' c ' ! To whom the lips of chil - dren Made sweet ho - san - nas ring. ( 2. The corn-pan - y of an - gels 



El 



P=fc* 



i II 



j - 



^i 



/;.c. 



^i* &rh I pf^ H .1 ■ IJ J J II I Ij ., II 



Thou Da-vid's Roy - al Son, Who in the Lord's name com-e>t, The King and bless-ed One. 
Are prais - ing Thee on high, And mor - tal men and all thing> Cre - a - ted make re -ply. 




I 1 I I II 



i 



3 The people of the Hebrew- 

With palms before Thee went ; 
Our praise and prayer and anthems 
Before Thee we present. 
All glory, etc. 



4 To Thee before Thy passion 

They sang their hymns of praise 



To Thee, now high exalted. 
Our melody we ra> 
All glory, etc. 

5 Thou didst accept their praises, - 
Accept the prayers we bring, 
Who in all good delight 
Thou <iood and graciou- 

All glory. 



To be sung continuously, without interlude. 

(THE PASSION. 1 



128 



Artavia. 10. 10. 10.6. 



Jean Ingelow (1830 — ). 



E. J. Hopkins (1818 — ). 




^ 



drr^j 



3=# 



t 



P* 



And didst Thou love the race that loved not Thee ? 
O God! O kins-man loved, but not e- nough ! 
By that one like-ness which is ours and Thine, 
By Thy last si - lence in the judg-ment-hall, 
Come, lest this heart should, cold and cast a - way, 



-Z5>- V 



And didst Thou take to heaven a hu - man brow 

O Man ! with eyes ma - jes - tic af - ter death 

By that one na - ture which doth hold us 

By long fore-knowl-edge of the dead - ly 

Die ere the guest a - dored she en - ter 



422- 



kin, 

tree, 
tain,- 



& &*-* =■ -?—(*- ?= ^»— r~s = ^=^= ±= 



m 





mmsmmm^m^mmi i 



vel-lous sea? Art Th( 



kins 
hu 



Dost plead with man's voice by the mar 

Whose feet have toiled a - long our path - ways rough, Whose lips drawn 
By that high heaven, where sinless Thou dost shine, To draw us sin - 

By dark - ness, by the worm-wood and the gall, — I pray Thee vis - 

Lest eyes which nev - er saw Thine earth - ly day Should miss Thy heaven 



man now? 
man breath 

ners in ; 

it me. 

- ly reign. 



A - MEN. 



5 



wm m mm?? m 



* Small notes for first verse. 



No interludes between verses 2, 3, 4. 



(THE PASSION. 




Kirby Bedon. 6.6.4.6.6.6.4. 



129 



Ray Palmer (1808-ii 



B 



XVzjijL 



^iihtisd^^m m 



E. Bunnett (1S34— j. 
J &— fc- 



1. My faith looks up to Thee, Thou Lamb of Cal - va - ry, Sav - iour di - vine ! Now hear me while I 

2. May Thy rich grace impart Strength to my faint-ing heart. My zeal in - spire ; As Thou hast died for 

3. While life's dark maze I tread, And griefs a-round me spread, Be Thou my Guide; Bid dark -ness turn to 

4. When ends life's transient dream, When death's cold, sullen stream Shall o'er me roll. Blest Sav-iour, then, in 



-#- 

£3 4 k 


— #- 




% 


-i — 


^ 
<* 




* 


» 


+0 

— f— 


f- 


1- 




-J 


'"1 : =e= 


— 1 


-*- 


-fn 


Hm4- 


— v^ 


-7— 




—\ — 




-V- 


— *- 


-V— 






1 


\— 9 


« 


W 




=h= 


# - 



^^ 



i.^^si 



■•— #- 



i t j 



. i 



Be whol - ly Thine ! 
A liv - ing lire. 

From Thee a - side. 

A ran -somedsoul. A - MEN. 



-# — • — #- 



pray : Take all my guilt a - way ; O let me from this day 

me, O may my love to Thee Pure, warm, and changeless be, 

day, Wipe sor-row's tears a - way, Nor let me ev - er stray 

love, Fear and distrust re - move ; O bear me safe a - bove, 



tm 



-#- N 



w rr 



wm 



fig t ' 



ps . . m 



(THE PASSION. 



130 



Gethsemane. ?s. 6 lines 



James Montgomery (1771-1854). 



R. Redhead (1820—). 

-J- 






-r V ■#- -^ w II I 

1. Go to darkGeth-sem -a - ne, Ve that feel the tempter's power : Your Redeemer's con-flict see ; Watch with Him one 

2. Fol-low to the judgment-hall ; View the Lord of life ar-raigned. O, the wormwood and the gall ! O, the pangs His 
",. Calvarv's mournful mountain climb; There, a-dor - ing at His feet, Mark that mir-a-cle of time, — God'sown sac -ri- 




f H'KFfM 







5^ 1 

bit - ter hour : Turn not from His griefs away ; Learn of J e-sus Christ to pray, 
soul sustained ! Shun not suff 'ring, shame, or loss ; Learn of Him to bear the cros 
rice com-plete. " It is finished ! " Hear H im cry ; Learn of Je-sus Christ to die. 



wm 




4 Early hasten to the tomb, 
Where they laid His breath 
less clay. 
All is solitude and gloom : 

W 7 ho hath taken Him away? 
Christ is risen ! He seeks the 

skies. 
Saviour, teach us so to rise ! 



SECOND HYMN. 



Rock of Ages, cleft for me, 

Let me hide myself in Thee ! 

Let the water and the blood, 

From Thy riven side which flowed. 

Be of sin the double cure, 

Save from wrath and make me pure. 

Not the labors of my hands 
< an fulfil Thy law's demands ; 
Could my zeal no respite know. 
Could my tears forever How, 
All for sin could not atone : 
Thou must save, and Thou alone! 



Nothing in my hand 1 bring: 
Simply to Thy cross I cling ; 
Naked, come to Thee for dress ; 
! Ielpless, look to Thee for grace : 
Foul, I to Thy fountain fly : 
Wash me, Saviour, or I die ! 

While 1 draw this fleeting breath, 

When my eyelids close in death. 

When I soar to worlds unknown, 

See Thee on Thy judgment-throne, — 

Rock of Ages, cleft for me. 

Let me hide myself in Thee. — Toplady (alt.). 



Stabat Mater, s. s. 7 . 6 



Tr. J. W. Alexander (1S04-1859), 1S42 



2 



• i J # s 



*=r 



ii= 



lines. 

J. B. Dykes (1823-1876). 

5=3? 



131 




1. Near the Cross was Mary weep-ing; There her mournful station keep-ing, (iaz-ing on her dy - ing Son: 

2. What He for His peo-ple suf-fered, Stripes and scoffs and insulis of-fered, His fond Mother saw the whole : 

3. But we have no need to bor - row Mo-tives from the Mother's sor-row, At our Sav-iour's Cross to mourn : 





There in speechless anguish groaning, Yearning, trembling, sighing, moaning, Thro' her soul the sword had gone. 
Ne-ver from the scene re - tir - ing Till He bowed His Head, ex-pir-ing, And to God breathed out His Soul. 
'T was our sins brought Him from Heaven; These the cruel nails had driven : All His griefs for us were borne. Am i n. 



*** 



m 



- 



» -« 



:» 



: 



: ? 



■&• 



V 



#— * 



-<5» 



1 m 



When no eye its pity gave us, 
When there was no arm to save us, 

He His love and power displayed ; 
By His stripes He wrought our healing 
By lli> death, our life revealing, 

He for us the ransom paid. 



« 



m 



* 



.# • 



Jesus ! may Thy love constrain us. 
That from >in we may refrain us, 

In Thy griefs may deeply grieve ! 
Thee our best affections giving. 
To Thy glory ever living, 

May we in Thy glory live. 



(THE PASSION 1 



132 



St. Cross, l. m. 



F. W. Faber (181 


4-1863) 

1 1 — 


, abr. 

_i_ 


1 




J. B. Dykes (1823- 

1 H 1—. 1 . 1 


1876). 


/ffT 4 1 1 


^ — ~*r 


— s> -p. 1 


" 1 


— 1 — 




— \-~n 




&\ ' 




&> 


1 ^ # l 1 


^ « 




\ 1 


V \) Q- & 4 m 


a • 


# 


m 


72 


1 aJ J J 1 & 


23 __ ^ 




z) . 1 


t) £> 4 m 

i. Have we no tears 

2. What was Thy crime, 

3. Found guil - ty of 


to 
my 
ex - 

* 


shed for Him, 
dear - est Lord ? 
cess of love, 

J j _ 


While sol - diers scoff , and Jews de - rider 
By earth, by heaven, Thou hast been tried, 
It was Thine own sweet will that tied 

_,_ M JTs 4 . 


fm\' 1 1 r 


-. . 


e> . 




1 in m m \ m 9 




HS-H 


,/^J., 4- -~ L 


y |_ 




& 


IK r w \ m - 




M?4 ^ -P — ■— 




-£ P 


1 


-0 ^ 


1 t±_j _| 1 1 




"I— J 


' 1 1 




-■-+- t~r ^ — h — ' 


Lf — t 







«B 






» 



*=* 



Ah! look, how pa - tient - ly He hangs: Je - sus, our Love, is cru - ci - tied! 
And guil - ty found of too much love : Je - sus, our Love, is cru - ci - fied ! 
Thee tight - er far than help - less nails: Je - sus. our Love, is cru - ci - fied! A - mkn. 



gamp - \ 1 F f 1 : ifTT^ ' \ I P 1 * 1 m 



4 How fast His hands and feet are nailed ! 
His throat with parching thirst is dried; 

His failing eyes are dimmed with blood : 
Jesus, our Love, is crucified ! 

5 Seven times He spoke, — seven words of love 
And all three hours His silence cried 

For mercy on the souls of men : 
Jesus, our Love, is crucified.' 



6 O break, O break, hard heart of mine ! 
Thy weak self-love and guilty pride 

His Pilate and His Judas were: 
Jesus, our Love, is crucified ! 

7 A broken heart, a fount of tears, — 
Ask, and they will not be denied ; 

A broken heart love's cradle is : 
Jesus, our Love, is crucified ! 



(THE PASSION.) 



Ab 



er. s. m. 



133 



Henry \V. Baker (1821-1877). 



W. II. Monk (1823-1890). 



m 



■1 



SE^ 



m 



1. O per - feet life of 

2. No work is left un 

3. Xo pain that we can 



love ! 
done 
share 



All. 

Of 

But 



all 

an 

He 



* ^ -Z5T- 

is fin - ished now ; All 

the Fa - ther willed; His 

has felt its smart ; All 



f . * 



=« 



^ i 



{A'o organ fied.) 



(Pal.) 



3=^t 



I ^1 J ^ 

d a — — # w 



il 



.i. 



that He left His throne a 
toil, His sor - rows, one by 
forms of hu - man grief and 
— » * 1 — # **a- 



bove 
one, 
care 

— — 



To do for 

The Scrip - ture 

Have pierced that 



us be - low. 
have ful - filled, 
ten - der heart. 



ip^ i 



*=t 



& -t. 



6 In every time of need, 
liefore the judgment-throne, 

Thy work, O Lamb of God ! I '11 plead. 
Thy merits, not my own. 

7 Yet work, O Lord ! in me 

As Thou for me hast wrought ; 
And let my love the answer be 
To grace Thy love has brought. 



r 



4 And on His thorn-crowned head, 
And on His sinless soul, 

Our sins in all their guilt were laid, 
That He might make us whole. 

5 In perfect love He dies, — 
For me He dies, for me : 

all-atoning Sacrifice ! 
I cling by faith to Thee ! 



(THE PASSION.i 



134 



Resurrectus. 7. 6. 8 fines. 



Tr. J. M. Xeale (1818-1866). 

IS 



J. B. Dykes (1823-1876). 






1. The day of Res - ur - rec - tion ! Earth, teH it out a - broad 

2. Our hearts be pure from e - vil, That we may see a - right 
j. Now let the heavens be joy - ful, And earth her song be -gin, 



Ur 



The Pass - o - ver of 

The Lord in rays e - 

The round world keep high 




glad - ness, The Pass 
ter - nal Of Res 

tri - umph, And all 



- o - ver of God ! 
ur - rec - tion - light ; 
that is there - in : 



ter 



From death to life e 
And, listen - ing to His ac 
Let all things, seen and un 



nal, From 
cents. May 
seen, Their 



mm i l^m^m^mmm\\ \ i i 



F^tem } i jiffj 1 i U: j* ¥ i s j i 



earth un - to the sky, 
hear so calm and plain 
notes of glad - ness blend : 



< )ur ( hrist hath brought us o - ver With hymns of vie - to - ry. 

His own " All hail," and, hearing, May raise the vic-tor strain. 

For Christ the Lord is ris en, Our Joy that hath no end. A-mkn. 

I 



■v; s \ f ^m4 ' BgE mBffn p 



(EASTER.) 



Palm-Branches, 



1 00 



J. Faure. 



i 



Andante maestoso. 



^^ 



gr^i 



S=t=t 



^ 



tt 



UT^me^ 



S J 



P 



#-#- 



t% 



■--w-9-rw-w— 9-9-9- m 4 — ■— * 



# • # # # ^ 



-=1 




g¥ 



Solo, or Voices in Unison. 



r"— * 



N fs 



9 



1 . ( )*er all the way. green palms and 

2. His word goes forth, and peo - pies 

3. Sing and re - joice, O blest Je- 



136 



Palm-Branches. Continued. 




=tt 



^-N-^-N-N-^- 



a-=i- 



^-*-# 



^-S 






blos - soms gay 
by its might 
ru - sa - lem, 



Are strewn this day in fes - tal pre 

Once more re-gain freedom from deg 

Of all thy sons sing the e - man 

3 3 3 3 



pa-ra - tion, 
ra-da - tion ; 
ci-pa - tion. 



— 3— — -3- 



cres 

V4 



? 




pi 



> 



t^ 



A-^- 



#t 



-#— — •- 



Where Je - sus comes to wipe our tears a - way ; 
IIu - man - i - ty doth give to each his right, 

Through bound-less love ; the Christ of Beth - le - - hem 



E'en now the throng to 
While those in dark - ness 
Brings faith and hope to 



wel - come 
find re- 
thee for- 



'Mm 



®tei= 



3 3 3 |^^ 8 3 




f 



mm 



-9- 

(EASTER.) 



Palm-Branches. - Continued. 



37 



rail. 



a tempo. 
Semi-Chorus. 




(EASTER.) 



i38 



fc* 



tHT=* 



Palm-Branches. Continued. 



Tutti. 

4- 



# 



S 



£^3 



cla - ma 



tion, Ho - san 



PNw=^ 



na ! 



*=t 



M J 



^ 



es 



^tfe 



/ 



J 



.//• 



-£«« 



s 



p=s_j»_^_^_ 



^ 




I 



Mf 



b\ 



dargando. 



g-H» r — r 

K h W 1/ 



:&*=£ 



Glo 



ry to (iod ! 



_, -2 



-P ^ 



¥——u——y- 



Praise Him, who com - eth to bring us sal 



--i — Wa — m — F- 



P ' "^^ slargando. 



(EASTER.) 



Palm-Branches. Concluded. 



139 



largo 





m^fwi 



(EASTER.) 



140 



Salve Festa Dies. 



11. 11. 11. 11. 11 



Ven. P^ortunatus (530-609) tr. J. Ellerton (1826 — ). 



R. Brown-Borthwick (1840 — ). 







1 






1 


J 


1 


| 


i J 








1 


1 




I 






U^ 


1 


<d & 


J * m 




1 


b? 


^ 1 m 


! 1 




m •! 




1 # i •! • 


f 


\ /i J f 


• m 


^ | 


j 


J J 2 




& 


# 


j 


I 




v. 


2 


«+ 




# 






& 






m 





? 




I 

1. " Wel-come, hap 

2. Earth with joy 

3. Months in due 

4. Mak - er and 

5. Thou, of life 

6. Loose the souls 


- py morn - 
con - fess 
sue - ces - 
Re - deem . 
the Au - 
long prison 

_0 


ing ! " 

es, 
sion, 

er, 
thor, 
- ed, 


age to age shall say; Hell 
cloth - ing her for spring, All 
days of lengthen-ing light, Hours 
Life and Health of all, Thou 
death didst un - der - go, Tread 
jound with Sa - tan's chain ; All 

r f f 


to - 
good 
and 
from 
the 
that 

• 


day 

gifts 
pass - 
heaven 

path 

now 


is 

re- 

ing 

be- 

of 

is 

-r 


SSVsH 


9 


-m w 


55? 











5 


» 








pj# 


t 1 






V 


p 1 


_. 
















r m L 






1 






4- 




1 




r « 
































^ 





















td: 



$m^mmmmm 



n 



W= ~ff 



van - 

turned 
mo - 
hold - 
dark 
fall - 



quished, Heaven is won to 

with her re - turn - ing 

praise Thee in their 

hu - man na - ture's 
sav - ing strength to 
raise to life a 



ments 

ing 
ness, 

en 



I I I 

day ! Lo, the Dead is 

King; Bloom in ev - Yy 

flight ; Bright - ness of the 

fall, Of the Fa ther 

show; Come, then, True and 

gain ; Show Thy face in 



liv 
mead 
morn 
s God 
Faith 
bright 



w 



■J^s 



ing, 
ow, 
ing, 

head 

ful, 

ness 



^ee^beA 



p ' 



Org* 



(EASTER.) 



Salve Festa Dies. Concluded. 



141 



C\ *r 














1 


1 














I 








1— 




£- 




— I— 


& 


H= 


=*~f 


— 1— 


|=t= 


\ * 


=}= 








1 


#= 


=4 

Go 


=1 

d foi 


■ - ev 


1 — 

- er 


1 — & 

more ! 


Him, 


— * — • * 

their true Cre 


- a 


tor. 


— -\ 
all 


1 — 

His 


work* 


: 

a 


dore ! 


1 




lea 


ves or 


ev 


- ' r >' 


bough, 


Speak 


His sor- 


rows 


end 


- ed, 


hail 


His 


tri - 


umph 


now. 






sk> 


and field 


i and 


sea, 


Van- 


quish - er 


of 


dark 


- ness, 


bring 


their 


praise 


to 


Thee. 






tru 


e and on - 


iy 


Son, 


Man- 


hood to 


de - 


liv 


er, 


man 


• hood 


didst 


put 


on. 






no) 


v ful 


- fil 


Thy 


word ; 


'Tis Thine own 


third 


morn 


- ing! 


Rise, 


O 


bur - 


ied 


Lord ! 






bid 


the 


na-tions 


see; 


Bring 


a - gain 


our 


day 


- light: 


day 


re - 


turns 


with 


Thee! 









m 


J 




f? iif 2 " 


. * 





t 


a. 
















frVtt 


m 9 


P? ffi^ 


1 r 


5 


t_ 


r 


\ f 




m 


1m 


9 








[£J4f 


A 




1 








r 1 


{* 




""i ' J 


-« 






w' 




r 


1 






L m IS* 


&* 






1 1 




• 






• 




































1 


\ 


I 









n ff 
















| 
























y - 1 J 


n 




_ 




I 


■ 








/ n « 


! 










J 1 


1 




11 


r ^ * 


»- 








^ m 




rz ■ ~ 




■ I 


vo j 


w 




# 




J • 




# 






X 




II 


'• Wel 
Hell 

• Wel 
Hell 

" Wel 
Hell 

m 


"T 

come, hap 
to - day 

come, hap 
to - day 

come, hap 
to - day 




py morn - ing ! " 
is van - quished 
py morn - ing ! " 
is van - quished 
py morn - ing ! 
is van - quished 


age to age 
; heaven is won 

age to age 
; heaven is won 
' age to age 
; heaven is won 

f 


t 

shall 

to 
shall 

to 
shall 

to 


say. 
day! 

say. 
day ! 
say. 
day ! 




A - MEN 


/•W r » 




m m 




f? <? 


* 


r 




/5> 


41 


(5J4J- r 






1 


4 




1 


II 


*0 


1 






U 






1 P» 


|| 


• 








r 






^ 


^ 


1 
















1 


1 ' 














I 









(EASTER.) 



142 



BaptistC us. (2d Tune.) 



J. Baptiste Calkin (1827- 



& 



^Efi 



d 



g 



"2 



Wei - come 
Earth with 
Mak - er 



, hap-py morn - ing ! age to age shall say ; 
joy con - fess - es, cloth - ing her for spring, 
and Re-deem - er, Life and Health of all, 



-J- ..J. • * 

Hell to - day is van-quished, heav'n is 
All good gifts re-turned with her re- 
Thou, from heaven be-hold - ing hu - man 




won to - day ! 
turn - ing King, 
na - ture's fall, 



Lo, the 

Bloom in 
Of the 



Dead 



liv - ing 
'ry mead-ow, 



Fa - ther's God-head, 



God for - ev 
leaves on ev ■ 
True and On 



er more 
'ry bough, 
ly Son, 



Him their true 
Speak His sor - 
Man - hood to 



Cre- 

rowj 
de- 



E& 



t . 






\ — i— ; 



^ U— 4 



-i-i 



'^^m 



\t=L 



' • 



*-* 



$=$ 



t=m 



r— r 



Thou, of Life the Author, death didst undergo, 
Tread the path of darkness, saving strength to show ; 
Come, then, True and Faithful, now fulfil Thy word, 
Tis Thine own third morning, rise, my buried Lord! 

Loose the souls long-prisoned, bound with Satan's chain 
All that now is fallen, raise to life again ; 
Show Thy face in brightness, bid the nations see ; 
Bring again our daylight: day returns with Thee! 

(EASTER.) 



M 



ftoco rit. 



5E3 



W 



a - tor, all His works a - dore. 
end-ed, hail His tri - umph now. 
liv - er, man-hood didst put on. Amen. 



®fr 



^t=% 



i vm 



V. Pott. 



Palestrina. 

ff 



8.8.8.4. 143 

Hymns A. and M. 135 ; arr. from Palestrina. 



psiiillil^ilipgptail^ : 1 

Al-le - lu - ia! Al - le - lu - ia ! Al - le - lu - ia ! 1. The strife is o'er. the 



■ J 

3 

The strife is o'er, tht 

2. The powers of death have 

3. The three sad days have 



WM 



-*-*- 



*> 



S-g -4 * [ 1 



Org.J 



r 



« 







wm^i^mm 



bat - tie done ; The vie - to - ry of life is won : ( ) let the song of 

done their worst, But Christ their le - gions hath dis-persed; Let shouts of ho - ly 
quick - ly sped : He rises glo - ri - ous from the dead ; All glo - ry to our 



m 



&- 



mnij ^f ^m^ mm ; i 8 • w m 




^ms^^mmm 



praise be sung, 
joy out - burst, 
ris - en Head ! 



MEN. 




ItMl 



4 He closed the yawning gates of hell : 
The bars from heaven's high portals fell : 
Let hymns of praise His triumphs tell. 

Alleluia ! 

5 Lord, by the stripes which wounded Thee, 
From death's dread sting Thy servants free. 
That we may live and sing to Thee. 

Alleluia ! 



(EASTER.) 



i 4 4 



F. W. Faber (1814-1863). 
Verse 1 and Chorus. 



Paraclete. 9 . 7. 8 lines. 



B. Tours (1838—). 







t=± 



i^^ FF^ 



^ 



Ho -ly Ghost ! come down upon Thy children : Give us grace and make us Thine 



^i 



4—1- 



; 



^tri 



mm 



W/- 






rhy ten 

N 

i 



der fires with- 



1 1 ^ ol °- 1 1 



in us kin - die, Bless-ed Spir - it ! Dove di-vine ! A-MEN. 2. For all with - in us, good and ho - ly, 

3. For Thou to us art more than fa-ther. 

4. O, we have grieved Thee, gracious Spirit 



fft^f If i f f " } fir U'\f v^htJ f i f ^ r ! 3 

1 ' ' v r 



vHj-.t i J JJ. m3 JJj i J«Jj Jijj J ^M 1 



Is from Thee, Thy precious gift ; In all our joys, in all our sor-rows, Wist-ful hearts to Thee we lift. 
More than sis - ter in Thy love, So gen -tie, pa-tient, and for-bear-ing, Ho - ly Spir -it! Heavenly Dove ! 
Way-ward, wan-ton, cold we are; And still our sins, new every morn-ing, Nev-er yet have wear-ied Thee. 



iwftf.Cf'rr i r i rr rfiTTffiff^ i ff gg 



(THE HOLY GHOST.) 



Paraclete. - Concluded. 



H5 



Dear Paraclete ! how hast Thou waited 
While our hearts were slowly turned ! 

How often hath Thy love been slighted, 
While for us it grieved and burned! 
Holy Ghost ! come down, etc. 



With hearts so vile, how dare we venture. 

Holy Ghost ! to love Thee so ? 
And how canst Thou, with such companion. 

Bear so long with things so low ? 

Holy Ghost ! come down. etc. 



St. Cuthbert. 8.6.8.4. 



Harriet Auber, 1829. 



J. B. Dykes (1823 








r?333m 



Our blest 
He came 
And His 



Re- deem - er, ere He breathed His ten - der last fare - well, A Guide, a Comfort- 
sweet in-rluence to im-part, A gra - cious, will- ing guest; While He can find one 
that gen - tie voice we hear, Soft as the breath of even, That checks each fault, that 




P : mm 



gii 



r 

er, bequeathed With us to dwell, 

hum - ble heart Where -in to rest, 

calms each fear, And speaks of heaven. 



e 



'I 



f==p 



\iwm 



B4 And every virtue we possess, 
And every conquest won. 
And every thought of holiness, 
Are His alone. 



5 Spirit of purity and grace, 
Our weakness pitying see; 
O make our hearts Thy dwelling-place. 
And meet for Thee ! 



'THE HOLY GHOST. 



146 



Twilight, 



7s. 



Robert II. of France (972-1031), 

tr. by Rev. E. Caswall (181 4- 1878), re-arranged. 

e-3 *-K 



J- 



3zM 



ji/ylfJjlfjy 



Zundel (181 5-] 



0. 1854. 



«- -s 



*^3 



Ho - ly Spir - it ! 
Come, Thou Father 
Thou in toil art 
Light im-mor-tal! 






&-T 



E 



Lord 
of 



of 
the 



light ! 

poor ! 
com - fort sweet ; 
Light di - vine 



From Thy clear ce - les - tial height, Come, Thou Light of 
Come with treas-ures which en - dure ! Thou, of all con- 
Pleas - ant cool - ness in the heat ; Sol - ace in the 



it Thou these hearts of Thi 



If Thou take Thv 



WH 



' 4 



f^TT 



I I 



mm 



* 



£ 



mmm m m 



'-ip j i j : 1 h i \^ i&bj[*M$£8^ m 



all that live! Thy pure beam-ing ra - diance give ! Thy pure beam-ing ra - diance give ! . 

sol - ers best, Vis - it - ing the trou-bled breast. Vis - it - ing the troubled breast, 

midst of woe; Dost re - fresh - ing peace be-stow. Dost re - fresh - ing peace be-stow. 

grace a - way, Xoth - ing pure in man will stay. Noth - ing pure in man will stay. A - men. 

■fiZ. 




fflHCff 1 11 



5 Ileal our wounds; our strength rene^ 
< )n our dryness pour Thy dew ; 
Wash the stains of guilt away ; 
« ruide the steps that go astray. 



6 Give us comfort when we die; 
Give us life with Thee on high ; 
In Thy sevenfold gifts descend ; 
Give us joys which never end. 



(THE HOLY GHOST.) 



Irene, 



7- 7- 7- 5- 



i47 



G. RawsoH. 
























C. 


C. Scholefieh 


. 




■ & •? 1 






i ■ 




« 








/"! i_P 4- I I 






I 


■ - 




• 


1 1 




<, 


fnV ^ J ' » 


<i 




! 1 M 


• 


« 1 


^ v J *+ J V 


2 










1 # 


• 


m 








r. Come to 

2. We are 

3. Or - phans 

4. Like the 


* 

our 
sin 

are 
dew 


# ft 

poor 

- ful,- 

our 

Thy 


# !+• 

na - ture's night, 
- cleanse us, Lord ; 
souls, and poor; 
peace dis - til ; 

a m f? 


With 

Sick- 
Give 
Guide, 


Thy bless 
and faint, - 
us from 
sub - due 


- ed in - ward light. 

— Thy strengh af - ford ; 

Thy heav - enly store 

our wav - ward will. 




/■y u . /i P - # 


f 





K 2 F 


1 ft 




-_r 




m 


/> 




[£/• 7 -, 4- I 






■ 






f? 


1 # 


2 


1 


! 


w r 




VL^t _ » 










r r 


1 


' & 4: # 


! 






I I — » 






! 


















1 


















PI : . 



Ho - ly Ghost, the In 

Lost, — un - til by Thee 

Faith, love, joy, for - ev 

Things of Christ un - fold 



fin 

re 
er 
ing 



ite, 

stored, 
more, 
still, 



Com 
Com 
Com 
Com 



fort 
fort 
fort 
fort 



Di 

Di 
Di 

D; 



vine, 
vine, 
vine, 
vine. 




' ^ 



5 



-b 



At n \ 



7 In us "Abba, Father." try; 
Earnest of the bliss on high ; 
Seal of immortality, 

Comforter Divine. 

8 Search for us the depths of God; 
Upwards by the starry road 
Bear us to Thy high abode, 

Comforter Divine. 



5 Gentle, awful, holy Guest, 

Make Thy temple in each breast, — 
There Thy presence be confessed, 
Comforter Divine. 

6 With us, for us, intercede, 

And with voiceless groanings plead 
Our unutterable need, 
Comforter Divine. 



(THE HOLY GHOST.) 



148 



Hurstleigh, 



7s. 6 lines. 



T. T. Lynch (1818-1871). 



E 



#^: 



ss 



i 



H. Leslie (1822—). 

4- ■ ■ ■ ' ^ 



Pi^P 



** 



S=*±g: 



&*" 



z 



3F=rs 



Gra - cious Spir-it, dwell with me, 

Truth - f ul Spir-it, dwell with me, 

Ten - der Spir-it, dwell with me, 

Si - lent Spir-it, dwell with me, 



myself would gra-cious 
my-self would truth-f ul 
my-self would ten-der 
my-self would qui - et 



1 7 4 # - 




be, And, with words that help and heal, 
be, And, with wis - dom kind and clear, 
be, — Shut my heart up like a flower, 
be, — Qui - et as the grow-ing blade, 



M 



t=f 



=: 



fe 



1 



V4^- 



-P- 




1 =1 



J. J. J. y .** 



:» 



gM^Wi^ ipl 




Would Thy life in mine re - veal ; And, with actions bold and meek, Would for Christ my Saviour speak. 
Let Thy life in mine ap - pear ; And, with ac-tions broth-er -ly, Speak my Lord's sin - cer - i - ty. 
At temp-ta • tion's darksome hour ; O - pen it when shines the sun, And His love by fra-grance own. 
Which through earth its way hath made ; Si-lent-ly, like morn-ing light, Put-ting mists and chills to flight. A-mkn. 






'■'■'■■\ : 



& 



B=C=t* 



m 



» » 



m 



e 



M9 



m : 



«ifgii 



Mighty Spirit, dwell with me, 
I myself would mighty be, — 
Mighty so as to prevail 
Where, unaided, man must fail ; 
Ever, by a mighty hope, 
Pressing on and bearing up. 



Holy Spirit, dwell with me, 

I myself would holy be, — 

Separate from sin, I would 

Choose and cherish all things good 

And whatever I can be, 

(jive to Him who gave me Thee. 



(THE HOLY GHOST.) 



St. Marguerite, c. m. 



149 



I 



T. H. Gill (1819— ). 

4- 



E. C. Walker. 



5=JHF 




i r^3=3 



Lord ! am 
O Ho 



pre 
Spir 



Thy 



sight ? Lord ! would'st Thou have me 



dost Thou mourn Win 



I from The* 



O sweet, strange height of Grace I)i 
Strange height of sin to spurn the 



vine. My sin Thy grief to 

love That yearns to make me 



Thine ? 
part ? 
make. 
blest, 



3^ 



trt+=t 



in 



M ,: \ 



ht± 



T^ 



BE 



^7 



» 



s 



H=4 II 



^=3 



u* — 9- 

The Maj - es 
And give Thee 
For Thy de 

That fain would 

•ft*" 



• ty 

back 

light 

be 



What ! may 
Dost Thou 
And this 
And drive 



I grieve, may I de 
re - joice when I re 

poor faith - f ul - ness of 
a - way the Heaven-ly 



- light 
turn 
mine 
1 )ove 



Di 

my 
to 

mv 



vine : 
heart ? 

take! 
guest ! 



mms^m 



$=&=k 



m 



o , 



m 3 11 



t=± 



5 O happy heaven, where Thine embrace 
I never more shall leave, 
Nor ever cast away Thy grace, 
Nor once Thy Spirit grieve ! 



Let me, dear Lord, each grace p< 

That makes Thy heaven more bright, 

And bring the humble holiness 
That gives my God delight. 



(THE HOLY GHOST.) 



ISO 



Nicaea, 



II. 12. 12. IO. 



Bp. Reginald Heber (1783-1826). 



&£ 



w mmm^mm^m 



J. B. Dykes (1823-1876). 

-^ ! 1 



1. Ilo-ly, Ho-ly, Ho 

2. Ho-ly, Ho-ly, Ho 



m 






ly ! Lord God Al - might - y ! 
ly ! all the saints a - dore Thee, 



Ear-ly in the morn - ing out- 
cast - ing down their golden crowns a- 



* 



^e. 



m 



i i 



'*4=t 



f- 



t—r 



r=r- 



■% . 



\n 



-*- -*- 



S I 



#-# 



"TT 



■& 



3 



4 



m 



w 1 -1 1 

song shall rise to Thee : Ho - ly, Ho - ly, Ho-ly! Mer-ci-ful and Might -y! God in Three 
round the glas - sy sea; Che - ru - bim and Ser - aphim fall - ing down be - fore Thee, Who wert, and 



U 



t*v frpri-f^ p ^ 



^&N=f 



J.- 



1^1 



3tl 



tt«- 



i= 



-I-*«d- 






— ■ — [ I t | 3 Holy, Holy, Holy! though the darkness hide Thee, 

-ftl. I _ ] —O Though the eye of sinful man Thy glory may not see, 

m t -^ J <v <j " 



I 



Per - sons, bless 
art, and ev - 



- ed Trin - i - ty ! 
er-moreshalt be. 



o <> 



V-MEN. 



iM Eg r' ' r • ifz E&a H 0ly , £& 

- ^ I » g " t r 1' k 1 " God in Three P 



Only Thou art Holy ; there is none beside Thee 
Perfect in power, in love and purity. 

4 Holy, Holy, Holy! Lord God Almighty! 

All Thy works shall praise Thy Name in earth, and sky, 



! Merciful and Mighty ! 
'ersons, Blessed Trinity! 



(THE TRINITY. 



T. H. Gill (1819— ). 




! 

1. Our 

2. Thou 

3. Not 

4. Doth 



God! 

took 
on - 
not 



our 

est 

!>' 

the 



— 9— 

God 
once 
old 

Spir 



Springtime, c. m 



iz 



151 



W. II. Monk (1823-1S90). 



j 1 i -i^ms^ ! 



Thou 
our 
en 
- it 



shin 
flesh : 

a 

still 



est 

Thy 
ges 

de 



here. 

face 

felt 

scend 



Thine 

( >nce 

The 

And 

I 

# 



own 

on 

pres 

bring 



this 

our 
ence 
the 



lat - ter 
dark - ness 

of the 
heaven-ly 



day: 

^hone : 

Lord : 

fire? 



m^m 



tte* 



± t 



1 



^n 



, 



, fc 



i 



1 1 

To us Thy ra - diant steps ap - pear, We watch Thy glo-rious way. 

Vet through each age new births of grace Still make Thy glo - ry known. 

Not on - ly with the fath - ers dwelt Thy Spir - it and Thy Word. 

Doth He not still Thy Church ex - tend, And wait - ing souls in - spire? 



.*. # 



W=f^T : 



-0- &-> 



A - MEN. 



-> 



I 



II 



5 Come, Holy Ghost ! in us arise ; 

Be this Thy mighty hour; 
And make Thy willing people wise 
To know Thy day of power ! 

6 Pour down Thy fire in us to glow, 

Thy might in us to dwell ; 
Again Thy works of wonder show, 
Thy blessed secrets tell ! 



7 l!ear us aloft, more glad, more strong. 
( )n Thy celestial wing. 
And grant us grace to look and long 
For our eternal King. 

(S He draweth near. He standeth by, 
He fills our eyes, our ears. 
Come ! King of grace ! Thy people 1 ry. 
And bring the glorious years 



(THE TRINITY.) 



152 



Ves 



perS. 6. 5. 8 lines. 




J. S. B. Monsell (1811-1S75). 



H. A. Prothero. 



t=J: 




o 



^^ 



r 



-* 



1. On our way re 

2. If with hon - est 

3. On our way re 



j 01 - cing, 

heart - ed 

joi - cing, 



As 
Love 
Glad 



TZZT 



we home-ward move, 
for God and man, 
ly let us go, 



3Erf 



:< 



Hark-en to our prais 
Day by day Thou find 
Vic - tor is the Lead 



es, 
us 
er! 



fc 



m - 



^ 



^ 



r^r 



^NN- 



j 



i==± 



^rrTT^ 1 



O Thou God 
Do - ing all 
Van-quished is 



of 
we 
the 



love ! Is there grief or sad - ness ? Thine it can - not be : 

can, Thou Who giv'st the seed - time. Wilt give large in - crease, 

foe! Christ with - out — our safe - tv ! Christ with - in — our joy! 

M- - I I I I 



m^^^: % i 



^ ft 



t«m 



3. 



1 — 



fE£ 



% 







If our sky be (loud - ed, 

(Town the head with bless - ings, 

Who, if we be faith - ful, 



Clouds are not from Thee. 
Fill the heart with peace. 
Can our hope de - stroy? A-MEN. 



::. 



fff 



i 



& 



II 



i=d^: 



I 



Unto God the Father, 

Joyful songs we sing ; 
Unto God the Saviour, 

Thankful hearts we bring 
Unto God the Spirit, 

Bow we and adore, 
On our way rejoicing, 

Ever, evermore ! 



(THE TRINITY.) 



BulHnger. (1st Tune.) 8. 5. 



Rev. John Mason Neale, D. D. (1818-1806). 



8.3. 153 

E. W. liullinger, 1885. 
tit. 




wimmmmmwmmm 



1. Art thou wea-ry, art thou languid? Art thou sore distrest ?•• Come to Me," saith One,' - and coming. Be at rest.*' A-men. 




Stephanos. (2d rune.) s. 5. s. 3. 

IT. \Y. Baker (1821-1877 



*i 



9 *>-^ m & • 9 m 9 






. I 



g.ll 



^n^ 



1. Art thou weary, art thou languid? Art thou sore distrest ? •' Come to Me,'' saith One. " and coming. Be at rest." 



Amen. 



-JL _#_ _#_ 




«£^^*=* 



i — h 



m 



mm 



* * 



-: 



? 



Jl 



-I — I- 



£ 



^-=- 



2 Hath He marks to lead me to Him, 4 If I find Him, if I follow, 

If He be my guide ? What His guerdon here ? 

" In His feet and hands are wound-prints, " Many a sorrow, many a labor, 
And His side." Many a tear." 



6 If I ask Him to receive me, 

Will He say me nay ? 
" Not till earth and not till heaven 
Pass away." 



3 Is there diadem, as monarch, 

That His brow adorns ? 
'• Yea, a crown in very surety. 
But of thorns ! " ' 



5 If I still hold closely to Him. 7 Finding, following, keeping, sti 

What hath He at last ? Is He sure to bless ? 

" Sorrow vanquished, labor ended, " Saints, apostles, prophets, martyr-. 
Jordan passed." Answer, Y< 5." 

(CHRISTIAN EXPERIENCE.) 



154 



J. Newton (1725-1807). 



Glastonbury. 7s. 6 lines. 




J. B. Dykes (182V1S76). 
I 






i. Qui-et, Lord, my fro - ward heart; Make 

2. What Thou shalt to- day pro - vide, Let 

3. As a lit - tie child re - lies On 



me teach - a - ble and mild, Up - right, sim - pie, 
me as a child re - ceive ; What to - mor - row 
a care be - yond his own ; Knows he 's neith - er 



m&& 



\£4r. 



1 



I 



m& 



e p 






i 



&' 






free from art ; Make me as a wean 
may be - tide, Calm - ly to Thy wis - 
strong nor wise ; Fears to stir a step 



.» ; 



- ed child : From dis - trust and en - vy free, 

dom leave. T is e - nough that Thou wilt care : 

a - lone, — Let me thus with Thee a - bide, 

V 
ftp , 



m 



m 



F=f=^ 



Pf=F 



I I 



mm 




£ 



Pleased with all that pleas -es ' 

Why should I the bur -den 

A.S my Fa-ther, Guard, and 

13 






Fhee. 
bear ? 
Guide. 



A-MF.N. 



4 Thus preserved from Satan's wiles, 
Safe from dangers, free from fears, 
May I live upon Thy smiles, 
Till the promised hour appears, 
When the sons of God shall prove 
All their Father's boundless love. 



i 



-K 



* 



Spring-Tide. c. m. 



3D 



F. \V. Faber (1814-1S63). 



J. Barnby (1838 — 



'. : 



I'M 



8* 



# . 



J 



r 



: . O gift of gifts : ( ) 




grace 



of faith ! 



My God ! how can 



be 



:. How man - y hearts Thou might'st have had More in 



3. Ah, grace ! into un - like - li - est hearts 



It 



no - cent than mine ! 
thv boast to come, 



H 



B 



m 



v^Z 



mm 



i=^t 



m^w 



f 



WW 



— 



That Thou, who ha.>t dis - cern - ing love, Shouldst give that gift to me ? 

How man - y souls more worth - y far Of that sweet touch of Thine 

The glo - ry of Thy light to find In dark - est spots a home. 



: ^*_t 



£ 



Jl 



^ : ' 



The crowd of cares, the weightiest cross. 

Seem trifles less than light ; 
Earth looks so little and so low 

When faith shines full and bright. 



5 ( ), happy, happy that I am ! 
If thou canst be, O faith ! 
The treasure that thou art in life, 
What wilt thou be in death ? 



(CHRISTIAN EXPERIENCE. 



1 5 6 Feste Burg. s. 7. 8. 7. 6. 6. 6. 7 . 

Tr. from Martin Luther by Rev. R. C. Singleton. 



Old German. 







1. Our God stands firm, a rock and tower, A shield when dan-ger press - es ; 

2. Our strength is weakness in the fight ; Our cour -age soon de - fee - tion; 

3. Then, Lord, a - rise ! lift up Thine arm ! With migh-ty sue - cor stay us ! 






A read - y help in 
But comes a War - rior, 
Oh ! turn a - side the 



&ShA- 



£=£ 



m 



*=* 



m\rf r f 1 



^=n 



$=?=*=¥ 



n\ 1 ijij 



tefa 



t=t 



za 



t=3 



i 



»* 



I 



3« 



r 1 

ev - 'ry hour When doubt or pain dis - tress - es ! 
clad in might, A Prince of God's e - lee - tion ! 
dead-ly harm, When Sa- tan would be - tray us; 



§§i=ii| 



p=t 



s 



1=3 



For our ma - lig - nant foe Un-swerv-ing aims his blow ; 
Who is this wondrous Chief, That brings this glad re-lief ? 
That, res-cued by Thy hand, In triumph we may stand. 

* - . .. . 1 



mm^mmm 




,3 



His fear - ful arms the while, Dark power and dark-er guile ; His hid -den craft is match - less. 
The field of bat - tie boasts Christ Je - sus, Lord of Hosts, Still con-quering and to con - quer ! 
And round Thy foot-stool crowd, In joy to sing a - loud High praise to our Re - deem - er. 



w 



$ 



^m^mm^mi^ ■ 



St. Andrew of Crete. 6. 5. s lines. 



fee 



Tr. J. M. Xeale (181S-1S66). 



J. B. Dykes (1823-1876). 



157 



j J J J 4=4 

4 — « — • — * * — # 



^m 



. 



^^ 



*=f=^ 



Mid 

lur 

vig 



» + -4- 



1. Christian, dost thou see them 

2. Christian, dost thou feel them, 

3. Christian, dost thou hear them, 



r^ 



On the ho - ly ground, 
How they work with - in, 
How they speak thee fair ? 




* • • 



^J 



How the troops of 
Striv-ing, tempt-ing, 
Al - ways fast and 



' , 



.*: 



mg> 
il? 



^ 



dim . 




Unison in verses 1, 2, 3 

.B -f , J J . 



I 

Harmony 



— j — _ — 1 — 1- 



1 



- - 



1. 



-*- T 



S 



^# 



#„ # 



Prowl and prowl a - round? 
Goad - ing in - to sin ? 

Al - ways watch and prayer 5 



Christian, 
Christian, 
Christian, 



up 

nev 



and 
- er 



smite 
(rem - 

bold 

-5- 




them, Count-ing gain but loss, In the 
ble; Nev - er be down -cast: Gird thee 
ly, " While I breathe I pray : " Peace shall 
-#- ^2- -+- -*- - 



£ 



•• Well I know thy trouble, 
( ) My servant true ; 

Thou art very weary, 
I was weary too ; 

But that toil shall make the< 
•• day all Mine own. 

And the end of sorrow 
Shall be near My throne." 



i 5 8 



West Heath, s. 8. 6. s. s. 6. 



J. Anstice (1808-1836), alt. 



J m^ 



^^ 



E. J. Hopkins (1818— ). 



£=*; 



^Pi 



# r 



1. O Lord ! how hap-py should we be 

2. How far from this our dai - ly life ! 

3. Could we but kneel, and cast our load, 



If we could cast our care on Thee, — If 
Ev - er dis-turbed by anx-ious strife, By 
E'en while we pray, up - on our God 



we from self could rest, 
sud-den, wild a - larms ; 
Then rise with light-ened cheer, 




^ -•- 



rn^rn 



mm 



a 



*—* 



*-■ *+• 



31S 



l=f=t 



*ra 



is 



4— J — \ 



T 



And feel at heart that One above, In per - feet wis-dom, per-f ect love, Is work-ing for the 
Oh, could we but re - lin-quish all Our earth - ly props, and sim-ply fall On Thy al - might - y 
Sure that the Fa-ther, who is nigh To still the fam-ish'd rav-en's cry, Will hear, in that we 



W- 



SSlP^Hslil 



best ! 
arms ! 
fear! A-mkn. 




We cannot trust Him as we should, — 
So chafes fallen nature's restless mood 

To cast its peace away ; 
Yet birds and flow'rets round us preach, 
All, all the present evil teach, 

Sufficient for the day. 



Lord, make these faithless hearts of ours 
Such lesson learn from birds and flowers, 

Make them from self to cease ; 
Leave all things to a Father's will, 
And taste, before Him lying still, 

E'en in affliction, peace. 



(CHRISTIAN EXPERIENCE.) 






St. Anselm. 7 .6. 



159 



Arranged from J. Barnby (1838 




I live for those who love me, Whose hearts are kind and true ; 
I live to learn their sto - ry Who've suffered for my sake. 
I live to hail that sea -son, By gift - ed minds fore-told, 



a^-ir 



For the heaven that smiles above me. 
To em - u - late their glo - ry, 
When men shall live by rea 




And a-waits my spir - it too ; For all 
And fol-low in their wake : Bards 

And not a - lone for gold ; When 



hu-man ties that 
patriots, martyrs 
man to man u 



bind me ; For the task of God assigned me ; 
-a - ges, The no-ble of all a - ges, 

nit - ed, And ev-'ry wrong thing right - ed. 






9 . •- -* # l J 

For the bright hopes left be-hind me. And the good that I can do. 
Whose deeds crowd History's pages And Time's great volume make. 
The whole world shall be lighted. As E-den was of old. A-MEN. 

r L^ r # m ___^ 




4 I live for those who love me. 

For those who know me true ; 
For the heaven that smiles above 
me, 

And awaits my spirit too : 
For the cause that lacks assistance, 
For the wrong that ;. 

ance, 
For the future in the distance, 

And the good that I can do 



i6o 



Wentworth, 



8. 4. 6 lines. 



Adelaide A. Procter (1825-1864). 



F. C. Maker (1844—). 



m 



a 




telsJ 



*=* 



54: 



t=t 



F¥ 



■Sr-^g 



?-^ 



My God, I thank Thee, who hast made The earth so 
I thank Thee, too, that Thou hast made Joy to a - 

I thank Thee more that all my joy Is touched with 

For Thou, who knowest, Lord, how soon Our weak heart 



bright, So full of splen-dor and of joy. 
bound ; So man - y gen-tle thoughts and deeds 

pain ; That shad-ows fall on bright - est hours, 
clings, Hast given us joys, ten - der and true, 



f 



*=t 



» 



- 1 — — ' — M I I* h — H-- h 1- — ■ 



4 E 




beau - ty 
Cir - cling 

That thorns 
Vet all 



and light : 
us round, 
re - main ; 

with wings 



i 

So man - y glo-rious things are here, No - ble 

That in the dark -est spot of earth Some love 

So that earth's bliss may be my guide, And not 

So that we see, gleaming on high, Di - vin 

1 



fcrf=S 



and 
is 
my 
er 



right, 
found. 

chain. 

things. A - mkn. 



E PMf r \ Mf FpFff 




f thank Thee, Lord, that Thou hast kept 

The best in store ; 
I have enough, yet not too much, 

To long for more, — 
A yearning for a deeper peace 

Not known before. 



6 I thank Thee, Lord, that here our souls 
Though amply blest, 

Can never find, although they seek, 
A perfect rest, — 

Nor ever shall, until they lean 
( )n Jesus' breast. 

(CHRISTIAN EXPERIENCE.) 



Monsuldale. 7* 



161 



William Cowper (1731-1800). 

-\ 



A 



gg SI 



From Greatorex' Collection. 



£# 



W3 



1. Tis my hap - pi - ness be - low, 

2. Tri - als must and will be - fall ; 

3. God, in Is - rael, sows the seeds 

4. Tri - als make the prom - ise sweet 



g 



Not to live with - out 

But with hum - ble faith 

Of af - flic - tion, pain, 

Tri als give new life 



the cross, 
to see 

and toil ; 

to prayer 



: i m m^^mm^m^ 




I " ! 



Hut the 

Love in 

These spring up and choke 
als bring me to 



Tri 



Sav - iour's power to 
scribed up - on them 
the 
Mis 



know, 

all,— 
weeds 
feet.— 



Sane - ti - fy 
This is hap 
Which would else 
I. ay me low, 



ing ev - "ry Loss. 

pi - ness to me. 
o'er-spread the soil. 
and keep me there. 




(CHRISTIAN EXPERIENCE 



l62 



Thou Knowest. 



6 lines. 



Miss Jane Borthwick, 1854. 




§= 



±=t=* 



m 



J. Barnby (1838—). 

1-^ 



1 . Thou know - est, Lord, 

2. Thou know - est all 

3. Thou know - est all 

4. Thou know - est all 

5. Thou know - est, not 

6. There - fore we come, 



the 
the 
the 
the 
a 
Thy 

(2 



wear - i - ness and sor - row Of the sad heart that 
past, — how long and blind - ly On the dark moun - tains 

pres - ent ; each temp - ta - tion, Each toil - some du - ty, 
f u - ture, — gleams of glad - ness By storm - y clouds too 

lone as God, all - know - ing, As Man, our mor - tal 

gen - tie call o - bey - ing, And lay our sins and 



li I U ?rr^H^|gi|j 




•f 



3 



3E 



1 



3? 



w^ 



& 



is 



comes tf) Thee for 
the lost wander-er 
each fore - bod - ing 
quick - ly ov - er 



rest ; Cares 

strayed ; How 

fear; All 

cast ; Hours 



of 

the 

to 

of 



to - day, 
good Shep 
each one 
sweet fel 



weak-ness Thou hast proved : On 
sor - rows at Thy feet; On 



earth, with pur 
ev - er - last 



and bur - dens for to - mor 
herd fol - lowed, and how kind 

as - signed of trib - u - la 
low - ship and part - ing sad 
est sym - pa thies o'er - flow 
ing Strength our weak -ness stay 



row, 

iy 

tion, 

ness. 

ing, 
ing, 



h\ \ f p ..j. i • r f ^ in LL41I i 1 



(CHRISTIAN EXPERIENCE) 



Thou Knowest. Concluded. 



163 



f^m 



^ 



A little slower. 



?5 



i i 



1 — r 



3 



Bless 

He 

Or 

And 

O 

Clothed 



ngs im - plored, and 



1 

bore it 
to be 
the dark 
Sav - iour, 
in Thy 



to 



up 
ed 



Home, 
lov ■ 
riv - er 
Thou hast 
robe of 



con - fessed, 

laid; 



sins 

on His shoul -ders 

ones, than self more dear 
to be crossed at last. 
wept, and Thou hast 
right - eous - ness com 



All 
O! 
loved ; And 
plete : Then 



- We come be 
And healed t he- 
pen - sive 



what could 
love and 
ris - ing 



fore Thee 
bleed - ing 

mem 
hope 
sor - 

and 



rie^ 
and 
row 
re - 



* 



#— M-ff^ I 3 



B^ 



! I 



I i I \% M 



5^ 



at Thy gra - cious word, And lay them at Thy feet : Thou know - est. Lord. 

wounds, and soothed the pain, And brought back life, and hope, and strength a - gain. 

as we jour - ney on, Long - ings for van-ished smiles and voi - ces gone. 

con - fi - dence af - ford To tread that path ; but this: Thou know - est, Lord! 

still to Thee may come, And find a hid - ing - place. a rest, a home. 

freshed, we leave Thy throne, And fol - low on to know as we are known. A 

m -0- -•- &-. ^ _ m m -&- 



-T I I I 

(CHRISTIAN EXPERIENCE.) 



■ 



e 



1L HI 



164 



The Midnight Cry, 



14s. 



n 


Gerard Moultrie (1839 — ). 














G. A. Macfarren (18 


13-1887), 1872. 




1 V 1 




h 1 1 


J 


N 




1 


1 


1 






/L ^" 






F * 


1 










¥m 1 « 




J m d 


«! 




m J 


j 


— . 




i 


VM) 4- S 


z • 


9 9 




J 


5 


; 


# P 


-m -m 


w p 


« . 


tr 


1. Be - hold, the 


Bride - groom 


com 


- eth, 


in 


the 


mid - die ' 


of 


i """ * 
the night, 






2. Do Thou, my 


soul, keep 


watch ; 


be - 


ware 


lest 


thou i 


n sleep 


sink down, 






3. That day, the 


day of 


fear, 


shall 


come ; 


mo- 


soul, slack 


not 


thy toil, 






4. Be - ware, my 


soul ! take 


thou 


good 


heed, 


lest 


thou in si 


um - 


ber lie, 






5. To Thee, O 


Sav - iour, 


now 


we 


bring 


the 


trib - ute 


of 


our praise, 






-f- -f- - -r- 


-#- -0- 


f 


-#- 




-F- 


-F- 


r f" 


-F- 




/s»v " 


m 










f* • 


pj. 


l + 




1 1 F 




1 III 






1 


- terv— 


A 


V-/ /i 


• 


F * F 


1 




m • 


p 


m 


w 






[^ 


A 




r r 




r 


r 


r 




F 


i 


f 
















1 


u 


^r 




1 


1 






I 


1 







& 



£ 



*!tal 



s=n 



1 



1 r- 

whose loins are girt, whose lamp 



And 



blest 



Lest thou 

But light 

And, like 

Too small 



is he 

be giv 

thy lamp, 

the five, 

for Thee, 



-fc 



burn - ing bright 



en o'er to death, and 

and feed it well, and 

re - main with - out, and 

O Bride - groom blest ! but 



lose the gol - den 

make it bright with 

knock, and vain - ly 

all that we can 



• 



\ 



crown ; 

oil; 

cry; 
raise ; 



m 



(CHRISTIAN EXPERIENCE.) 



The Midnight Cry. Concluded. 



i6 5 



0- ■■ -, 






IV r— 














-1 


-U 


\ 


- -N 


1 1 




rf — h- 


"hJ - 


— :r~w- 


1— 


nr3 — ^ 


1 


^ * 


•h- 


# 




| 


rh d 


12^^ 


5 ^j 


* 


W • , J « 




m 


ri z 


"• 1 


" ^ D< 


j 


\A) P 


irj b 


* * 


P 


* ' hw m 




bJ 


# • 


• 


^ ■J 1 


t) d 

But WOt; 
But see 
Thou know 
But watch, 
All praise 

"P~ ' 


to that 
that thou 
est not 
and bear 
to Thee, 


dull 
be 
how 
thy 
great 

• 


ser-vant, whom 
so - ber, with 
soon may sound 
lamp un-dimmed, 
Three in One, 


the 
a 
the 
and 
the 


■ 
* 


Mas - ter 

watch - ful 

cry at 

Christ shall 

God Whom 


shall 
eye, 
ev 
gird 
we 

RV 


sur 
and 
en 
thee 
a 


- prise 
thus 

- tide : 

on 
dore, 




/*> P 


















P 


(^ • 


p> r 






1 m 


!_ 


b • • > * 











f \j 


1 1 


^-" 








r 








V 


1 








—^ P- 


—M 


—4. L<— 1 


-1 






1 



I 



^d 



i 



I^PS 



£e4 



9EEJEE3EElE*EE5El 



3 



5 



With lamp un-trimmed, un - burn - ing, and with slum - ber in his 
Cry : " Ho - ly, Ho - ly, Ho - ly God ! have mer - cy up - on 
"Be - hold, the Bride -groom comes ! A - rise ! He comes to meet the 
His own bright wed - ding - robe of light, — the glo - ry of the 
As was, and is, and shall be done, when time shall be no 



»-: 



r — r 



t r— p— F 



FF^F 






eyes, 
us ! " 
Bride ! 
Son. 



f£ 



A - Mi N. 



^ 



^m 



(CHRISTIAN EXPERIENCE.) 



1 66 



Olmutz. 8. 6. 8. 4. 



Annie Matheson. 



Arranged by J. Goss (1800-1880). 




£=£ 



B 



*=& 



r. When through life's dew - y fields we go, 

2. When some rough, thorn - y road we climb. 

]. When friends are near, when love burns bright, 

4. When Sor - row bids us stand a - part, 



With flowers on ev - 'ry 

And hope has gone a 

And no dark shad - ow> 

And Death is at the 



£ 



£. 



±t- 



side, 
way. 
fall, 
door, 



etfcfc 



P£ 



* 



P^ 



1 t = t f 



^ 



--* ■- 



ii 



M 



i=t 



& 



f^r 



Guide, 
day. 
all. 



Thou art our Fa - ther. and we know Thou art 

Yet Thou art with us all the time, By night 

Then art Thou pres - cut in the light That glad 

Then draw us yet more near Thy heart, For ev 



our 
and 
dens 

er 



m 



m 



£ 



:» 



A - MEN. 



^f£g^ W I 



II 



=f 



5 And when we try to do Thy will, 
With self and sin at strife, 
Lord, in that fight with deadly ill, 
Be Thou our Life. 

(CHRISTIAN 



6 So, when at last, with weary feet. 
We reach th' eternal shore, 
In Thy great love, Lord, may we meet 
To part no more ! 

EXPERIENCE.) 



Blumenthal, 



Charles Wesley (i 708-1 788). 



7s. 8 lines. I 6 7 

Jacob Blumenthal (1829 — ), 1847. 



TT -4- 



1. Depth of mer - cy, can there be Mer - cy 

2. Kin - died, His re - lent - ings are; Me, He 

* f f- ,_*--_f_-g: 



^35 



m E I I 1 



1 

still re - served for me ? Can my God His 

now de - lights to spare ; Cries, how shall I 

_ J J . . ^ - 



1 — r 






-#- _ -«st- -#- 



?* 



m 



^F 




ir-t— £ 



m 



=t=t 



^EJ^J 



wrath for - bear, — Me, the chief of sin - ners, spare 
give thee up? Lets the lift - ed thun - der drop. 



? I have long with-stood His grace, Long pro- 
There for me the Sav-iour stands, Shows His 



SSi^ I 



1 — r 



f if tr1-### ^ 



p ^ pppfF^ p ^ 







voiced Him to His face, Would not hearken to His 
wounds, and spreads His hands. God is love! I know, 1 



^ 



£ 






1 

calls, Grieved Him by a thou-sand falls. 

feel; Je - sus weeps, and loves me still. A mi \. 

r2 . 



*=jt 



m 11 



(PENITENCE. 



1 68 



Koschat. 



12. II 



F. W. Faber (1814-1863) 
PP 



Thomas Koschat. 




rrff 



1. O come to the mer-ci - ful Sav - iour who calls you, O come to the Lord, who for-gives and for-gets ; 

2. O come then to Je - sus, whose arms are ex - tended, To fold His dear children in clos - est em-brace ; 

ppj. -- + .,. + * J- *- ♦ -.- ^> J. ^ ^ ^ *> ££ ^ *: £ e 



— Til T i/ ^ 




' 



^r^-j 



i=t 



mf 



PP 



-#-#- 



^ = ^ 



I I I 



S£ 



v-N 



m^- 



*^ji 



P^s: 



A— ft 

Though dark be the for-tune on earth that befalls you, There 's a bright home above where the sun never sets. 
O come ! for your ex - ile will short-ly be ended, And Je-sus will show you His beau-ti-ful face 

^-s ^ m I s h -0- -0- -0- 



1 h 



*/ 



I 



> 



si 



7'itard. 



3=g 



s 



There 's a bright home 
And Je - sus 



will 



bove 
show you 



where the 
His 



sun 
beau 



£SI 



£^ 



nev 
ti 



er 
ful 



sets, 
face. 

I 



o 



A MEN. 



iMr 



(PENITENCE. 



F 



Koschat. Concluded. 



169 



3 Yes ! come to the Saviour, whose mercy grows brighter, 
The longer you look at the depths of His love ; 

And fear not, 't is Jesus ! and life's cares grow lighter 
As you think of the home and the glory above. 

4 Have you sinned as none else in the world have before 

you ? 
Are you blacker than all other creatures in guilt ? 
O fear not, and doubt not ; the mother who bore you 
Loves you less than the Saviour whose blood you have 

spilt. 



5 O come then to Jesus, and say how you love Him. 
And vow at His feet you will keep in His grace ; 

For one tear that is shed by a sinner can move Him, 
And your sins will drop off in His tender embrace. 

6 Come, come to His feet, and lay open your story 
Of suffering and sorrow, of guilt and of shame : 

For the pardon of sin is the crown of His glory, 
And the joy of our Lord to be true to His name. 



Second Hymn. 



t THE Lord is my Shepherd, no want shall I know ; 

I feed in green pastures, safe-folded to rest ; 
He leadeth my soul where the still waters flow, 

Restores me when wandering, redeems when oppressed. 



3 In the midst of affliction my table is spread ; 

With blessings unmeasured my cup runneth o'er 
With perfume and oil Thou anointest my head : 

O, what shall I ask of Thy providence more ? 



2 Through the valley and shadow of death though I stray, 4 Let goodness and mercy, my bountiful God, 
Since Thou art my Guardian, no evil I fear ; Still follow Thy steps till I meet Thee above ; 

Thy rod shall defend me, Thy staff be my stay ; j I seek, by the path which my forefathers trod, 

No harm can befall, with my Comforter near. Through the land of their sojourn, Thy kingdom 

of love. 



James Montgomkky. 



(PENITENCE.) 



/n. 



170 



Repentance, 



8. 8. 8. 6. 



Charlotte Elliott (1789-1871). 



George J. Elvey (1816 — ). 



-3 = 



7^4=4 =4 







1. Just as 

2. Just as 

3. Just as 



mm 



am, with - out one plea But that Thy blood was shed 
am, and wait - ing not To rid my soul of one 

am, though tossed a - bout With many a con - flict, many 



for me, 
dark blot, 
a doubt. 



m 



m 



£ 



>• 



J3-1 



~~4 



o 




M^^^M^t^ 



rail. 



*=W3 r 



&— 



And that Thou bid'st me come to Thee, Lamb of God, I come, I come 
To Thee, whose blood can cleanse each spot, O Lamb of God, I come, I come 
Fight-ings and fears with - in, with - out, O Lamb of God, I come, I come 






-.#- -<5>- 



I 



#-«•- 



*s>- 



mm 



e m 



Wl 



1 



MEN. 



5-r— r-^- 2 " 



g 



I 



'• 



W-*- 






£>/# 



4 Just as I am, poor, wretched, blind, — 
Sight, riches, healing of the mind, 
Yea, all I need, in Thee to find, 

O Lamb of God, I come ! 

5 Just as T am, Thou wilt receive, 

Wilt welcome, pardon, cleanse, relieve. 
Because Thy promise I believe, 
O Lamb of God, I come ! 



6 Just as I am, — Thy love unknown 
lias broken every barrier down, — 
Now to be Thine, yea, Thine alone, 

O Lamb of God, I come ! 

7 Just as I am, of that free love 

The breadth, length, depth, and height to prove, 
Here for a season, then above, 
O Lamb of God, I come ! 



(PENITENCE.) 



Dalkeith. 



IOS. 



171 



S. J. Stone (1839 — ), ahr. 



Hewlett (died 1874). 



P 



±=i 



1 1 1 



5=3: 



H 1 1 j *\ m \ 



* ' * . -I 



*--&■ 



^-5-i^ 



^ 



Wea - ry of earth, and lad - en with my sin, I look to heaven and long to en - ter 



in ; 

So vile I am, how dare I hope to stand In the pure glo - ry of that ho - ly land ? 
The while I fain would tread the heav-enly way, Ev - il is pres-entwith me day by day; 

It is the voice of Je-sus that I hear, His are the Hands stretched out to draw me near, 
Yea, Thou wilt an - swer for me, right-eous Lord; Thine all the mer-its; mine the great re - ward: 




^ 



wjum 



But there no e - vil thing may find a home ; And yet I hear a Voice that bids me come. 
Be - fore the white - ness of that throne ap-pear ? Yet there are Hands stretched out to draw me near. 
Yet on mine ears the gra-cious tid-ings fall : "Re - pent, con-fess : thou shalt be loosed from all." 
And His the blood that can for all a - tone, And set me fault-less there be-fore the Throne. 
Thine the sharp thorns ; and mine the gold-en crown ; Mine the life won ; and Thine the life laid down. Amis 



^ ^# 



*= ' i* ■ . 




iPENITENCE 



172 



Langran. ios. 



Harriet Beecher Stowe (1811 — ). 



James Langran (1835 — ). 




jzzj_Jiz£ i^^i 



S 



m 



£=M 



1 . That mys - tic word of Thine, O Sov - ereign Lord ! Is all too pure, too 

2. A - bide in me ! o'er - shad - ow by Thy love Each half - formed pur - pose 

-&- m •&- -&- -*- -9- -•- m _ -&- , H m m -&- -S»- 






m 



5=^ 



c 



i 



% 



r^ V* ' , f 



t=t- 



— o- 



? 



i 



^=» 



-<9- 



m 



high, too deep for me ; 
and dark thought of sin ; 



1 1 1 

Wear - y of 
Quench, ere it 



^^ 



stnv 
rise, 



ing, and with long - ing faint, 
each sel - fish, low de - sire, 



r — r 



i 



g 



<* 



E 



z^-J^ 



r breathe it 
And keep my 

»- 



£ 



back a - gain in 
soul as Thine, — calm 



5 



prayer 
and 

j 



■ \ 



(PRAYER.) 



rzj' 



F 



Thee, 
rcne. 

&- 



Wmt II 



Langran. -Concluded. 



*73 



3 As some rare perfume, in a vase of clay. 

Pervades it with a fragrance not its own, — 
So, when Thou dwellest in a mortal soul, 
All heaven's own sweetness seems around it thrown. 

4 The soul alone, like a neglected harp, 

Grows out of tune, and needs that Hand divine ; 
Dwell Thou within it : tune and touch the chords, 
Till every note and string shall answer Thine. 



5 Abide in me ! there have been moments pure 

When I have seen Thy face and felt Thy power 
Then evil lost its grasp, and passion, hushed, 
Owned the divine enchantment of the hour. 

6 Those were but seasons beautiful and rare ; 

Abide in me ! and they shall ever be : 

I pray Thee now fulfil my earnest prayer, 

Come and abide in me, and I in Thee ! 



SECOND HYMN. 



i My feet are worn and weary with the march 

O'er the rough road and up thf steep hillside ; 
O city of our God ! I fain would see 

Thy pastures green, where peaceful waters glide. 

2 My hands are weary, ever toiling on, 

Day after day, for perishable meat ; 
O city of our God ! I fain would rest, — 
I sigh to gain Thy glorious mercy-seat. 

3 My garments, travel-worn and stained with dust, 

Oft rent by briers and thorns that crowd my way. 
Would fain be made, O Lord, my righteousness ! 
Spotless and white in heaven's unclouded ray. 



4 My eyes are weary, looking at the sin, 

Impiety and scorn upon the earth ; 
O city of our God ! within Thy walls 

All, all are clothed again with Thy new birth. 

5 My heart is weary of its own deep sin, — 

Sinning, repenting, sinning still again ; 
When shall my soul Thy glorious presence feel. 
And find, dear Saviour, it is free from stain ? 

6 Patience, poor soul ! the Saviour's feet were worn 

The Saviour's heart and hands were weary too ; 
His garments stained and travel-worn and old; 
His vision blinded with a pitying dew 



Love thou the path of sorrow that He trod ; 

Toil on, and wait in patience for thy rest ; 
O city of our God ! we soon shall see 

Thy glorious walls, — home of the loved and blest ! 



(PRAYER.) 



174 



Al 



msgivin 



giving, 



;. 8. 4. 



Charlotte Elliott, 1834. 



J. B. Dykes (1823-1876). 




sfe^ 






r 



1. My (loci! is a - ny hour so sweet, From blush of morn 

2. Blest is the tran - quil hour of morn, And blest that sol 

3. Then is my strength by Thee re - newed ; Then are my sins 

4. I ,ord ! till I reach that bliss - f ul shore, No priv - i - lege 



3 ' 



m 



,QUt 



F=F= 



.fS-i. 



f— t 



±3±± 



to eve - mng star, 
emn hour of eve, 
by Thee for - given 
so dear shall be 

(^ • 



!>: 



t 



I 




As that which calls 
When, on the wings 
Then dost Thou cheer 
As thus my in 



>— 1 I 



z* 



11 



^ 



-<S*-r- 



I Si 



me to 

of prayer 
my sol 
most soul 







hour 

world 

hopes 

prayer 

I 



of prayer ? 

I leave. 

of heaven, 

to Thee. 



A - MEN. 



(S 



r 

(PRAYER.) 



INHl 



Sealy. 



H. Bonar (1808-1890). 





6s. 8 lines. I 7 5 

By permission of F. L. Sealy. 



.j_Ui_4-d= - 1 



1. Thy way, not mine, O Lord! How-ev - er dark it be! Lead me by Thine own 

2. I dare not choose my lot; I would not if I might ; Choose Thou for me, my 

3. Choose Thou for me my friends, My sick - ness or my health ; Choose Thou my care-- foi 

^_ 2 - g r i !*- — g -rf— * f — • ^' . » . # — • — * 




p 



p 



ip 



i 



?^ 



I* 



^ 



1 



h 

With 

In 



I 

hand, Choose out the 

God! So shall I 

me, My pov - er 



path 
walk 



•.? 



r ,f 



for 
a 
or 



me : 

right. 

wealth 



Smooth let 
Take Thou 



it he, 
my cup, 



or 
and 



rough, 
it 



Not mine, not mine, the choice 



ipi 



1 



&£ 



i 



^ 



4-4 



: 



', r 



W& 



still will be the best ; 
joy or sor - row fill ; 
things or great or small : 



Wind-ing or straight, it leads Right on-ward to my rest. 
As best to Thee may seem. Choose Thou my good and ill. 
Be Thou my Guide, my Strength, My wis - dom,and my all. A -MEN. 



176 



Newman. 10. 4. 10. 4. 10. 10. 



John Henry Newman (1801-1890), 1833. 
P 



Pm 



i# 



J. Barnby (1838—). 
P 



tkkmi: 



1. Lead, kind - ly Light, 

2. I was not ev 

3. So long Thy power 



=£ 



-$& 



t=i 



er 
has 



mid th' en - circ - ling gloom : Lead Thou me on 
thus, nor prayed that Thou Shouldst lead me on 
blest me, sure it still Will lead me on, 



The night is 
I loved to 
O'er moor and 



M t 



& 



ff 



■g«S>- 



£rrf-pg=g 



4 e 



1 — r 



^? 



r t r 




dark, and I 
choose and see 
fen, o'er crag 



am far from 
my path ; but 
tor - rent, 



and 



home 
now 
till 

(2 



Lead Thou 
Lead Thou 
The night 



me 
me 
is 



£= 



on ! 

on ! 

gone ; 

jSL. 



Keep Thou my feet; I 

I loved the gar - ish 
And with the morn those 



mmm$mmi pp i ^ 



m 



-•g-- 



dim 




do not ask to see The dis 

day ; and, spite of fears, Pride ruled 
an - gel fa - ces smile, Which I 



tant scene : one step e - nough for 
my will : re-mem-ber not past 
have loved long since, and lost a - 



years ! 
while ! 



mm- 




(PRAYER.) 



Lux Benigna 



John Henry Newman (1801-1890), 1833. 



lo. 4. 10. 4. 10. 10. 17 7 

J. B. Dykes (1 823- 1 876). 

t 




m=^m 



1. Lead, kind - ly Light, a - midth'en - circ-ling gloom : 

2. I was not ev - er thus, nor prayed that Thou 



Lead Thou me 

Shouldst lead me 
Will lead me 



on ! 
■On; 
on, 



The night is 

I loved to 

O'er moor and 




1 7 8 



Anna L. Waring (18; 




-), slightly altered. 



Dyk 



es. 8. 



6 lines. 



J. B. Dykes (1823-1876). 



£3 



Wti =l 



o 



m 



* 



^ 



~Zhr 



#-A 



ther ! I know that all my life Is por - tioned out for me ; 
ask Thee for a thought-ful love, Through con- stant watch -ing wise, 
ask Thee for the dai - ly strength To none that ask de - nied, 



The chan - ges 
To meet the 
A mind to 



that will sure - ly come, I do not fear to see : I ask Thee for a pres-ent mind, 
glad with joy - ful smiles, To wipe the weep - ing eves, — A heart at leis-ure from it -self, 



that 
glad 
blend 



sure 
joy 
with out 



ly come, I do not fear 
ful smiles, To wipe the weep 
ward life, While keep-ing at 



to 

ing 
Thy 



see : I 
eyes, — A 
side, — Con 



ask 
heart 
tent 



Thee for a pres-ent mind, 
at leis-ure from it - self, 
to fill a lit - tie space, 



m 






mm 



n 



J 



m 



^iP^i 




r- L r 



And if some things I do not ask 

Among my blessings be, 
I 'd have my spirit filled the more 

With grateful love to Thee, 
And careful less to serve Thee much 

Than please Thee perfectly. 



Lucem, 



Adelaide A 




r. I do not ask 
2. For one thing on 



I do not ask my cross to 



Lord ! that life may be 
ly, Lord, dear Lord ! I plead 



6st±=± 



t-£X 



i=t 



un - der - stand, 



A pleas 
Lead me 
My way 



ant road ; I do not ask that 

a - right, Though strength should falter, 
to see; Bet - ter in dark - □ 

I 



Bet 



t=t 



dark 



'- 



\ 



^A 



r^ 




Thou wouldst take from me Aught of its load ; 

and though heart should bleed, Through Peace to Light, 
just to feel Thy hand, And fol - low Thee. 



m 



i 
i 

Joy 



do 
do 



not 
not 
like 



ask that flowers should always spring Ik- 
ask, O Lord ! that Thou shouldst shed Full 
rest-less day; but peace di - vine. Like 



9&- 



' % ? 



t p| 



s 



4^ 



±h: 



P 



i — r 



i- 



paigsHi 




m 



neath my feet 
ra - diance here : 
qui - et night 



I 

I know too well the poi - son and the sting Of things too sweet 

Give but a ray of peace, that I may tread With - out a fear. 

Lead me, O Lord ! till per - feet day shall shine, Through Peace to Light. 



A-MEN. 



t 



urnn 



(PRAYER.) 



i8o 



Faber. c. m. d. 



F. W. Faber (1814-1863). 



W. H. Callcott (1807-1878). 




S-V ^ 



± U— J L I 




$4 



t=t 



i. O God ! whose thoughts are brightest light, Whose love runs al - ways clear, 

2. Hard-heart - ed - ness dwells not with souls Round whom Thine arms are drawn. 

3. For they have caught the way of God, To whom self lies dis - played 



To whose kind wis - dom 
And dark thoughts fade a- 
In such clear vis - ion 




sin - ning souls A - midst their sins are 
way in grace, Like cloud - spots in the 
as to cast O'er oth - ers' faults a 



dear ! Sweet - en my bit 
dawn. Yet hab - its lin 
shade. All bit - ter - ness 
N - 
'0 



ter - thought - ed heart 
ger in the soul : 

is from our - selves 






. JSjt 



£^ 




^s^ii rmmms^^m 



With char - i - ty like Thine, Till self shall be the on - ly spot On earth which does not shine. 
More grace, O Lord ! more grace ! More sweetness from Thy loving heart, More sunshine from thy face ! 
All sweet-ness is from Thee : Dear God! for-ev-er - more be Thou Foun-tain and fire in me. 



A.-MEN. 




PPr I [ 



I [Ml 



^*=*=p= 



Delh 



1. 8. 8. X. 



8i 



Bp. W. W. How (1823—). 



E. F. Rimbault (1816-1876). 



P^ 



mm 



■ i 



O Lord ! 

And, from 
And night 



O 



Je 



And when 
Light of 



it is a 

the strife of 

by night for 

sus ! be our 

our dai - ly 

the world ! with 



P ^ 

V 



bless 
tongues 



ed 

a 

er 



thing 
way, 
more 



To 
Ere 
A 



morn - ing Light, That 



work 



bide, 



And 
And 



Thee 
toil 
gain 

we 
sins 

to 



both 
be 
with 
may 
and 
Thy 



morn and 
to 

ed 



gins, 
blend 



SB! 



m 



go 
weak 

self 



forth 



mn 



on ft 
























1 
















1 1 1 1 


j 1 


■ 


/( if 


1 1 


| 1 1 J 


p - 




1 




II 


rh J 


! 1 1 




a 









- 4 




J 


<5 


&. 


,V J fi 


iA 




^ 


S m 


3 




4 


J 




%* 


r 


f 


1 


# 


V 






r p s 

- fer - ing, — 






•4- 


night 


to 


bring 


Our 


wor - 


ship's 


low 


iy 


of 








meet 


and 


pray 


For 


bless - 


ings 


on the 


com 


- ing day ; 








voice 


to 


pour 


Deep 


thanks 


for 


mer - cies 


gone 


be - fore. 








to 


the 


fight 


With s 


trength 


re - 


newed and 


ar - 


mor bright. 








we 


de - 


plore, 


O, 


then 


be 


Thou our 


.ight 


once more ! 








foot - 


steps 


guide 


At 


morn 


and 


noon and 


ev 


en - tide. 




A 


- MKN. 


» J 


J^ 























YfrVff # 1 m 


f 


" P 




I 


p 


• 





1 


_, 




\£<t'#Jr 1 V 




~ 












1 


X 


<0 II 


i5^-# ' 


p 




w ' m 










i 


1 


^ 












P 










f sz> 






1 




1 






1 























(PRAYER.) 



182 



Whittier. 8.6.8.8.6. 



John G. Whittier (1808—). 



F. C. Maker (1844—). 



'^m 



feE 



fc4 



-0- -+■ '-*-.-» 



« 



%. ' - 1 : S^5»^l 



^-=- 



our fevei 



j. Dear Lord and Fa - ther of man-kind, For - give our fever - ish ways ! 

2. In sim - pie trust like theirs who heard, Be - side the Syr - ian sea, 

3. O Sab - bath rest by Gal - li - lee ! O calm of hills a - bove ! Where Je - sus knelt to 

4. With that deep hush sub - du - ing all Our words and works that drown The ten - der whis - per 



Re - clothe us in our 
The gra - cious call - ing 




i 



:S»: 



^3 



F 



! 1 ^ 



right - ful mind; In pur - er lives Thy ser - vice find, In deep - er rev - rence, praise, 

of the Lord, Let us, like them, with-out a word, Rise up and fol - low Thee. 

ter - pret-ed by love ! 
fell 



;hare with thee The si - lence of 



ter 



111 - ty, 



In 



of Thy call. As noise - less let Thy bless - ing fall 



Thv man - na down. 



MEN. 



m^mim^ ^f ff ^ imm^- 1 \ \ 11 



5 Drop Thy still clews of quietness, 

Till all our strivings cease ; 
Take from our souls the strain and stress, 
And let our ordered lives confess 

The beauty of Thy peace. 



Breathe through the pulses of desire 

Thy coolness and Thy balm ; 
Let sense be dumb, its heats expire : 
Speak through the earthquake, wind, and fire, 

( ) still small voice of calm ! 



(PRAYER.) 



Solitude. 



183 



James Montgomery (1771-1854). 



L. T. Dowries. 




1. Lord, for - ev - er at Thy side Let my place and 

2. Meek - ly may my soul re ceive All Thy Spir - it 

3. Hum-ble as a lit - tie child, Wean - ed from the 

4. Is - rael ! now and ev - er - more In the Lord Je 



por - tion be ; 

hath re - vealed 

moth - er's breast, 

ho - Yah trust ; 




g= T-g— ^ 



if— frg- 
-F — =-«>- 



m 1 



f 




Strip me of the robe of 

Thou hast spo - ken : I be 

By no sub - tie - ties be 

Him in all His ways a 



pride, Clothe me with 

lieve, Though the or 

guiled, On Thy faith 

dore, Wise and won 



hu 

a 

ful 

der 



mil 
cle 

word 
ful 

V 



be 

I 

and 



sealed. 
rest. 

just. A - MEN. 



m 



at 



£ 



±t 



i 



^=e 



S 






P 



F 



(PRAYER.) 



1 84 



Holy Trinity, c. m. 



T. H.Gill (18.9—) 
-^-^4 1 



J. Barnby (1838—). 



fcfc 



EBEp Tj EEEEEaEEE 




fc 



;=£8=d}*ii$3==5 



Is earth too fair, is youth too bright 



need the smile of 



2. Am I too young to seek that Lord Who left His heaven for 

3. My Fa - ther, may not this glad heart Feel Thee its sov - ereign good, 



4. Hath not Thy word 



prom - ise sweet For spir - its young as 



5. May not I no - blest pleas - ure win, And still Thy ser 



be? 



^ _# f , T f ,B#' , • t— *— p-# ? , * 



And 
May 
May 

T-4- 




miipppi^ 



I no dead - ly foes to fight ? No sins to be 

young to hold those sins ab - horred. He bore up - on 

bless, my Sav - iour, its dear part In Thine a - ton 

not my soul have leave to greet Some vis - ion all 

not I drink Thy beau - ty in, Nor miss Thy pu 




I 4r U-±U-4 




& 



6 O awful God of holiness ! 
I would be all Thine own ; 
O God of joy ! O God of grace ! 
I smile before Thy throne. 



I pray Thee not to keep from me 
All sorrow and all smart ; 

But now I bring my joy to Thee, 
Accept this glowing heart. 



(PRAYER.) 



Holy Trinity. Concluded. 



.85 



1 O, not to fill the mouth of fame 

My longing soul is stirred ; 
O, give me a diviner name : 
Call me Thy servant, Lord ! 

2 Sweet title that delighteth me, — 

Rank earnestly implored ! 
O, what can reach the dignity 
Of Thy true servants, Lord ! 



SECOND HYMN. 

3 Xo longer would my soul be known 

As self-sustained and free ; 
O, not my own ! O, not my own ! 
Lord, I belong to Thee ! 

4 In each aspiring burst of prayer, 

Sweet leave my soul would ask 
Thine every burden, Lord, to bear. 
To do Thine every task. 



Forever, Lord, Thy servant chcn 
Nought of Thy claim abate ! 

The glorious name I would not lose. 
Nor change the sweet estate. 

In life, in death, on earth, in heaven. 

No other name for me ! 
The same sweet style and title given 

Through all eternity. 



Jane Euphemia Saxbv 

4 



Jesu Dilectissime. 6. 4 . 6. 4. 



10. 10. 

\Y. II . 




Monk (1823-1890). 



1. Show me the way, O Lord ! And make it plain ; 

2. O Lord, I can - not see, — Vouch-safe me light; 

3. I will be pa - tient, Lord, Trust - ful and still ; 



I would o - bey Thy word, Speak yet a - gain 

The mist be - wil - ders me, Im - pedes my sight 
I will not doubt Thy word ; My hopes ful - fill : 




I will not take one step un - til 

HoldThou my hand, and lead me by 

How can I per - ish, cling-ing to 



^ 



. 



I know Which way it is that Thou wouldst have me go. 
Thy side : I dare not go a - lone, — be Thou my Guide. 
Thy side, My Com-for-ter, my Sav - iour, and my Guide ? 

J * J J 



\ - M I \ 



ms^^^ mm\ \ , \\ 






• -i 



-v—v 



i86 



Clifton, s. m. 



Hcfatius Bonar (1808-1890). 



J. Brabham. 



_/ 


1 b 


































\\ u 


/i 




I 




1 


| j 




1 1 "4 


J 


4" 1 




I J 




1 


m 






r \ m \ 


fl 


V ? 


A 






m 




1 




1 J 


J • 


Ms ' 




a • 1 ■, 1 


x: 


7 


4- 2 


Z 




J 


m m 






1 m 


_ 9 




*# 


a 


1 1 # 1 


f- 




-9- 

1. Make use 

2. I am 

3. Thou us - 
\. Thou us - 
5. All things 


of 
Thy 
est 
est 

do 


I 

me, 

crea 

all 

the 

serve 


my God ! Let 

- ture, Lord ! And 

Thy works, The 

high stars, The 

Thee here, All 

# 


me 
made 
weak 

ti - 
crea - 




not be 
by hands 

- est things 
ny drops 

tures, great 


for - got, — A 
di - vine ; And 

that be ; Each 
of dew, The 

and small ; Make 


j&r 


1 * 






,, & 




r 


p 




M% 




11 


4 » 


i 




1 


u 






.. r 




1 1 


v; 


-4H>- 


1 i 


I* » 




■Az- 


1 u 


1 




— * 1 1 




4- 


i » 










> 1 1 








I 




I 


I 






1 


1 
















y 



nil 



51 



m 



f 



<$>— - 



bro - ken ves - sel cast a - side, 

I am part, how - ev - er mean, 

has a ser - vice of its own, 

gi - ant peak, the lit - tie hill : 

use of me, of me, my God ! 



One whom Thou need - est not. 

Of this great world of Thine, 

all things wait on Thee. 

God ! O use me too ! 

mean - est of them all. 



For 
My 
The 



g=^=L. r g n 



f=m ^Tpf 



fefes 



A - MEN. 



II 



r=F 



PRAYER.) 



* 



Lincluden. 



6. 4. 6. 4. 6. 6. 4. 



187 



G. Rawson (1807 — )■ 



W. II . Monk (1823- 1 890). 







| | 










1 J 1 


1 1 










1 






1 1 


| 


1 


* m 




1 




^1 1 


/ '* m 


! 


^ * 




1 J m 






1 


^ # 


J I ! « 


:> 


1 • 1 


n 1 m 


• m 


J * 


~% 


• 1 • 





^ 


m m m 


d 9 


^ • 1 P 


- 


1 


\ ) -\- # • 




^ • 1 








°* • 1 r • 


cJ 1 


1. Walk-ing with Thee, my God ! Sav - iour be - nign ! Dai - ly con - fer on me Con-verse Di - vine. 

2. Walk-ing with Thee, my God ! Like as a child Leans on his fa - ther's strength, Crossing the wild, 

3. Dark-ness and earth-ly mists, How do they flee, Far un-der-neath my feet, Walk-ing with Thee : 

4. Walk-ing in rev - er - ence Hum - bly with Thee, Yet from all ab - ject fear Lov-ing - ly free: 

-*- -0- m ^ -*- -f 2 -• -*- -*- -0- „. -f- -m- m „ f- -a-- -fi - -*- 


/*)•" 1 * m * 


>5 U 


<? • 1 1 


f \ * 




^ • 1 m r 


r 1 


(fj—.s r 1 1 






II ' i 


f 3 1 


1 p 


to * 1 


^-^ t 


| j 


111' 


1 * 


i 


1 r 


^ 


3 




1 1 




1 


1 III 


1 
















r 












Je - sus, in Thee re - stored, Broth-er and bless - ed Lord ! Let it be mine. 

And by the way is taught Les-sons of ho - ly thought, Faith un - de - filed. 

Pure is that up - per air, Cloud-less the pros - pect there, Walk - ing with Thee. 

E'en a> a friend with friend, Cheered to the jour - ney's end, Walk-ing with Thee. A -men. 



m 



4t. 



' 



GL 



I 



B> - 



; I 1 



1 — r 



- 



Then Thy companions here, 
Walking with Thee, 

Rise to a higher life, — 
Soul-liberty ; 

Here for a while to love, 

Then to the home above, 
Taken bv Thee. 



6 Gently translated, they 

Pass out of sight, 
Gone, as the morning stars 

Flee with the night : 
Taken to endless day. 
So may I fade away 

Into' Thy light. 



(PRAYER.) 



1 88 St. Marguerite, c. m. 

Rev. Horatius Bonar (1808-1890). 



E. C. Walker. 




^^i 



s 



^-tj»- 



■&-*- 



1 . Lord ! give 

2. In plain 

3. The way 

4. Yet pleas 



me light to do Thy work, For on - ly, 

est things I dai - ly err, When walk - ing 

is nar - row, of - ten dark, With lights and 

ant is the work for Thee, And pleas - ant 



Lord ! from Thee 

in the light 

shad - ows strewn 

is the way ; 



muni 



fe^gs 



s 




• ^— J— •- 



v*- 






( 'an come the light by which these eyes The way of work can see. 

The wis - dom of this world af - fords, How - ev - er fair and bright. 

I wan - der oft, and think it Thine, When walk - ing in my own. 

But, Lord! the world is dark, and I All prone to go a - stray. A - men. 



&]i 






?=?-- 



mm^m 



r 



5 O! send me light to do Thy work, — 
More light, more wisdom give ! 
Then shall I work Thy work indeed, 
While on Thine earth I live. 



The work is Thine, not mine, O Lord ! 

It is Thy race we run ; 
Give light, and then shall all I do 

Be well and truly done. 



(PRAYER.) 



Maidstone. 7s. 8 lines 



189 



H. F. Lyte (1793-1847). 



W. B. Gilbert (1829—). 



FW 



—I — I — % 1 h # — * 



«t-il 'jy 



1. Pleas - ant are Thy courts a - bove, In the land of light and love ; ( 

Pleas - ant are Thy courts be -low, In this land of sin and woe : ) O ! my spir - it longs and faints 

2. Hap - py birds that sing and fly Round Thy al - tars, O Most High ; ) 

Hap - pier they that find a rest In a heavenly Father's breast : ( Like the wand'ring dove that found 



ePt 



A 



■^r 






i 



4 



tefel^ 



s 



3 



« 



a 



at- 



« ^ <SJT 



^ 



3=3 



3=* 



*=^ 



^ 



I 1 I 

For the con-verse of Thy saints, For the brightness of Thy face, For Thy f ul - ness, God of grace 1 

No re-pose on earth a-round, They can to their ark re - pair, And en - joy it ev - er there. A- MEN. 



m 



^rr^^^^^^A^A 



1= 






t—r 

Happy they, their praises flow 

Even in this vale of woe ; 

Waters in the desert rise ; 

Manna feeds them from the skies : 

On they go from strength to strength, 

Till they reach Thy throne at length, 

At Thy feet adoring fall, 

Who hast led them safe through all. 



Lord ! be mine this prize to win ; 
Guide me through a world of sin ; 
Keep me by Thy saving grace ; 
Give me at Thy side a place. 
Sun and Shield alike Thou art, 
Guide and guard my erring heart ; 
Grace and glory flow from Thee, — 
Shower, O shower them, Lord, on me ! 



(PRAYER.) 



i go 



Bradfield. cm. 



James Freeman Clarke. 



t^ airm 



J. Baptiste Calkin (1827—). 

1 I 1 



mm 



i^3 

—j — _ ■ 



i 



1. Dear Friend ! whose pres - ence in the house, 

2. Come, vis - it us ! and when dull work 

3. Gay mirth shall deep - en in - to joy, 

4. The so - cial talk, the eve - ning fire, 

5. For when self - seek - ing - turns to love, 



Whose gra - cious word be 
Grows wear - y, line on 
Earth's hopes grow half di 
The home - ly house - hold 
Not know - ing mine nor 



uign. 

line. 

vine, 

shrine. 

thine. 



WM 



=s 



riz i 



fct 




P 



s 



Could once, at Ca - na's wed - ding feast, Change wa - ter in - to wine. 

Re - vive our souls, and let us see Life's wa - ter turned to wine. 

When Je - sus vis - its us, to make Life's wa - ter glow as wine. 

Grow bright with an gel vis - its, when The Lord pours out the wine. 

The mir - a - cle a - gain is wrought, And wa - ter turned to wine. 



A - MEN. 




(PRAYER.) 



Holy Trinity, c. 



M. 



191 



Horatius Bonar (i8o8-[89o) 

± - - ■ 1 — l 



J. Barnby (1838—). 




1. Calm me, my God, and keep me calm, While these hot breez - cs 

2. Calm me, my God, and keep me calm, Soft rest - ing on Thy 

3. Yes, keep me calm, though loud and rude The sounds my ear that 

4. Calm in the hour of buoy - ant health, Calm in my hour of 

5. Calm as the ray of sun or star Which storms as - sail in 



±? 4 



l>t > 4 I 



£e£ 



£•: 



r 

blow : 
breast ; 
greet, — 

pain; 

vain; 




IS^l 



-m- -4- - -0- -0 v ' 

the night - dew's cool - ing balm Up - on earth's fe - vered brow, 

with ho - ly hymn and psalm, And bid my spir - it rest, 

the clos - et's sol - i - tude, Calm in the bust - ling street , 

my pov - er - ty or wealth, Calm in my loss or gain ; 

un - ruf - fled through earth's war, Th' e - ter - nal calm to gain. 



g 



t e 



I . 1 



3e 



t=t 



:* 



f^ 



PRAYER 



192 



Hushed was the Evening Hymn. 



J. D. Burns (1823-1864). 



Ji^ 



1 



-N 



Arthur Sullivan (1842 — ). 



[ 



a 



SE4: 



-J -. 3- 2 



? 



■IS: 



r 



* ' * V 

The lamp was burn - ing dim 

His watch the Tem-ple child, 

A - live and quick to hear 

When in Thy house Thou art, 

( ) - be - dient and re - signed 



Hushed was the eve - 
The old man, meek 
O ! give me Sam - 
O ! give me Sam - 
O ! give me Sam - 



ning hymn, The Tern - pie courts were dark, 
and mild, The priest of Is - rael, slept ; 
uel's ear, The o - pen ear, O Lord ! 
uel's heart, A low - ly heart that waits, 
uel's mind, — A sweet, un-murmur-ing faith, 



X-A 



«h »M 



gj^ rrr rT T** 



1 



±=t=Z^k 



-&-1* 



f-m m^m^ ^^m^^mi 



Be - fore the sa - cred ark, When sud - den -ly a voice di-vine Rang through the silence of the shrine. 
The lit - tie Le - vite, kept : And what from E-li's sense was sealed. The Lord to Han-nah's son revealed. 
Each whis-per of Thy word, — Like him to an-swer at Thy call, And to o - bey Thee first of all. 
Or watch-es at Thy gates, — By day and night, a heart that still Moves at the breathing of Thy will. 
To Thee in life and death ; That I may read with child-like eyes Truths that are hidden from the wise. Amkn. 




nr f f fir r ffl Ngjp 



(PRAYER.) 



C. Smith. 



2 



^ 



i 



St. George's, Bolton. 7.6. sn, 



193 



2 



j-j-i d 3 J rF&m 



J. Walch (1H37— 1. 



1. Lord ! when through sin I wand- der So ver - y far from Thee, I think in some far 

2. Thy heaven, Lord, so sur - rounds me That when I do the right, The sad - dest path of 

3. To love the right, and do it, Is to my heart so sweet, ft makes the path of 



I 4 



> ^^p$ mmM : : m i : mi \ m 




pp Hptft^n HI -1:^ 



coun - try 
du - ty 

du - tv 



Thy sin-less home must be ; 
Is light-ened by its light. 
A shin - ing gol - den street. 



but when, with ear-nest sor - row, 

I know not what its glo - ries 

Give me Thy strength, < ) Fa - ther, 



I pray Thee to for - 
be - fore Thy throne must 
To choose this path each 



> - 



2- 



"I" 



■\ 



H 



FF i: \ rn 




iV\-\: ■ I 




give, Thy par - don is so 
be, but here Thy smil - ing 
day, Then heaven, with - in, a 



per - feet That in Thy heaven I live, 
pies - ence Is heaven on earth to me. 
bout me, Shall com - pass all my way. 



m mm 



A - M I- N 




(PRAYER.) 



194 Propior Deo. 6. 4. 6. 4. 6. 6. 4 

Sarah F. Adams (1805-1848). 



m m 1 i rr 



Arthur Sullivan (1842 — ). 






1. Near - er, my God, to Thee, — Near - er to Thee, E'en though it be across That rais - eth nie ; 

2. Though like the vvan-der - er, The sun gone down, Dark - ness be ov-er me, My rest a stone 

3. There let the way ap - pear, Steps un - to heaven ; All that Thou send'st to me in mer - cy given ■ 

4. Then with my wak-ing thoughts, bright with Thy praise, (Jut of my stony griefs Beth - el I '11 raise, 

5. Or if on joy-ful wing, Cleav-ingthe sky, Sun, moon, and stars forgot, Up - wards I fly, 



Hi* 



£=£ 



^ 
^ 



\f mmMU--\-¥ 





all my song shall be, Near - er, my God, to Thee ! 
in my dreams I 'd be Near - er, my God, to Thee ! 



Still 

Yet 

An - gels to beck 

So by my woes 

Still all my song 



on me 
to be 
.hall be, 



Near - er to Thee ! Near - er to Thee ! 

Near - er to Thee ! Near - er to Thee ! 

Near - er, my God, to Thee ! Near - er to Thee ! Near - er to Thee ! ' 

Near - er, my God, to Thee ! Near - er to Thee ! Near - er to The ' 

Near - er, my God, to Thee ! Near - er to Thee! Near - er to TheelA-MEW. 



m 



f# 



m ^m 




• 



t 



m mm. f'UUi 



(PRAYER.) 



Herstmonceux. p. m. 



'95 



Tr. G. R. Moultrie (1839 — ) from Latin. 
Slowly. 



: Prout (1835—). 




1. Come Thou, O come! Sweet - est and kind - li - est, Giv - er of trail qui) rest Un - to the 

2. Come Thou, O come! Help in the hour of need, Strength of the bro-ken reed. Guide of each 

3. Come Thou, O come ! Glo - rious and shad - o\v - free, Star of the storm - y sea, Light of the 

4. Come Thou, O come! Joy in life's nar - row path, Hope in the hour of death, Come, bless-ed 




%m-n 




wear - y soul ; In all anx - i 

lone - ly one ; Or-phans' and wid - 
temp - est-tossed ; Har - bor our souls 
Spir - it, come ! Lead Thou us ten - 



e - ty, With pow'r from heav'n on high. Con - *ole. 

ows' stay, Who tread in life's hard way A - lone. 

to save, When hope up -on the wave Is lost. 

der - ly Till we shall find with Thee Our home. 



A - M ) \ . 



-#- <2- -P- 




(PRAYER) 



196 

W. H. Burleigh (1812-1871) 

r A 1-4 



11. 10. 1 1. 6. 

J. Baptiste Calkin (1827 — ). 



j^STEa x mm M'j 1 a 




1. Still will we trust, though earth seem chirk and drear-y, And the heart faint beneath His chasten-ing rod ; 

2. Our eyes see dim- ly till, by faith a - noin-ted. And our blind choos-ing brings us grief and pain ; 

3. Choose for us,God ! nor let our weak pre-fer-ring Cheat our poor souls of good Thou hast de-signed ; 

4. Let us press on, in pa-tient self-de - ni - al Ac - cept the hard-ship, shrink not from the loss; 



SI ' t ^f^ 



• jp. 



t=t 



4=- 



: FiR=F 



* 1 



t=t 



Jte 



p 



t- 



H 



F 



^- * 



S « 



^ 3 Arl'1 : PP^HP 



Though rough and steep our path-way, worn and wear - v. 
Through 1 lim a - lone Who hath our way ap - point - ed. 
Choose for us, Cod ! Thy wis - dom is un - err - ing. 
Our por - tion lies be - yond the hour of tri - al. 



Still will we trust in ( lod. 

We find our peace a - gain. 

And we are fools and blind. 

Our crown be - yond the cross. 







,* 



m :r.:iPi:*ii 



(PRAYER.) 



Fatherhood, c. m. d. 



197 



J. D. Burns (1823-1864). 







J. Baptiste Calkin (1827 — ). 



clings Fast to his fa - ther's arm, 
looks Up in his moth - er's face, 
sits Close by his par - ent's knee, 



And casts his weak-ness 
And all his lit - tie 
And knows no want while 



ppp pg \ m 






on the strength That keeps him safe from harm, So I, my Fa - ther, cling to Thee, And 
griefs and fears F"or - gets in her em - brace, So I to Thee, my Sav - Lour, look, And 
he can have That sweet so - ci - e - ty, So, sit - ting at Thy feet, my heart Would 

I 




5B 



4^ -1 J U §1 PH t HI lii J. _r 1 1 h— H 



^r^ 



thus I ev - ry 
in Thy face di 
all its love out 



hour Would link my earth - ly fee - ble - tiess To Thine al - migfa - ty power. 
vine, Can read the love that will sus - tain As weak a faith as mine, 
pour, And pray that Thou wouldst teach me, Lord, To love Thee more and more. 




A - MEN. 



mm: v.-.;:, mm 11 



(PRAYER 1 



198 



Troyte. 



Charlotte Elliott (1789-1871). 



A. H. D. Troyte. 



: A* 



I 



N 



My God ! my Father ! . . . I 
Though dark my path andj 
If Thou shouldst call me 
Let but my fainting I 



while 

sad 

to 

heart 



I 
my 
re 
be 



stray 

lot; 

sign 

blest 



Far from my home, on . . 
Let me " be still " and . . . 
What most I prized, — it . 
With Thy sweet Spirit . . . 



life's 
mur 
ne'er 
for 



rough 
mur 

was 
its 



±=± 



-fc4r 



g±_L_M 



m 



\ 



way, 

not, 

mine 

guest. 



1 i 



«* 



1 



& 



J2 



teach me from my . . 
Or breathe the prayer di 

1 only yield Thee 

My God ! to Thee I . . . 

c/ 



heart 
vine 
what 
leave 



to 


say: 


ly 


taught : 


was 


Thine : 


the 


rest : 



" Thy 
" Thy 
"Thy 
" Thy 



_ ^ 



Pm 



m 1 ji 



will 
will 
will 
will 



be 
be 
be 



done ! 
done ! 
done ! 
done ! 



A - MEN. 



F 



i : \ 



r 



m N 



5 Renew my will from | day to day ; | 
Blend it with Thine ; and | take away | 
All that now makes it | hard to say : | 
" Thy will be done ! " 



6 Then, when on earth I | breathe no more, | 
The prayer oft mixed with | tears before, | 
1 '11 sing upon a | happier shore : | 
" Thy will be done ! " 

(PRAYER.) 



Hanford. 8.8.8.4. (2d Tune.) 199 

Arthur Sullivan (1842 — ). 




A U m i I ^ — » J 1 



HP^'PPlta^fi::^ 



My God ! my Father ! while I stray Far from my home, on life's rough way. O, teach me from my heart to say : " Thy will be done 




SECOND HYMN. 

1 Let every voice for praise awake ; 
Let every heart the joy partake ; 

And with this truth sweet music make : 
Our God is love ! 

2 Uncounted gifts from day to day. 
One great hope lighting all our way ; 
Through His dear Son, bid each to say : 

Our God is love ! 

3 How strong these words from heaven to cheer. 
To kindle love, to banish fear, 

And all things high and pure endear! 
( )ur God is love ! 

4 O Father ! when the night is nigh, 
That veils forever earth and sky, 
He this the heart's last melody : 

Our God is love ! 

5 Then, when the brief low strain is o*er. 
This truth divine shall with us soar. 
And make sweet music evermore : 

Our God is love ! 

T. Davis. 



THIRD HYMN. 

One thing I of the Lord desire, 
For all my way hath miry been.- 
Be it by water or by fire, 
O make me clean ! 



2 If clearer vision Thou impart. 
Grateful and glad my soul shall be 
Hut yet to have a pure- heart 
Is more to me. 



3 Yea, only as the heart is clean. 
May larger vision yet be mine ; 
For mirrored in its depths are seen 
The things divine. 



So wash Thou me without, within. 
Or purge with fire, if that must be: 
No matter how, if only sin 
Die out of me. 



\\ I Smith. 



(PRAYER 



200 



Monsell 






S. M. 



B. Monsell (1811-1875). 




1. Sweet is 

2. Wher - e'er 

3. Light Thou 
4- 



rhus 



shall 



Thy 
Thy 

my 
the 



mer 

name 

wear 

heaven 



E^ 



? 4 :: 



r^ 



Barnby (1838—). 



pis i m* m 1 



Lord 
blest, 
way, 
host 



Be - fore 
Wher - e'er 
Lead Thou 
Hear all 



^ ■ 
^3 



t= 



ll 



Thy 

Thy 
my 
my 



peo 
wan 
song:- 



- cy - seal 

pie meet, 

d'ring feet, 

re - peat, 



H 



I 



' 



% 




i i 1 i ^i i r r j . u j j j g j#^i 



My 



doi 



lg, pleads Thy 



There I de - light in Thee 

That while 1 stay on earth 
To Fa - ther, Son, and Ho 



to 
[ 
ly Ghost, 



word, And owns Thy mer - cy sweet, 

rest. And find Thy mer - cy sweet, 

may Still find Thy mer - cy sweet. 

joy, Thy mer ■ 1 



Thv 



sweet. 



A - MKN. 



■ : z \> ■ ■ -C \ m§yri&\% m 



(PRAYER.) 



T. H. GUI (1819— J 



E. C. Walker. 




1. Break, new-born Year, on 

2. The part - ed year had 
j. Our hearts in tears may 
4. Lord ! from this year more 



glad eyes break 
wing - ed feet : 
oft run o'er : 



vice win. 



Me 

The 
But, 

More 



lo • 

Sav 
Lord 
glo ■ 



dious voi 

iour still 
Thy smile 

rv. more 



ces 

doth 
still 

de 



move 

stay : 

beams 

light 





« 



• i i n§ rs 



On. roll - ing Time ! thou canst not make 
The Xew Year comes ! but. Spir - it sweet ! 
Our sins are swell - ing ev - er - more; 
< ). make it- hours less sad with sin, 



The Fa - ther 
l'hou go - est 
But pardon-ing 
Its dav> with 



cease tn love. 

not a - way. 

grace still stream-. 

Thee more bright ' 




5 Then we may bless its precious thing 
If earthly cheer should come, 
Or gladsome mount on angel wings 
If Thou shouldst take us home. 



6 O! golden then the hours mu>t be: 
The year must needs be sweet ; 
Yes, Lord! with happy melody 
Thine opening grace we greet. 

TIMES AND SEASONS 



202 



Londonderry 



7- 5- 



C. Frances Alexander. 
Trebles only. 



J. Adcock. 




-3 1 ^1 — 




i 



Ever-y morn - ing the red sun Ris - es warm and 
Ever-y spring the sweet young flowers O - pen bright and 
Lit - tie birds sing songs of praise All the sum - mer 
Christ our Lord is ev - er near Those who fol - low 
Who shall go to that fair land ? All who love the 



bright ; 

long; 
Him; 
right : 



Hut the eve 
Till the chil 
But in cold 
But we can ■ 
Holy chil - 



ning com - eth on, 

- ly an - tumn hours 

- er, short - er days 
not see Him here. 

dren there shall stand, 



$-£ 



^ 



i^P 



Full. 



-£- f- 



mx:\ 



ft ' 







m i wm : w^ 



And the dark cold night : There \s a bright land far a - way, Where 't is nev - er - end - ing day. 
With-er them a- way : There \s a land we have not seen, Where the trees are al- ways green. 
They for - get their song : There \s a place where an - gels sing Cease-less prais - es to their King. 
For our eyes are dim : There is a most hap - py place. Where men al-ways see His face. 
In their robes of white; For that heaven, so bright and blest, Is our ev - er - last - ing rest. 

IS 



A - MKN. 



mmmmmmm 




(TIMES AND SEASONS.) 



Hathersage. 



4. 4. 6. 4. 4. 6., or <_'. M 



201 



J. S. B. Monsell (1811-1875). 



R. Jackson 1 [842 — ) 




l 



3E3 



:: I 



1. The; >pring-tide 

2. Bird, flower, and 

3. Dews fall a 

4. Vet vear by 



: : 



hour Brings leaf and flower. With songs of 
tree Seem to a - gree Their choi - cest 
pace, — The dews of grace, — Up - on this 
year Fruit, flowers, ap - pear. And birds their 



:-• 



life 
gifts 

soul 

prai- 



and love ; 

to bring ; 
of sin ; 
ea 




And many a lay Wear> out the day 

But this poor heart Bears not its part, 

And love di - vine De - lights to shine 

But thi-> poor heart Bears not its part, 



In many a leaf 

In it there is 

Up - on the waste 

It> win - ter has 



,rove. 
no spring, 
with - in. 
no spring. 



&LH 



t r * . 

u _ 



:» 



^f 



S FT l P "f 



+ L -- 




Lord, let Thy love, 

Fresh from above, 
Soft as the south wind blow, 

Call forth its bloom. 

Wake its perfume, 
And bid its spices flow 



And when Thy voice 

Makes earth rejoice, 
And the hills laugh and sing, 

Lord, teach this heart 

To bear its part, 
And join the prai>^ of spring. 



(TIMES AND SEASONS.) 



204 



Burnham Market, c. m. 



T. H.Gill (1819— ). 




\Y. Terry. 



m un wm mm - ppi 



spring how sweet ! 
Thee I bless, 
ders of Thy grace, 
it ! work in me 
and strength up - spring, 



The new 

I greet 
These no 

These won 

Still let 






&> 



1 - 




-J r 4 -4 



r ; 



What joy the hap - py 
I love Thee in tht 

These mar- vels sweet - er 
Di - vine Re - new 

And grant the glad 



earth to 
love - li 
far to 
er! gra - cious 
new song to 




' I ;: :; 






greet, In new, bright rai - ment clad ! 
ness Of Thy re - new - ed earth, 

trace, These new births more di - vine ! 

ly Re - new this heart of mine. 

ring Tli rough the new earth and heaven ! 

I 



m Ms m 



(TIMES AND SEASONS! 



Ruth 



(S lines. 



20 



Bp. W. W. How (1823—). 



S. Smith (1821 — ). 




>t j. 1 j j ii-i B 



-^ =j 



i. Sum 
2. (rod's 
}. Lord. 



-9- • 

mer suns art- 
free mer - cy 
up - on our 



:: m I 1 



glow - ing () - ver land and sea, Hap py 

stream - eth O - ver all the world. And His 
blind - ness Thy pure ra - diance pour ; For Thy 



light 

ban - 
lov - 



IS 

oer 
ing 



flow - ing 
gleam - eth 
kind - ness 




~0 
• I 

ti - ful and 
'ry-where un 
us love Thee 



free. 
furled, 
more ; 



Ev - 'ry - thing re - joi 
Broad and deep and glo 
And when clouds are drift 



ces 

rious 

ing 



I 



F 



- -. 



1 



In 
As 

Dark 

r 



I 



the mel - low rays, 
the heaven a - bove, 
a - cross our skv. 



' 



• 



§^!=1 



3 E ff - r W=\=f i *=iifl 



1 



fe 



All earth's thou-sand voi 
Shines in might vie - to - 
Then, the veil up - lift 

-4^ ^ 



- ces 
riouj 

ing. 



Swell the psalm of praise. 
His e - ter - nal love. 
Fa - ther, be Thou nigh. 

I 




We will never doubt Thee. 

Though Thou veil Thy light 
1 .ife is dark without Thee ; 

Death with Thee is bright. 
Light of light ! shine o'er us 

( )n our pilgrim way, 
(to Thou still before u.s 

To the endless day. 



(TIMES AND SEASONS.) 



206 



Watermouth. 7 6. s lines. 



K. P. Hood (1820-1885) 




t 



±= 



J 




R. Jackson (1842 — ). 



#1 



£2 



<$<-: — .&- 



<^4-^> 



^ 



(2 



God, who hath made the dai - sies And ev - 'ry love - ly thing, He will ac - cept our prais - es, 

In praise we may be bold; The chil - dren in the tern - pie, 

Its way o'er earth and sky; He hears the lark that sing - eth 

I 



2. Though we are young and simple, 

3. He sees the bird that wingeth 




And hark - en while we sing. 
He heard in days of old. 
Up in the heaven so high 



pfeiy^ 



^ 



-©---» 



He says (though we are sim - pie, Though ig - no rant we be): 

And if our hearts be hum - ble, He says to you and me : 

J^ut sees the heart's low breathing, And says (well pleased to see) 

&r "J- -tSr + -<Sh l~ 



\ 1 1 vwm 






+ & 



Vf 



mm 




Suf -fer the 
Suf-fer the 

Suf - fer the 



:: :: 



r t f 

- tie chil - dren, And let them come 

- tie chil - dren, And let them come 
tie chil - dren, And let them come 



I "1 



Me." 
Me." 

Me." 



A - MEN. 



b 1 f i r [r r ^i s a 



F 



r~i— i^-r 



(TIMES AND SEASONS.) 



Therefore we will come near Him. 

And solemnly we '11 sing; 
No cause to shrink or fear Him, 

We '11 make our voices ring, — 
For in our temple speaking. 

He says to you and me : 
" Suffer the little children, 

And let them come to Me." 



The Chorus of Praise, p. m 



207 



R. W. Raymond (1840—) 



Arr. by J. C. Lowry (1820 — ). By permission. 



I 



«? 



l^fPfPiPr 3 




1. O what can you tell, lit -tie pebble, lit - tie peb-ble, O what can you tell, lit -tie peb-ble by the sea? The 
Ref. — // is the iovs of God in heav-en, The God 70/10 made both you and >ne; And 



^-^m 



m 



•■: 



PF=f 



D. C. 






n 

ret of your si - lent life, Now whisper it to 
'ry day / think His praise In si-lence by the 



mmM^^^mm 



what can you tell, little flower, little flower, 
what can you tell, little flower on the lea ? 
The secret of your sweet perfume, 
Now whisper it to me. 

Ref. — It is the love of God in heaven, 

The God who made both you and me ; 
And every day I breathe His praise 
In fragrance on the lea. 



j O what can you tell, little bird, little bird, 
O what can you tell, little bird upon the tree ? 
The secret of your joyous song, 
Now whisper it to me. 

Ref. — It is the love of God in heaven, 

The God who made both you and me ; 
And every day I sing His praise 
Upon the summer tree. 



4 O what can you tell, little child, little child, 
O what can you tell, little child upon my knee ; 
The secret of your happy smile. 
Now whisper it to me. 

Ref. — It is the love of God in heaven, 

The God who made both you and me ; 
And every day I seek His face 
Upon my bended knee ! 



Full Cho. — Thus to the love of God in heaven, 

The God who made both you and me, 

(INFANTS.) 



The praise of all things here is given. 
Ami evermore shall be. 



208 



Mrs. H. P. Hawkins. 



■'Jili : 



Springtime, c. m 



i. Thy lit - tie one, ( ) Sav 

Thou hast been watch - ing ov 

I felt so safe and hap 

I think Thou 'rt smil - ing on 

I want Thy kind and lov 




rt 



W. Ii. Monk (1823-1896). 




just a 
all the 



iour dear! Has 

er me Through 

py, Lord! Al - though I 

me now, For all seems 

ing smile To bght me 



woke from sleep ; 

long, dark night ; 

could not see. 

bright and glad; 

all the way 



i: p^HI H MM 




^m 1 liiii i wm Yi m 



And through the com ing day, 1 know, Thou wilt in safe - ty keep. 

But dark - ness is not dark to Thee, Be - cause Thou art the Light. 

And soft - ly whispered, ere I slept: "O God ! Thou se - est me." 

But when I'm naugh - ty, Sav - iour dear! My heart is al - ways sad. 

O! keep me, then, from do - ing wrong, Or griev - ing Thee to • day. 



f I l \ 




?- r e 



r 



m 1 p m " 



(INFANTS.) 



Ferrier. 7i 



209 



Mrs. E. Shepcote 



J. B. Dykes (1S23-18761. 




1. Je - sus, Ho - ly, Un - de - filed! List - en 

2. Thou hast sent the sun to shine O'er this 

3. Now the lit - tie birds a - rise, Chirp - ing 

4. Thou by whom the birds are fed. Give to 



to a lit tie child; 

glo - rious world of Thine, 

gay - ly in the skies ; 

me my dai - ly bread ; 




Thou hast sent the 

Warmth to give, and 

Thee their ti - ny 

And Thy Ho - ly 



glo - rious 
pleasant 
voi - ces 
Spir - it 




light, 
glow 
praise, 

give, 

■0- 



Chas - ing far the 
On each ten - der 
In the ear - ly 

With - out whom I 



si - lent night, 

flower be - low. 

songs they raise. 

can - not live. 



\ i ; 



z 



\ - MEN 



Ml 



5 Make me, Lord, obedient, mild, 
As becomes a little child ; 

All day long, in every way, 
Teach me what to do and say. 

6 Help me never to forget 
That in Thy great book is set 
All that children think and say, 
For the awful Judgment Day. 



(INFANTS) 



Let me never say a word 
That will make Thee angry. 
Help me so to live in love 
As Thine angels do above. 



Lord; 



Make me. Lord, in work and play, 
Thine more truly every day ; 
And when Thou at last shalt come, 
Take me to Tin heavenly home. 



2 IO 



Goshen. 



6. 5. 8 lines. 



E. S. A. 




1. In our dear Lord's gar - den, 

2. Noth - ing is too lit - tie 

3. Je - sus calls the chil - dren, 



I f * J n3 I » I j. j. a > I d 



Plant - ed here he - low, Man - y tin - y flow 
For His gen - tie care ; Noth - ing is too low 
Bids them come and stand In His pleas-ant gar 



mi:i> m j- ip f f : -r 1* 1 ^; f \ v 



*=$ 



& 



^ 



\: 



J 1- 



km 



I 



fc-^ 



g I 



In sweet beau - ty grow. Christ, the lov - ing gard'n - er, Tends these bios - soms small; 
In His love to share. Je - sus loves the chil - dren, Chil - dren such as we, - 

Wa - tered by His hand. Lord ! Thy call we an - swer ! Take us in Thy care, 




(INFANTS.) 



Heathlands. 7s. 6 lines. 

Luise H. von Haym, tr. by Catherine Wink worth. 




l! 






: 



-\ — 

Shep 



O'er my 
I go in 

And when thes 



herd kind and good. Who pro - vides 

and out and feed. Lack - ing noth - 

bright days are past. Safe - ly in 



me 
ing 
His 

s 



mz=t 



:&•' 



P 



^¥ 



dai - ly 
that I 
arms at 



food, 
need ; 
last, 



V=- 



;^s 



1 




I . 



i=J: 



m- : 



m 



And " His lamb ' 
When I thirst 
He will bring 



• * 



* » 



my name cloth call, 

my feet He brings 

me home to heaven. 

IS \ 



o 



m 



t- U A 



For He knows and loves 
To the fresh and li\ - 
Ah, what joy hath It- - 



us 
ing 



I 

all. 
springs, 
given ! A 




rm '■ ■■ m p i w 



2 12 



The Little Lamb. 8.8. 



6. 8. 8. 6. 



I 



Amelia M. Hull. 
Andante. 



J. Barn by (1838—). 



'^i- 



3=£ 



I. And is 



true 
lit 
are 

era 



as 1 am told, 

tie stray - ing lamb, 

who love me too ; 

cious Shep - herd fed. 



That 
May 
But 
And 



there are 

come to 

who, with 

by His 




;£ 




. 



Of Cod's 

Fhough good ■ 

What Je - 

Where liv - 



be - lov 
ness I 
sus Christ 
ing wa 



ed Son ? 
have none, - 
has done ? 



ters 



run, 



That 

May 
Then 
Mv 



mm ■ 



%' 






1 1 



[INFANTS. ) 



The Little Lamb. — Concluded. 



213 






^ 
*= 



:• 



1 



Je - sus Christ, with ten - der 

now be fold - ed on His 

if He teach - es me to 

great - est pleas - ure will be 




m 



care, 

breast 

pray, 

this. 

4 

??— 



Will 

As 

I'll 

That 



in His arms most gent 

birds with - in the pa - 

sure - ly go to Him 

I 'm a lit - tie lamb 



- ly 

rent 

and 
of 



:* 



\ . 1 



s± 



n ; ' r r^f 



ife 



2nd verse. \ Last verse only 



u t. i i j . - f^ t- h 



«. 



bear 
nest, 
say : 
His, 



The help-less lit - tie one ? 

And be His lit - tie one ? 

• Lord, keep Thy lit - tie one." 

Who loves the lit - tie 



2. And I, a 

3. ( )th - ers there 

4. Then by this 



A - M J N . 




(HNTFANTS 



2 14 



My Shepherd. 



5. 6. 6. 4. 6. 6. 6. 4. 



Miss M. Flsie Thalheimer 



^? 



r-4; ; i 



t^fei 



: *=& 



:£z± 



J. Cramer 

,-4 



«* 



5^ 



r. Thou art my Shep-herd, Car - ing in ev - 'ry need, Thy lit - tie lamb to feed, Trust - ing Thee still ; 
2. Or if my way lie Where death, o'er-hang-ing nigh, My soul would ter - ri - fy With sud - den chill, — 



m^$m^mi ^^^P& ^ 



g±±tes 




In the green pas-tures low, Where liv-ing wa- ters flow, Safe by Thy side I go, Fear -ing no ill. 
Yet I am not a - fraid ; While soft - ly on my head Thy ten - der hand is laid, I fear no ill. 



A-MKN. 




SECOND HYMN. 



Lord, do not leave me ! 
I 'm but an erring child, 
Weak, poor, and sin-defiled, 

Afraid, alone ; 
Hut Thou art strong and wise, 
No ill can Thee surprise : 
Beneath Thy loving eyes 

Danger is none. 



2 If Thou wilt guide me, 
Gladly I '11 go with Thee. 
No harm can come to me, 

Holding Thy hand ; 
And soon my weary feet, 
Safe in the golden street, 
Where all who love Thee meet, 
Redeemed shall stand. 

M. E. T, 



(INFANTS.) 



Never Alone. 9. 6. 9 . 6 and chorus. 



2 1 



R. W. Raymond (1840—). 

s 



Ferd. Silcher. 








1. Far out on the des-o-late bil - low, The sail - or sails the sea, A - lone with the night and the 

2. Far down in the earth's dark bos - om, The min - er mines the ore: Death lurks in the dark be - 

3. Forth in - to the dread - ful bat - tie The stead-fast sol - dier goes. No friend, when he lies a 

4. Lord, grant as we sail life's o - cean. Or delve in its mines of woe, Or fight in its ter - ri - hie 



h r lr 



0-0- 



fcfc * 



L_ 1 1 



jrp » >-J* 



• • • / / 



- — - / • • 1/ v v y v 



( 'horus. 



^ i i : m m 1 P 1 1 1 i 1 1 ;^m • 



temp - est, Where count - less dan - gers be. Yet. nev 

hind him, And hides in the rock be - fore. Vet, etc. 

dy • ing, His eyes to kiss and close. Yet, etc. 

con - flict, This com - fort all to know, That. etc. 



lone 



the Chris - tian. 



Who 




2*=&£&mm 



lives by faith and prayer ; 



For (rod is a Friend un - fail - ing. And (iod is ev - rv - where A-Mf s 



£f 



H 1 *- * _LHl 



&::: :i;-«i!r •-. ;^i-:h 



2l6 



Matilda Betham Edwards. 



i. God make my 

2. God make my 

3. < rpd make my 

4. ( iod make my 

5. ( rod make my 






f 



life 
life 
life 
life 
life 



Hathersage, 



4. 4. 6. 4. 4. 6.. or C. M, 



R. Jackson (1842 — ). 







i 



fr 



%\m 



tie 
tie 
tie 
tie 
tie 



light 
flower 

song 
staff, 
hymn 



in 
giv 



With 

That 
That com 
Where - on 
( )f ten 



the 
eth 
fort 
the 
der 



world 
joy 

■ eth 
weak 
ness 



: % mm \ p 



5? 



to glow, - 

to all, 

the sad, 

may rest, 

and praise. 



*C 



if : I 




h: " a J fi'ls : : 



:le rlam 
to bloom ii 
tli oth - ei> 
hat lit - tie 



that 



hum 
na ■ 
to 



.trength 



that ne< 



eth 

tive 

be 

I 

jth 



mm. 11 



bright Wher-ev - er I 

bower, Al - though the place 

strong, And makes the sing 

have May serve my neigh 



In 



all His 



may go. 

be small. 

er glad. 

bors best, 

drous ways. 



: ; : MM : UMU& m 



(INFANTS.) 



J. Edmeston (1791-1867) 

s 



Emmeline. 5. 6. 8 lines. 2 1 7 

II . T. Leslie (1826—). 



>u: ■•m^ i : i-Ua m^M 



i •• 



m 1 



1. God in - trusts to all. 

2. Ev - 'rv lit - tie mite. 



Tal - ents few or ma - nv 
Ev - 'rv lit - tie mea^ - ure, 



NTone 

Helps 



-#- # & : -9 ' 9 9 m ^ -9 9 • 



so young and small 
to spread the light, 
V 

•- < . 



v-\ 



. -J=d 



m 



A-r 



^=2 



1 




That they have not an - y. Though the great and wise Have a great - er num - berj 

Helps to swell the treas - ure. Lit - tie drops of rain Bring the spring-ing flow - ers ; 




z : 



9 9 p_ 



?• 



1 - I ' - f * r * • 1 

tri \ [ it • 1 



- 



i J I J : I J - ^ 



Yet my 
And I 



may 



prize, 
tain 



And it must 
Much by lit 



not 
tie 






(INFANTS) 



slum - ber. 
pow - ers. 



A - MEN. 



: 



ITTTTl 






2l8 



Gottschalk. ?* 



7s. 



Arr. from Louis Moreau Gottschalk (i 829-1869). 






4 



2 



J=pd= 






? 



** 



1. Fa - ther! lead me, day by day, Ev - er in Thine own sweet way; 

2. When in dan - ger, make me brave; Make me know that Thou canst save; 

3. When r 'm tempt - ed to do wrong. Make me stead - fast, wise, and strong; 

4. When my heart is full of glee. Help me to re - mem - ber Thee, — 



liHi 



t^rk±t 



mm 



H 



m 



1 



^-4 & 



S 



f=±f=^ 



& vg§^hM \iH$ w Jijii^ i 



Teach me to be pure and 

Keep me safe by Thy dear 

And when all a - lone I 

Hap - py most of all to 



tt#L 



P=f=tp==P 



true ; Show me what I ought to do. 

side ; Let me in Thy love a - bide, 

stand, Shield me with Thy migh - ty hand, 

know That my P"a - ther loves me so. 



wm ^^mmmm sm 



(INFANTS.) 



Alstone. l. m. 



2 19 



Mrs. Cecil Frances Alexander (1823 — ). 



C. E. Willing. 




m': :! 



m 



5?=s 



?-"-* 



s ■. 



3^3: 



s 

es - tate ; 

A 



m~t 



# 

We are but lit - tie chil - dren weak, Nor born in an - y high 

O, day by day, each Chris -tian child Has much to do, with - out, with - in 

When deep with - in our swell - ing hearts The thoughts of pride and an - ger rise. When 

Then we may stay the an - gry blow. Then we may check the has - ty word. Give 

i 



m 



m 



mm 



J — .- 



] a m mm 



ii 



a 



?—? 



*^r 



§ 



can we do for Je - sus' sake. Who is so high and good and great? 

death to die for Je - sus' sake, A wear - y war to wage with sin. 

bit - ter words are on our tongues, And tears of pas - sion in our eyes, — 

gen - tie an - swers back a - gain. And fight a bat - tie for our Lord. A - mk.\ 
r> 



m 



m? 



m -mmm^ 



5 With smiles of peace and looks of love. 
Light in our dwellings we may make. 
Hid kind good humor brighten there. 
And do all still for Jesus' sake. 



6 There 's not a child so small and weak 
But has his little cross to take, 
His little work of love and praise 
That he may do for Jesus' sake 
INFANTS .1 



220 



Cliftonville, 



8. 6. 7. 6. 7. 6. 7. 3. 



Anna h. Warner. 
mf 



4 i 1 



F. C. Maker (1844 — ). 



S 



-• 



. 



im 



Eg 



r3^a 



1. The world looks ver 

2. I 'm but a lit 

3. Then, like a lit 

4. Then tri - als can 



y beau 

tie pil 

tie pil 

not vex 



ful, And full of joy 
grim. My jour - ney 's just 

grim, What - ev - er 1 

me, And pain I need 



to me : 

be - gun ; 

may meet, 

not fear ; 




mm 1 



m it nmuu i r^:~ i 



The sun 

They say 

I '11 take 

For when 



shines out 

I shall 

it, joy 

I 'm close 



b • 



m 



glo 



Je 



ry ( )n ev 

row He - fore 

row, And lay 

sus, (Jrief can 



ry 
my 

at 

not 



thing 

jour 
Je 

come 



I see : 

ney 's done 

sus' feet ; 

too near; 



\' : -\-\- t \ fip 1 



(INFANTS.) 



Cliftonville. Concluded. 



2 2 1 



'"/ 



t^E-' I 



fe^fei^i^^ 



w 



i fi i 



l know f shall be hap 

The world is full of sor 

He '11 com - fort me in trou 

Xot ev - en death can harm 



py, While in the world I 

row And suf - fer - ing. they 

ble. He '11 wipe my 

me : When death I 



>tav. 



say; 
tears a - way 
meet one daw 





For I will fol - low Je - sus 

But I will fol - low Je - sus 

With joy I '11 fol - low Je - sus 

To heaven I '11 fol - low Je sus 



All the 

All the 

All the 

All the 



way. 
way. 
wav. 



vT>ty 



-f — -* 2 — \S*P- 






i -~> 1 1 > ii 



(INFANTS 



222 



Pilgrim Song. 6.5.6.5.,™ 



J. Curwen. 



ith Chorus. 

15. Tours (1838—). 




41.' n i\f . u. I j J- 1 U T' l 



r #^ 



1. I 'm a lit - tie pil - 

2. Mine 's a bet - ter coun 

3. But a lit - tie pil 



£_f_i^ 



3» 



grim 

try, 

grim 



And a stran-ger here : 
Where there is no sin, 
Must have gar-ments clean, 



Though this world is pleas - ant. 
Where the tones of sor - row 
If he'd wear the white robe^ 



I 






mmmw I I 



*- 



~222~ 



i^H^S^^M^ ffi 1 1 1 



Sin is al - ways near. 
Nev - er en - ter in. 
And with Christ be seen. 



■ •• • 



\ \^m. 



Je - sus loves our pil - grim band, He will lead us by the hand. 

£4 ■*■ 



|_| S -J 



^ mmm 



i 1 



I I 



t± 



g 







\ m Wi'i \i-l\ i 



Lead us to the bet - ter land, 



ii ' h i r iffrr 



To our home on high. 

3. 





(INFANTS) 



4 Jesus, cleanse and save me. 

Teach me to obey ; 
1 loly Spirit, guide me 
On my heavenly way. 
Jesus loves, etc. 

5 I 'm a little pilgrim 

And a stranger here. 
But my home in heaven 
Cometh ever near. 
fesus loves, etc. 



Evelyn. 7 7 7 6. 



Marianne Farningham. 



2 2 A 



Arthur Sullivan (1842 — ). 



zrtrTt- -. mm 1 1 • 




1. " Let the chil - ciren 

2. I am but a 
5. Sav - iour ! choose the 
4. Christ ! the world is 

JL . *. Jt jm. 



come," Christ said. 

lit • tie one : 

path I take. 

ver y strong. 



Lord 
Xoth 
Help 
Keep 



my heart 
ing no 
me e 
me from 



is 
ble 

vil 
its 



com 
have 

to 
ways 



fort 

I 

for 

of 



ed; 
done. 

sake. 
wrong : 







-» + 



1 



o 




Safe - ly shall my feet 

Xo great vie - to • ries 

Me Thy lit - tie ser 

Teach me now some heaven 



he led. 

have won. 

vant mak< 

ly song 



For 
Yet 
While 

While 



Thou art 

Thou art 

Thou art 

Thou art 



guid 
guid 
guid 
ruid 



mg me 

ing me. 

ing me 

ing me. 




5 Wheresoe'er the path shall lead, 
Through rough road or pleasant mead, 
This shall meet my every need : 

Thou, Lord ! art guiding me. 

6 Let me play about Thy feet, 

Let me hear Thy whispers sweet, 
Make my life in Thee complete. 
Dear Saviour! sruidins: me. 



Make me strong to do the right 

Let me work for Thee in lig 
And when fall the shades of night, 
Still, still be guiding me. 

Then, at last, when death shall be 
A> an angel sent for me, 
Grant me Thy dear face to 
( ) Thou who cuidest me ! 



(INFANTS 1 



224 



Watermouth. 7.6. 8 lines. 



W. 1\ Rix. 



R. Jackson (1842 — ). 




1. I love my pre 

2. Dear Sav - iour ! make 

3. Though I can 

4. And while I 'm 
. And since I 




cause lie 
me he 



I 
feel 



will 

so 



first link 



mm 1 





(INFANTS.) 



Watermouth. — Concluded. 



225 



i 



A J. L. 



i 




r 



I know He makes me hap 
Yes ! still though Sa 
God help me to 
When oth - ers hear 
I love that bless 



py> 

tan tempt me. 
use 
sing 



be 
me 
ed 



ful 
ing, 



And hears me when 

And make me sad, 

In all I do 

I '11 not for - get 



coun 



mmm 



■*- -i- 



m 



try, Where tears arc wiped 



A. 



1 
I '11 
or 
to 
a 



pray 
say : 
say ! 
say : 
way ; 



iii 






-25^r 



I'll 
"I 

I 
You 

I 



m 



PP 



pppa 



^—ir^r- ^ [ i j 



iM—jr^ir^ 



^ 



r r 



keep fast hold on Je - sus, — The 

long to be like Je - sus, — The 

mean to work for Je - sus, — The 

too can be as hap - py, — The 

want to live with le - sus. — The 



Iii - ble says 

Ki - ble says 

Bi - ble says 

Bi - ble says 



Bi 



bli 



says 



I 

1 

you 

I 



may. 
may. 
may. 
may. 
may. 



A - MLS. 




(INFANTS.) 



226 



Sawley, 



C. M. 



Benjamin Waueh. 



J. Walch (1837—) 




1. U, who will show 

2. Will some one let 

3. Will some one let 

4. They say that He 

5. It seems as if 



I 

me 
me 
me 



p— *r 



; s 



s 



ss 



2 



Je 

see 

feel 

some 

heard 



sus Christ ? 
the Face 
the touch 
where now : 
a call : 



I 

(), who will take my hand. 
Which made the chil - dren smile, 
Which made the chil - dren well, 

Will some one show me where ? 
Come, lit - tie child, to Me." 



m 



F r 



1 — r 



T 



J^ 



m 1 



j- * 



Org. 



J- 



m\ 










And lead to Him whose words, they say, 
And lead me through the crowd and throng. 
Cast out the e - vil things with - in, 
\\ ill those who know just take my hand, 
() Je - sus ! put it in some heart 



A 

And 

And 

And 

To 



child can un - der - stand ? 
stop with me a - while ? 
made the good ones dwell ? 
kind - ly lead me there? 
bring me un - to Thee. 



A - MEN. 



m '■ H ■"i^ : i- :: Mf : yna 



Org, 
(INFANTS.) 




Lux Eoi. 



8 lines. 



227 



Mary Manning. 




±=t 



^^ 



Arthur Sullivan (1842 — ). 



, 



1 



¥ 



1. 1 here's a fold 

2. Ma - ny of 



:. 



r -? 



that fold 



-m- wt -&- 

both safe and hap - py, Where the lit - tie ones may dwell; And se - cure the 

His lambs are rest - ing In a yet more peace - ful fold, Shel-tered from the 

the doors stand o - pen ; And its rest each one may win; For the wel - come 



— rr 



Shepherd guards it, For the lambs He loves so well. Through the pleasant fields He leads them, 13 y the streamlets 

heat of sum-mer, Shel-tered from the win-ter's cold; In a bright and hap-py coun - try, Where 'tis al-ways 

of the Mas-ter Greet -eth all who en - ter in. Then will be the hap-py meet-ings With the lambs that 



* -* 



3E£5£ 



. » f -^., 



^=3C 



4-^-4 



^ 



£p=a 



* s> 



mrm 



t=t 



t=t 



* 



t=t 



r-f 



i 



l 



r-i 1- 



l^F^t 



W^z I' 



m. 



1 — r 

fresh and clear ; Rest and glad-ness gives He to them, 
fresh and fair ; And the pres-ence of the Shepherd 
went be - fore, — One blest fold and one dear Shepherd 
I 
«_ ^m. 42. ■&. JL JL +. A. JL M. M. 



* fe 



-I 



r * 

And His bless - ed voice they hear. 
Bid - eth ev - er with them there 
Safe at home for 



er - more ! A MEN. 



' fc_fe 



£ 



t=t 



t=r -f-» 7 r ' p 



v» # 



m 



p=t 



t 



228 



fe 



Emily H. Miller. 



Kilverstone. 7.6. 12 lines. 



j 



mm 



J. H. Maunder. 

4- 



s= t 3=i= 



sto 
Sav 
mer 



-7^-^- 



1. I 

2. I 'm 

3. To 



love 
glad 
sing 



hear 

bless 

His love 



to 

my 



the 
ed 
and 



ry 

iour 

cy 



Which an 
Was once 
My sweet 



m 



gel voi - ces 

a child like 

est songs I '11 

I ! 



tell, 
me, 
raise 

-s>- : 






i 

3 



i 



3= 



How once the King of glo - ry 

To show how pure and ho - ly 

And though I can - not see Him, 



m, m 



% =fe k 



J 



Came down 
His lit 

I know 

4* 



on 

tie 

He 



mmm 



earth to 
ones might 
hears my 

£= r 



dwell. 

be; 

praise 



m i 






mj 



m^ 



\i 



: 



-13= 



r 

And 
For 



am both weak and sin - ful, Rut 

if I try to fol - low His 

He has kind - ly prom - ised That 



this I sure 

foot - steps here 

ev - en I 



iy 

be 
may 



ip 



know, 
low, 

3 



p fTT rT^ ^i 



F^ 



(INFANTS.) 



Kilverstone, -- Concluded. 



229 



i 



pg 



j — ^ 



^"rr 



The Lord came clown to 
He nev - er will for 
To sing a - mong His 



save 
sake 



me, 
me, 
gels, 



Be 
Be 
Be 



cause He loved me 
cause He loves me 
cause He loves me 



er~HT~7 



3^ 



so. 
so. 

so. 



i 



Chorus. 



] 



B 



£ 



lovi 



to hear the 



sto 



^ 



ry Which an 



gel 



voi - ces 



i 



telL 



E 



I 



t-i-. i \ y u z* 



^7 



* — *- 



I i - • - 

ry Came down on earth to dwell. A - MEN. 



How once the King of glo 

- J -f— -F- 

s : g r it L 1 V 



i FFF 



=M 



^ 



£ 



s : 



|S O 



— ^ ^ 



fr - P 



" 



(INFANTS.) 



230 



Marland. s. m. 




Jane E. Leeson. 
Andantino. 



B3 /■ ,j t \ jT^d^u-^q^^ i 



r. A 
2. A 
3- The 
4. The 



H 



£=£ 



lit - tie child may know 

round me when I look, 

thou - sand lit - tie flowers 

sum - mer breezes blow - ing, 



Our Fa - ther's name of 
His han - di - work I 

With - in our gar - den 

The woods and groves a 



w 



I 



— , 





world 



The rain 
The stream 



bow and the soft spring showers, And 
let through the val - ley flowing, In 



ev 
mel 



ry 



pleas 
dy 



ant 
a 



sound 
long; 



&fif_ y ?^i 




5 And every living thing 
Rejoicing in the light, 
The little birds that sweetly sing, 
The moon that shines by night ; 



(INFANTS.) 



) And every star above, 
Set in the deep blue sky, — 

All tell me that our God is love, 
All tell me He is nigh. 



Bend 



CV. 7. 6. 8 lines. 



231 



J. Ilullah (1812-1882). 




1 . The wise may bring their learn - ing, 

2. We '11 bring Him hearts that love Him, 
We '11 bring the lit - tie du - ties 



The rich may bring their wealth ; And some may bring their 
We '11 bring Him thank - f ul praise, And young souls meek - ly 
We have to do each day, We '11 try our best to 




(INFANTS.) 



232 



Litany, 



7- 7- 7- 6. 



































E. Bunnett (1834—). 

1 \ 1 


















w 


' 




n 1 


/Lh h 


Q- 












n 


■ 






*\ m 




J 


i_ i 


/d 


1 


inV P " 


~1 








j 


1 • 






d#! 




1 




^ r 


# W 2 






• __ .. ^ 




# 


2 J 


' 


s 




J 


J 




1 

1. Je 

2. Lit 

3. Lit 

4. Lit 

5. Lit 

6. Je 

-0- 
1- 


* y 

- su ! from Thy throne on high, 

- tie chil - dren need not fear 

- tie lambs may come to Thee ; 

- tie lives may be di - vine ; 

- tie hearts may love Thee well ; 
• su ! once an in - fant small, 

£ -tr . J • J* 




Far 
When 
Thou 
Lit - 
Lit - 
Cra - 




• m 

a - bove 
thev know 
wilt fold 
tie deeds 
tie lips 
died in 

m m 


the bright 
that Thou 
us ten - 
of love 
Thy love 
the ox - 


blue 
art 
der 
may 
may 
en's 

-#- 




sky, 
near; 

shine ; 
tell; 
stall, 




/•V K * 


f3 


1 




r € 


m 


mm 1 


■pjj P 


f # 


m m m 


| 


1 




m t* 


w 


r ^ 


^—7? h * 


mm f? \ 






1 




1 




1 


" P 


*+ ^ 


\. 


r m 








. 1 














\ 


i i 




























k i . 



a 



3 i 



m 



l ^?0 — ^ 



s=*- :t t« 



i fea 



Look on 

Thou dost 

And our 

Lit - tie 

Lit - tie 

Though the 



us with lov - ing eye. 
love i^>, Sav - iour dear, 
care - ful Shep - herd be. 
ones be whol - ly Thine, 
hymns Thy prais - es swell. 
God and Lord of all. 



P 



Hear us, 

Hear us, 

Hear us, 

Hear us, 

Hear us, 

Hear us, 



Ho - ly 

Ho - ly 

Ho - ly 

Ho - ly 

Ho - ly 

Ho - ly 

V+ m 



Je 
Je 
Je 
Je 
Je 
Je 



SU! 

su! 
su! 
su! 
su! 

su ! 



g 



HH3 



¥5=e 



f 



t 



7 Once a child so good and fair, 
Feeling want, and toil, and care, 
All that we may have to bear. 
Hear us, Holy Jesu ! 



8 Jesu ! Thou dost love us still ; 
And it is Thy holy will 
That we should be safe from ill. 
Hear us, Holy Jesu! 

(INFANTS.) 



9 Fold us to Thy loving breast ; 
There may we, in happy rest, 
Feel that we indeed are blest. 
Hear us, Holy Jesu ! 



Morecambe. 



5. 5. 6. 5. 6. 4. (>. 4- 



233 



Emily H. Miller. 



m. 



;fsPf 



^ 



SE 



^— T 



i. Je 


sib 


bids us 


2. Je 


sus 


bids us 


3- Je 


SOS 


bids us 




With a pure, clear 
First of all for 
Then, for all a - 



light, 
Him. 
round ; For 



Like 

Well 

ma 



a 

He 
ny 



lit - tic 

stts and 
kinds of 



& 



t 



-* — ■> 



* — * 



$»=z 




£=$ 



.: 



m 



m 



^& 



can 

know: 

dark 



die, Burn - ing in the night ; 

it, if our light grows dim ; 

ness In the world are found, - 



In the world is dark - ness, So 
He looks down from heav - en To 
Sin and want and sor - row : So 



we 
see 
we 



1 — r 



? t y 



-#- -* 



* 



must 

- 
must 



m 



i=f 



- v 



iJHi 



^q: 



T ^g 



S 



shine, — You 
shine, — You 
shine, — You 



your small 
your small 
your small 



cor - ner, And I 

cor - ner, And I 

cor - ner. And I 



n mine, 
n mine, 
n mine. 



fe* 



S 







II 



■^ — r 



(INFANTS) 



234 

A. Marryat 



Chamouni. 8.7 8 lines. 



G. Lomas. 



±=i- 



nmtni ^mmm^^^mi 



1. We are on - ly lit - tie work-ers, Yet we fain would do Thy will; So we pray Thee, Lord, to 

2. Lit - tie feet are nev - er wear - y, Lit - tie hearts are sel - dom sad ; So we ask that Thou wouldsj 

3. Help us, then, to say to oth - ers, Who have nev-er learnt to know : " God is listen - ing still to 

-*-^£ — * »— r m «— r-f *— rf-^— f- "+-"— t-ft -,4= — * i "f" - ^P 1 






t=* 



yNt^ 



* u 




9 frd- -0- 




j__ -A N_. — I k— ^ 




help us, Low - ly du - ties to ful - fil. Lit - tie souls per-chance may bright - en Lives that 

teach us How to make grown peo -pie glad. We would of - ten bring them com - fort, But we 

an - swer Those who watch and wait be - low." Grant that we, Thy will- ing work-ers, By Thy 

-0- -#- h-- r\ - -#-•#--#-•-#• -#• 



gp— f- 



^ h F .B> 



im 



m 



i=t 



& 



H 




Si^iliiilp^ lia ii 



sor - row, care, and sin Dark-en, till hope's bless-ed sun-shine Scarcely ev - er en - ters in. 
know not what to say : Some sweet mes-sage fresh from heaven Lay up - on our lips to - day 
grace may find at length, E-ven chil - dren in their weakness May help others in Thy strength. A-mkn 



mmm 



-y-tr-i 1 — I ! ! ¥-W— ^. E £ 



« 



E r %^^F 



e: 



SI 



(INFANTS.) 



F. T. Palgrave. 




*=£ 



Tichfield 



7s. 8 lines. 



235 



R. W. Beaty (183a—). 



r 



*=t 



T* 



m mm ^ 



1. Thou that once, on moth- er's knee, Wast a lit - tie one like me ! 

2. Be be - side me in the light, Close by me through all the night ; 

3. Once wast Thou in era - die laid, Ba - by bright in man-ger shade, 

m ^ — * P- — -*_ _ — #— ^ ~—&~ 



When I wake, or go to bed, 
Make me gen - tie, kind, and true, - 
With the ox - en and the cows, 




I I 

Lay Thy hands a - bout my head ; 
Do as I am bid to do. 
And the lambs out -side the house 



Let me feel Thee ver - y near, 
Help and cheer me when I fret, 
Now Thou art a - bove the sky, 



Je - sus Christ, our Sav - iour dear ! 
And for-give when I for - get. 
Canst Thou hear a ba - by cry ? 




Let me feel Thee ver - y near, Je-sus Christ, our Sav-iour dear ! 
Help and cheer me when I fret, And for-give when I for-get. 
Now Thou art a - bove the sky, Canst Thou hear a ba - by cry ? A 




4 Thou art nearer when we pray. 
Since Thou art so far away; 
Thou, my little hymn wilt hear, 
Jesus Christ, our Saviour dear, — 
Thou that once on mother's knee 
Wast a little one like me. 



(INFANTS.) 



236 



Springtime, 



C. M. 



E. C. W. 



£* 



Pi 



IPf 



W. H. Monk (1823-1890). 

J J l 



-<a-r 



s 



« 



r. Lord! who hast made me Thy dear child, 

2. Mow of - ten have I thought that I 

3. And yet F have not con - quered sin, 

4. Yet turn not from me, dear - est Lord ! 




m . 



H 



P ^ =KI 



#££ 



And loved me ten - der - ly, 

A bet - ter child would be, 

Nor striv - en as I should 

But all my faults for - give; 



I 




^ 



P^PP^^PP 



it 



O, hear me when I come to own My ma - ny faults to Thee! 

More gen - tie, lov - ing, kind, and true, And lov - ing un - t6 Thee ! 

I have not al - ways looked to Thee, When try - ing to be good. 

And grant that 1 may love Thee more Each day on earth I live. 



MEN. 



( c 1 



P * 



fe£ 



M' 



• p- 



■&- 



5^ 



r 



mm 



f= 



(INFANTS! 



Rick 



manswor 



th. 



S. 3. 8. 3. 



237 



Annie Matheson. 



W. F. Hurndall. 




i 



=F=t 



mm 



^ 



1. Je - sus! the 

2. Slow are our 

3. Cold is our 



dren are call 

steps and fail 



chil 
foot 
love, Lord ! and 



4. Gent - ly. Lord ! lead Thou 



rth 



ing, ( ). 

ing, Oft 

row, — Large 

ers, — Wear 



draw 

we 

is 

v 



near ' 
fall: 
Thine ; 
they; 



1 



m 1 r if 



^' 



fc 



^4zzh 



BH J JM"] j l : J: l J. i r J l ^ 



II 



Fold the young lambs in Thy bos - om, Shep 

Je - sus ! the chil - dren are call - ing, — Hear 

Faith -ful and strong and ten - der, — So 

Bless all our sis - ters and broth - ers N'ight 

~g~ : . fog : 



herd 
their 

be 
and 



dear 
call ! 

mine ' 
day. 



^ 



-&-*- 



1 1 m 



^ . 



11 



5 Fathers themselves are God's children. 
Teach them still : 
Let the Good Spirit show all men 
God's wise will ! 



(INFANTS.) 



6 Xow to the Father, Son, Spirit. — 
Three in One, — 
Bountiful God of our fathers, 
Praise be done ! 



2 3 8 



St. Cuthbert. 8.6.8. 



Mrs. H. P. Hawkins. 



^ 



J. B. Dykes (1823-1876). 



1. Kind Shep - herd, see! Thy lit 

2. I 've wan - dered from Thy fold 

3. I want, dear Sav - iour ! to 

4. Thou kind, good Shep - herd ! in 

5. But now, dear Je - sus ! let 



m 



M 



-&— 



tie lamb Comes ver - y 

to - day, And would not 

be good, And fol - low 

Thy fold I ev - er 

me lay My head up 



tired 


to 


Thee ; 


hear 


Thee 


call; 


close 


to 


Thee, 



more would keep, 



Thy 



feM=f 



&5±4 



breast : 





-I 1- 



SI 



1=3 



id- 



. 



-Q* 



Vi 



O, fold me in Thy lov - ing arms. And smile 

And O, I was not hap - py then, Nor glad 

Through flow - 'ry meads and pas - tures green, And hap 

In morn - ing's light and eve - ning's shade, And while 

T am too tired to tell Thee more, — Thou know'st 

I 



on 
at 

py 

I 
the 



me. 

all. 

be. 

sleep. 

rest. 




gnnn? 



(INFANTS.) 



e 



1 



Julia Leonard. 
?-< h" * 



i 



Goshen 

=4= 



(>. 5 . 



239 



^ 






?• 



1. Lit - tie .stars are shin 

2. Lit - tie hands are fold 

h ' 4- 



ing 
ed 



In tht 
Meek - lv 



even - ing sky ; Lit - tie hearts are pray - ing 
on each breast, Ask - ing for a bless - ing 



tent: i 



z 



f=^ 



t=t 



Rf r'r 



m 



fet 



i-*-*-* 



& 



- : 



•« -. 



-is-' 



To the God 
Ere they go 



on 
to 



high. 

rest. 



Lit - tie tongues are say - ing 
Lit - tie eyes are sleep - ing. 



Ho - ly songs of praise, 
Lit - tie feet are still : 




F=M 



-d-v — d— 


-—A 1— 








-i — 


-J . 








\tfY — i — 


# 




1 


—^- 


£} 1 ■ 


—4- J 


• 


^ 


i • • 


— * — 








, II 


tr • - 

Seek 
God's 


ing to 
own an - 


— * — ' 

be 

gels 

1— 1 


L — ©— 

strength 

watch 


& ' 4 

• ened In all 
ing Those who 

4— f * $ 


— * — 

ho - 
trust 11 

~g 1 


# J 
y 

is • 


ways. 
will. 


1 

A 

1 ft 


Ml N. 

P 11 


M> #— — 


—j — i- 


— # — 





- I • 









-W- 


p II 



(INFANTSi 



240 



St. Denys. 6s. 



E. C. W. 

3 ,-J 



F. Spinney (1850—). 



't& 



B^ffi 



j 




** 



t=t 



j. 



1. My Father ! hear my prayer Before I go to rest; It is Thy lit-tle child That cometh to be blest. 

2. For-give me all my sin, And let me sleep this night In safety and in peace Un-til the morn-ing light. 

3. Lord! help me ev-'ry day To love Thee more and more, And try to do Thy will Much better than before. 

4. Now look upon me, Lord ! Ere I lie down to rest; It is Thy lit-tle child That cometh to be blest. A-mkn. 



czf 



•• 




s» 



*£ 






Freshwater, 



4. 4. 



G. R. Prynne 




> So happily 

And peacefully 
I lay me down to rest in Thee. 



(INFANTSJ 



7 To Father, Son, 
And Spirit, One, 
In heaven and earth, all praise be done. 



Saints' Rest, 



10. 10. 10. 4. 



241 



Bp. W. W. How. 

! &J I 




<§ 



3 



J — 1 — i- 



^z 



1. For all the saints who from their la-bors rest. 

2. Thou wast their Rock, their Fortress, and their Might 

3. O may Thy sol - diers, faith-f ul, true, and bold, 

J- J _ * 






J. Barnby (1838—). 



:*. 



r 



? 



I 



Who Thee by faith be -fore the world con-fessed. 
Thou, Lord ! their Captain in the well-fought fight : 
Fight as the saints who no • bly fought of old. 




4 blest Communion ! Fellowship divine ! 
We feebly struggle, they in glory shine ; 
Yet all are one in Thee, for all are Thine. 

Alleluia ! 

5 And when the strife is fierce, the warfare long, 
Steals on the ear the distant triumph-song, 
And hearts are brave again, and arms are strong. 

Alleluia! 

(DEATH; 



6 The golden evening brightens in the west ; 
Soon, soon, to faithful warriors comes the rest 
Sweet is the calm of Paradise the blest. 

Alleluia ! 

7 But lo, there breaks a yet more glorious Day, 
The saints triumphant rise in bright array; 
The King of Glory passes on His way. 

Alleluia ! 



242 



E. Caswall (1814-1878). 



St. Sylvester. 8.7. Last verse 8s. 

J. B. Dykes (1823-1876). 



I 



t=t 



3=t 



m 



T"! 1 



i 



^ 



2Efe^£ 



££ 



t iJL_L._ i: 



=t 



^> 



1. Days and mo - merits, quick - ly fly 

2. Soon our souls to God, who gave 

3. Je - sus,, In - fi - nite Re - deem 

4. Whence we came, and whith - er wend 



ing, 
them, 



ing 



Blend the liv - ing with the dead ; 

Will have sped their rap - id flight ; 

Mak - er of this migh - ty frame, 

Soon we must through dark - ness go, 



m 



$ 



■j. 



*- + 



<> 



t==t 



H — fr 




-v-±- 



=t= 



2l 



&m 



fe^ 



g=i 



*=$ 



m 



l r=¥±--f E * 



Soon shall you and I be ly ing 

A - ble now by grace to save them, 

Teach, () teach us to re - mem - ber 

To in - her - it bliss un - end - ing, 



Each with - in our nar - row bed. 

O, that while we can we might ! 

What we are, and whence we came, — 

Or e - ter - ni - ty of woe. 



m 



t=t 



r 



\ H > =1=£ 3=£=£¥ : I 



P-- 



(DEATH.) 



$ 



H — ' 



St. Sylvester. — Concluded. 
P f 



\ 



I 



243 



^fczr* 



5. O ! by 






^»# 



Thy power grant, Lord ! that 



we 



At 



*t 



last hour 



£i 



^^1 



J 



» 



P 






^ 1 



< g . 



3==^ =5: 



a 



fall 



^=£ 



from 



Thee ! 



Saved by 

» m 



rhv grace. 



-4- ~w 

Thine may 



-w 
we 



-tg- . 
be 



m^ 



p 



r 



i 



dim. 



m^ 



2 



m 



11 



g 



All through the days of E 
■# . -# # V 



^ 



3 5 



^ 



-«K- 



* 



MEN. 



O -. 



II 



f~ - 



(DEATH 



Zt 



st- 



244 



F. Krummacher. 



Light in Darkness, l. 

In memory of Frank W. Howard. 



M. 



Horatio C. King. 




um 



^m 



i 



Pii 



m 



f^Ef 



*=t= 



. Though love may weep, with break - ing heart, 

2. Though faith may droop and trem - ble here, 

3. Though hope seem to have hoped in vain, 

J3* 



^# 



tfcfc 



A 



^ 



There comes, O Christ 
That day of light 
And Death seem King 



a day 
shall sure 
of all 



of Thine : 
ly come ; 
be - low, 



m 



£32 



m*. 



i=S 



\ 




r 

There is 
His patl 
There yet 



a 

has 
shall 



morn - ing 
led him 
:ome the 



star 
safe 
morn 



must shine, 
ly home : 
ing glow, 



And all these shad - ows shall 
When twi- light breaks, the dawn 
And wake our slum-berers once 



de - part, 
is near. 




There is a 
His path has 
There yet shall come 



morn 
led 



■ mg 
him 
the 



fcfc 



n\ 



^r-$-& 



star must shine, And all these shad-ows 
safe - ly home : When twi-light breaks, the 
morn-ing glow, And wake our slum-berers 



must de - part, 
dawn is near, 
once a - gain. 



A - M k n . 



\ 



t^m 



t=E 



:P± 



SISS 



r 



(DEATH.) 



Requiem. 4 . 6. 8 lines 



245 



P 



Edward A. Dayman (1807 — ). 



J. Bamby (1838—). 



fc=t 



B 



: 1 



TT^S 



0—T- 



I 7- * 



% 



" 



s 



r. Sleep thy last sleep, Free from care and sor 

2. Life's dream is past, All its sin and sad 

3. Though we may mourn Those in life the dear 



row ; 
ness 
est, 



m 



w 1 }g 1 1 



Rest where none weep. 
Bright - ly at last 
They shall re - turn. 



1 — r 






#— r 



^ C # — ~ ^ # Lg 8 ^ 



Till th' e - ter - nal 
Dawns a day of 
Christ ! when Thou ap 

■#-•-*--*- - 

I I I =g= 



^ 



mor 
glad 
pear 

-G. 



row. 
ness. 
est! 



Though dark 
Un - der 
Soon shall 



"*T 



* T 



waves roll 
the sod, 
Thy voice 



O'er the si - lent 
Karth, re - ceive our 
Com - fort those now 



m 



* 



? 



r-^=? 



r^ 



I 



II 



^ 



:• 



nv - er, 
treas - ure, 
weep - ing, 

— fS" ?g- 



Thy faint - ing 
To rest in 

Bid - ding re 



sour 
God, 
joice 



T 



Je 

Wait 

All 



sus 
ing 



can 
all 
Je 



de - liv 
His pleas 
sus sleep 



23 
I 

er. 
ure. 
ing. 



? I 



^ 



r—t 



<y 



i * II 



F 



(DEATH.) 



246 



Irene, 



7- 7- 7- 5- 



J. Ellerton (1826—). 







C. C. Scholefield (1839 — ). 



i^ 



1. When the day of 

2. When the strife of 

3. When the dark - ness 

4. When the heart, by 



toil 



is done, 
sin is stilled, 
melts a - way 
sor - row tried, 



When the race of 

When the foe with 

At the break - ing 

Feels at length its 



& 



s-r—T 



m 



t=£ 



P? 



fr 



life 
■ in 

of 
throbs sub 

-*- 



is 
is 
the 



^ 



run, 
killed, 
day, 
side, 



I 



p 



s 






tt=4: 



t 



t=tz 



f t 



M .1 i M M.J 




Fa - ther ! grant Thy 
Be Thy gra - cious 
Bid us hail the 
Bring us, where all 



'I 

wea - ried one 

word ful - filled, 

cheer - ing ray, — 

tears are dried, 



? • 



P 



Rest for - ev 

Peace for - ev 

Light for - ev 
Joy 



for 



ri- 
er 
er 
• er 



more ! 
more ! 



more ! 



r 



mk* 



£=£ 



IP 



mm 



« 



A -MEN. 



SI 



i 



I 



5 When for vanished days we yearn, 
Days that never can return, 
Teach us in Thy love to learn 
Love for evermore ! 



6 When the breath of life is flown, 
When the grave must claim its own, 
Lord of life ! be ours Thy crown, — 
Life for evermore ! 



(DEATH.) 



Requiescat, 



7- 7- 7. 



J. Ellerton (1826—). 




3 IS 



; 



3± 



v 



N*P 



7.8.8. 247 

J. H. Dykes (1823-1876). 



* 



# ^ 



l: 



Now the laborer's task is o'er; Now the bat-tie -day is past ; Now up - on the far - ther shore Lands the 
There the tears of earth are dried ; There its hidden things are clear ; There the work of life is tried By a 
There the sin - ful souls that turn To the cross their dy - ing eyes, All the love of Christ shall learn At His 



*A 



4-M * 



111 1 



V-p- iE£ 



1= 



1 — r — r 



iH 



* =1 





i 



mmi 



poco rail. 



-f— + 






gji 



voy - a - ger at last, 
just-ter Judge than here, 
feet in Par - a - dise. 



Fa-ther! in Thy gracious keep 
Fa-ther! in Thy gracious keep 
Fa-ther! in Thy gracious keep 



ing Leave we now Thy servant sleep 
ing Leave we now Thy servant sleep 
ing Leave we now Thy servant sleep 



ing. 

ing. 

ing. Am i.n 




4 There no more the powers of hell 
Can prevail to mar their peace ; 
Christ the Lord shall guard them well, 
He who died for their release. 
Father ! in Thy gracious keeping 
Leave we now Thy servant sleeping. 



; " Earth to earth, and dust to dust : 
Calmly now the words we say; 
Leaving him to sleep in trust, 
Till the Resurrection-day. 
Father! in Thy gracious keeping 
Leave we now Thy servant sleeping. 



(DEATH.) 



248 



Chamouni. 



Q \y - 








»— 




















I 


_j_ 


G. 1 

I 


Lomas. 




(nf^^v — 1 


=t= 


^ 


1- 

* 


=*= 







=± 




. # 


— *— 


s 


—&>&- 


=1 


1. They 

2. They 

3. All 

4. They 

5. Lit - 


are 
are 
a - 
are 
tie 1 


' g . 

go 

go - 
long 
go - 
learts 

Q • 


—d- 

ing> 
ing, 
the 
ing, 
for 

?' 


—8— 

— on 

— on 
migh 

— on 

— ev - 




-i 

■ iy 

- iy 

ty 

• iy 

er 


go - 
go - 
a 

go - 
stain - 


.£> ■- 

ing,- 
ing,- 
ges, 
ing,- 

less, 


r 5 ^ i_^ _ 

Je - sus called 
- When with sum - 
All a - down 
Out of pain 
Lit • tie hands 

,</ ■ 


— #— 

them 
mer 
the 
and 
as 




long 
earth 
sol - 

in - 
pure 

f 


a 
1 is 
emn 
to 
as 

f 


go! 

dressed, 

time, 

bliss ; 

they, 

jCL. 


/.Y U • 






1 


r 




P 


■ /2? 


1 , 




JJ2 • 


» 






1 


(gjLE, *> P 


->- 


Jp-J- 


-^ 


9 


~ji 


-pz 




F=3 




— 1 






-w— A & 


1 


!w ^^-4-r 


1 1 


-r 1 -i — 




-4- 






=t=dl - 


3 



*te* 



fe i— £ FS; — 1 — r 



bS 



^ 



§ 



o 



All the win try time they 're pass 

In their cold hands hold - ing ros 



ing 



Soft - ly 
Fold - ed 



<; 



to 



the fall - ing snow ; 
each si - lent breast . 



They have tak 
Out of sad 
Lit - tie feet 



en up their home - ward March to that se - ren - er 



:lime, 



and sin • ful weak - ness In - to per - feet ho - li - ness. 

by an - gels guid - ed, Nev - er a for - bid - den way J 




(DEATH.) 



Chamouni. Concluded. 



249 



m 




2*. 



When the vio . lets in the 

When the au . tumn hangs red 

Where the watch - ing, wait - ing 

Snow - y brows, — no care shall 

They are go - ing, — ev - er 



\ 



spring 
ban 
an 
shade 
go - 

-5^ 



- time 
ners 
gels 

them ; 
ing, - 



Catch the a - 

Out a - bove 

Lead them from 

Bright eyes, — tears 

Leav - ing many 



*> 



%=£ 



t=*t 



-»-r 



— I — j-r*h 



m 



t=t 



mm 



aes 



-*■ i 1 



s 



t a t ' M 



iS 



^ i gg> 1— ^ ■ r"T^ ± 



n 



! 

They are car - ried out to slum - ber 

They are go - ing — ev - er go ing — 

To the bright-ness of His pres - ence 

Ro - sy lips, — no time shall fade them 



But 



't is Je 



stb wno 



ho has called th 



em, 



! 

Sweet - ly where the vio - lets lie. 
Thick and fast, like fall - ing leaves 
Who has called them un - to Him. 
Je - sus called them un - to Him. 
Suf - fer. and for • bid them not 



i^ 



^^: 



i=* 



I 



:&*: 



: 



-V 



^m 



p^ 



(DEATH 



2qO 



St. Chrysostom. 8s. 6 lines. 



J. Ellerton (1826—). 



Barnby (1838—). 




^f 



£a=3; 



1. God 

2. Re 

3. Not 
4- Thy 
5. O 



of the 
leased from 
spilt like 
word is 
Breath - er 



liv - ing, 
earth - ly 
wa - ter 
true, Thy 
in - to 



it 



-2^ 
in 

toil 
on 
will 
man 



whose 

and 
the 
. is 

of 



eyes Un 

strife, With 

ground, Not 

just: To 
breath ! O 



veiled Thy whole 

Thee is hid 

wrapped in dream 

Thee we leave 

Hold - er of 



£ 



Hi 



ere - 

den 

less 

them, 

the 



t 



f^-W 



$ 



A 



%ee£ 



m 



3^ 



r 



a tion lies, All souls are Thine : we 

still their life ; Thine are their thoughts, their 

sleep pro - found, Not wan - dering in un 

Lord, in trust, And bless Thee for the 

keys of death ! O Giv - er of the 



must 
works, 
known 

love 

life 



not 

♦heir 

des 

which 

with 



say 

powers. 

pair 

gave 

in! 



m 



hfe 



IT 1 



*» 



(DEATH) 



St. Chrysostom- Concluded. 



251 




That those are dead who pass 

All Thine, and yet most tru 

Be - yond Thy voice, Thine arm, 

Thy Son to fill a hu 

Save us from death, the death 



a 

lv 
Thy 



way; From this our 

ours ; For well we 

care ; Not left to 

man grave, That none might 

of sin ; That bod - v. 



c 



world of 

know, wher • 

lie like 
fear that 
soul, and 



^ 



*> 



*==? 



hft-fr- 




-, 


ri~ 


~T 1 












_ 




I 


-i — i 


r ~w 


<m^~ 


.Kj 


+- 


~^r~ 


=h — j- 


— | 


1 


— h- 


4 


— i — 


^ S 


\m; 


Vr * 




1 








J 


^ 


/■ • II 


V 


1 

flesh 

e'er 

fal - 
world 

spir 


set i 
they 
len t 
to 
it 


"ree, 
be, 
ree : 
see, 
be. 


1 1 i 

We know them 
Our dead are 
Xot dead, but 
Where all are 
For - ev - er 

! I J 


liv 
liv 

liv 
liv 
liv 

1 


1 

- ing 

- ing 
ing 

■ ing 
ing 

| 


1^ 

un 
un 
un 
un 
un 

1— 

-#- 


i 
d 


s 

to 
to 
to 
to 
to 

I 


Thee. 
Thee. 
Thee. 
Thee. 
Thee. 




\ 


MEN 


fetfcz 


& 


i - 


1 


^=\ 


f = r M 


-p 


—*= 


}- 




=t 




#= II 


^~"J > 




- 


^? • 


1 


1 1 — 


4 — 


=t= 


^ 




— * — 


t 


+ 


& ' 


-f — H 



(DEATH.) 



252 



Thomas Rawson Taylor, alt. (1807-1835) 

4 4= -4 I 



Heaven is my Home. 6. 4 . 6. 4 . 6. 6. 6. 4 

Arthur Sullivan (1842 — ) 



i 



^ 



. 



Si 



. 



3 



il 



I 

1. I'm but a stran - ger here; Heaven 

2. What though the tern - pest rage ; Heaven 

3. There at my Sav-iour's side; Heaven 



f 



-&- 



~3~P> 



& 



s my home ; Earth is 
s my home ; Short is 
s my home ; I shall 



a des - ert drear 
my pil - grim - age : 
be glo - ri - fied ; 




mm 1 



Heaven 
Heaven 
Heaven 



my home. Dan - ger and sor - row stand Round me on ev - 'ry hand ; 
my home. Time's wild and win - try blast Soon will be o - ver - past ; 
my home. There are the good and blest, Those I loved most and best, 




Heaven is my fa - ther - land; 

I shall reach home at last ; 

There, too, I soon shall rest; 

I 



leaven 
Heaven 
Heaven 



my 
my 
my 



home, 
home, 
home. 



S5 Q^fe 




£ 



mmm 



(HEAVEN.) 



Rutherford, 



7. 6. 8 lines. 



253 



Annie Ross Cousin. 



Charles D'Urhan, har. by E. F. Rimbault (18 16-1876). 



m 




I 

The sands of time are sink - ing, The dawn of heav - en 

O Christ, He is the foun - tain, The deep, sweet well of 

O I am my Be - lov - ed's, And my Be - lov - ed 's 



breaks, The sum-mer morn 
love ! The streams of earth 
mine ; He brings a poor 



I 've 
I 'ye 

vile 



it-r^-Z- 



' 






t=± 



* -#- 



1 



" ^ -± 



sighed for, The fair, sweet morn 
tast - ed ; More deep I '11 drink 



^"=- 



*=>=**=* 



In 



His house 



a - wakes. O, dark 
a - bove. There to 
di - vine. Up - on 



m 



nm 



run 



m 



hath been the mid 
an o - cean ful 
the Rock of A 



night, 
ness 
ges 



But 

His 

My 



-1 b I I 



igi 



-f 



fc=f 



*V 






1 



4—4 



?ri 



=^t 



fc=£ 



o 



day-spring is at hand, And glo 
mer - cy doth ex - pand, And glo 
soul re-deemed shall stand, Where glo 



ry, glo - ry dwell - eth 
ry, glo - ry dwell - eth 
r y» gl° * r y dwell - eth 



In Im - man - uel's land. 
In Im - man - uel's land. 
In Im - man - uel's land. A - MEM 



m 



^ 



*-* 



Mr 



*- 



V- * 






£=± 



z ' 



m 



■&-*- 



a 



, K 



(HEAVEN.) 



254 



Chalvey. s. m. d. 



Horatius Bonar (1808 




L. G. Hayne (1836-1883). 



wmm 



mAi 



few more years shall roll, 
few more strug-gles here, 
few more Sab - baths here 



■ 



A few more sea-sons 
A few more part-ings 
Shall cheer us on our 



come, 

o'er, 

way, 



1 



K 



±p| 



^ 



k 



And 
A 

And 



we shall be with those that rest 
few more toils, a few more tears 
we shall reach the end -less rest, 



I 



^ 



I 



I 



*t 



©»-- 



^T 



-&-^- 



s 



i=k 



r^tm M 



j 



• ij i j j u\i \m 



A - sleep with - in the 

And we shall weep no 

Th' e - ter - nal Sab-bath 

I 



tomb : Then, gra-cious Lord, pre-pare 
more : Then, gra-cious Lord, pre-pare 
day. Then, gra-cious Lord, pre-pare 



I 

Our souls for that great day ; O ! wash us 
Our souls for that bright day ; O ! wash us 
Our souls for that sweet day ; O ! wash us 

I 



s ' r t H i s: i f if? f f i r 1 1 if f f \ \ f^ 




: im^^^m^mi 



in Thy pre-cipus blood 

in Thy pre-cious blood 

in Thy pre-cious blood, And take our sin 



And take our sins 
And take our sins 



way. 
way. 
way. 



A - MEN. 



f 



r^f 



II 



f- p 



P=P=p: 



1 — i — r 



1 1 r II 



4 Yet but a little while, 
And lie shall come again, 
Who died that we might live, who 
lives 
That we with Him may reign. 
Then, gracious Lord, prepare 
Our souls for that glad day; 
O ! wash us in Thy precious blood, 
And take our sins away. 



(HEAVEN. 



£S 



t=t 



£^ 



^ 



^ 



Flemming. 



ii. ii. ii. 



3D 



F. F. Flemming, (1778-1813) 



3^5^ 



M 



1. Tran-quil and peace - ful is the path to heav-en, Where now so man - y fresh from earth's ripe 

2. There life is bliss - ful : shall the spir - it trem-ble ? Bright heaven-ly an - gels wait to lead us 

3. There our lost rose - buds in our hands shall o - pen ; Love, pure and ho - ly, in our bo - som^ 

<s -0- -&- -&- -0- -#- -f- -f- <S> m -&- -0- -0- 19- & -0- . -0- # 




vin - tage, So man - y hap - py, high, and bless-ed spir - its, Wait to re - ceive us. 
yon - der; There dwell the spir- its pu - ri - fied by suff' - ring, Bless -ing and bless - ed. 
glow -ing, Flows from the Fa -ther, source of ev - 'ry bless - ing, Liv - ing and lov - ing. A - MEN 



_,_2_, — 1 1 — 



^ 



tee* 



Jfi->2- 



t^lz-t^- 



m 




SECOND HYMN. 



Praise ye the Father ! for His loving-kindness ; 
Tenderly cares He for His erring children ; 
Praise Him, ye angels ! praise Him in the heavens ! 
Praise ye Jehovah ! 



2 Praise ye the Saviour! great is His compassion ; 
Graciously cares He for His chosen people ; 
Young men and maidens, ye old men and children, 
Praise ye the Saviour' 



Praise ye the Spirit ! Comforter of Israel, 
Sent of the Father and the Son to bless us ; 
Praise ye the Father, Son. and Holy Spirit! 
Praise ye the Triune God ! 

Mrs. EnzAbF.ru Charles (iSiS — ). 
(HEAVEN.) 



256 Vox Angelica 

F. \V. Faber (1814-1863). 

\ A A |J. J i f J J 1 




II. 10. 11. 10. 9. II. 

J. B. Dykes (1 823-1 876.) 




k J i J J I 
3.. J 1 3 " 3 , 1 



a 



I f ark ! hark, my soul ! An - gel - ic songs are swell - ing 
( )n - ward we go, for still we hear them sing - ing, 
Far, far a - away, like bells at eve - ning peal - ing, 

Rest comes at length ; though life be long and drear-y, 
An - gels, sing on ! your faith-ful watch-es keep-ing ; 



( )'er earth's green fields, and ocean's wave-beat shore 
Come, wea - ry souls, for Je - sus bids you come ! " 

The voice of Je - sus sounds o'er land and sea. 

The day must dawn, and dark-some night be past; 
Sing us sweet frag-ments of the songs a - bove. 



.4* 



-V 



n 



• * 



f 



t i= 



-ft- -#- -•- 



SEE 



^ 



3d 

i 



fg| 




11 : JlJ b 




How sweet the truth those blessed strains are tell - ing 
And through the dark its ech - oes sweet-ly ring - ing. 
And la - den souls, by thou-sandsmeek-lysteal-ing, 
Faith's journey ends in wel - come to the wea - ry, 
Till morning's joy shall end the night of weep-ing, 



( )f that new life when sin shall be no more. 

The mu - sic of the Gos-pel leads us home. 

Kind Shepherd, turn their weary steps to Thee, 

And heaven, the heart's true home, will come at last. 

And life's long shadows break in cloud - less love. 



: 'b 



f ff | P 




(HEAVEN.) 



Vox Angelica. — Concluded. 



257 



i 



PP 



-#- - 


-^H 






— 1 




1 


1 















LA. 


— -& 




5 : 


25> 






^ 


I 


« 


IffV 


51 




• 


P • 










• 






<? 


"i 


\MJ 


» 


* 


• Z 






c) 


ff 






«J 


An - 


gels 


of 


1 

Je 


1/ 


sus, 

J 


1 


1 
3 


1 


gels of 

f - 


light, 

* 




An 

1 


- 




3 

1 


1 

-*- 


1 


^T 


P 


.» — 


=h— 1 


-f - 




^ — 

— .__. 1 


- f 






— 1 


- - 


— <5" — 


H 


|^<P 






— F 


— 1 




1 


— F— 






^- 


* 

1 J 


1 


J 



s=u 



:> 



Sing 



mg to 



S 



r^i — r 

wel - come 



the 



pil - grims of the night, 



SE . 



I 






EZ £2_ 

Sing 



i=d 



^ 



ra//. 



?=fc 



^ 



t + 



•H* 



m^t\\ 



ing to wel - come the pil 



^=a 



jrims, the pil - grims of the night. A - MEN. 



-(?- ^y 



j_ t : . =| p_t r , —7- p L s I f U » 



(HEAVEN.) 



P 



2 5 8 



Pilgrims, 




m 



Henry Smart (1813-1879). 

=4d 




s 



1. Hark! hark, my soul! An - gel - ic songs are swell 

2. On - ward we go, for still we hear them sing 

3. Far, far a - way, like bells at eve - ning peal 

4. Rest comes at length ; though life be long and drea 

5. An - gels, sing on ! your faith - ful watch - es keep 




i B 



$-. 



mg 
ing, 
ing, 

r y> 

ing; 

-a— 



O'er earth's green fields, and 
Come, wea - ry souls, for 
The voice of Je - sus 

The day must dawn, and 
Sing us sweet frag - ments 

g t * • > 



o 



o 




m 



i t 



4 E^EE* j. 



i 



t> - cean's wave-beat shore : 
Je - sus l)ids you come ! " 
sounds o'er land and sea, 
dark - some night be past ; 
of the songs a - hove, 



How sweet the truth those bless-ed strains are tell 

And through the dark its ech - oes sweet - ly ring 

And la - den souls, by thousands meek - ly steal 

Faith's jour - ney ends in wel - come to the wea 

Till morn - ing's joy shall end the night of weep 




I I 1 u 

r r r r L 



(HEAVEN.) 



ing 

ing. 
ing, 
ry, 
ine, 



1?- 



Pilgrims. Concluded. 



259 





*-* ! 










_| 




























■ 7+V+r ^i d J 




, 




~ 1 


1 


7 




1 


> tt S fl # 




. 


m 


/d »Jl 


£J 1 






1 1 


K- 


^ J J 


■■ 


J 


W& 




■ 




• 






1 


7 ^i m d____ 


. # # f 




. *^ - 


1 






A 


1^ 


! 




1 


& 




m 


# ^ 


1 




Of that new lif 


e when sin shall be 


10 


more. 


An - 


gels 


of Je 


- sus, 




The nui - sic of 


the Go> 


i - pel leads 


IS 


home. 












Kind Shep-herd, turn their wear - y steps to 


Thee. 












And heaven, the heart's true home, will come at 


last. 












And life's long shad - ows break in cloud - less 


love. 












1 <5 itm m m m 


£ ^ " 


&- 


c? 


1 


J. 


v. * 


(5- 




fm)'li # fi Z MP 








■" I H 


^ r 




f> 




1 


(£ffitt t 1 


h F 


-» « L— 








1— 







— I— 




!^^ ft * -1 1 


1 






' 1 








— « 1 


-4- 




1 


• 










1 
























r 





i 



-ftfe — i 



^ 



Spaa 



g^ 



#^=^ 



5 



3=* 



■*— ■#— ^ 



3=r 



^9£e> 



kl 



@ 






O s 



An - gels of light, Sing - ing to wel - come the pil - grims of the night! Am in 



tt 






'&. 



f= 



(HEAVEN.) 



260 Paradise, c. m. and chorus. 

F. W. Faber (1814-1863). J. Barnby (1838—). 



* u \ i-.ti i i uiuij ) > .t u.\{ \ };m m -. 1 






1. O Par - a - dise ! O Par - a - dise ! Who doth not crave for rest ? Who would not seek the hap - py land. 

2. O Par - a - dise ! O Par - a - dise ! The world is grow-ing old; Who would not be at rest and fret 



=**=* 



I I I T 



• 




r w 1 1 



m 



t— r— T-r 

Where loy - al hearts and true 

'^-4— \ 1- 



o 



<y 



:* 



m 



W^st 



^r 



Where they that loved are blest ? Where loy 
Where love is nev - er cold ? 



al hearts and true Stand ev - er in the light, 



.? 



£-* 



1 
& . 



H 



f 



fE3 



wm 



^d& 



^ 



1 



&- 




O Paradise! O Paradise 



|5? -Bh-gj. 

All rapture through and through, in God's most ho - ly sight. A-m EN 



T is weary waiting here ; 
[ <^ . « h I ^ .^ 1 1 I long to be where Jesus is. 



To feel, to see Him near ; 
Where loyal hearts, et< 



^EFf^ S 



Ft 



= F 



g. 



4 Lord Jesus, King of Paradise! 

O keep me in Thy love, 

\-\x~-%—~ And guide me to that happy land 

J t u- Of perfect rest above : 

Where loyal hearts, etc. 



(HEAVEN.) 



Jerusal 



em. c. m. d. 



261 



H. Hiles (1826—). 




d=i 



far 



fr 



:* 



1. Je - ru - sa - lem, my hap - py home, 

2. There hap-pier bowers than E - den bloom, 

3. A - pos-tles, mar - tyrs, proph-ets there, 



Name ev - er clear to me, 
Nor sin nor sor - row know 
A - round my Sav - iour stand : 



3b±£ 



:| tr-^ rt 



*=tc 



When shall my la - bors 

Blest seats, through rude and 

And soon my friends in 

V 1 



t 



M 



1 — r 



P=t 



& 



*=tt 



' 




3=* 



t=t 



P=*=^ 



^t> 



3=± 



i I 

have an end In joy and peace in thee ? 
storm-y scenes, I on - ward press to you. 
Christ be-low Will join the glo - rious band. 



When shall these eyes thy heaven-built walls And pearly gates be 
Why should I shrink at pain and woe, Or feel at death dis- 
Je - ru - sa - lem, my nap - py home, My soul still pants for 




may i 
thee 



m 



Thy bul - warks with sal - va - tion strong, 
I 've Ca - naan's good - ly land in view," 
Then shall my la - bors have an end, 



And streets of 
And realms of 
When I thy 



shin - ing gold ? 
end - less day. 
joys shall see. 



m 



:S 



- 



•-- 



V— n 






flS 



P 



mi 11 



(HEAVEN.) 



262 



At Home. s. m. d. 




J. Montgomery (1771-1854). 



J. Barnby (1838—). 



fi 



wm 



m i 



4 S 



1. " For - ev 

2. My Fa - 

3. "For - ev 

4. So when 



m 



er with 

ther's house 

er with 

my la - 



s 



m 



the Lord ! " 

on high, 

the Lord ! " 

test breath 

I 

-&■ 



A - men, 
Home of 

Fa - ther ! 

Shall rend 



my 

if 

the 



let it be ; 

soul, how near, 

't is Thy will, 

veil in twain. 



mm ^m m 



32= 



Life 
At 
The 
By 



m 



o 



*4 




H\ 



-g*-=- 



from the dead is 
times, to faith's far 
prom - ise of that 



death 



mall 



in that word, 
see - ing eye, 
faith - ful word 
cape from death, 



T is im 

Thy gol 

E'en here 

And life 



mor 
den 
to 



tal - i 
gates ap 
me ful 
ter - nal 



53 



m 



z=S 



f m 



Hs — — 6- 



ty: 
pear: 

fil. 
gain. 



Here 
Ah! 
Be 

Know- 



r' 1 



(HEAVEN.) 



At Home. — Concluded, 



263 



pa^u-j-bf^ 



5 



m 



in the bod - y pent, 

then my spir - it faints 

Thou at ray right hand, 

ing as I am known, 



m 5 



fe 



Ab 

To 

Then 
How 

3&- 



sent from Him I roam. 

reach the land I love, 

can I nev - er fail. 

shall I love that word, 



-r *r 



r £ : 



Vet 
The 
Up- 

And 



r^ 



* ~ 



«» * 



^ 



E^S 



3=P 



N : - 



11 



^ -. 



8 



r 



W 



*-*-f 



-0- & 



night - ly pitch my 


mov 


- ing 


bright in - her - it 


ance 


of 


hold Thou me, and 


I 


shall 


oft re - peat be 


fore 


the 



tent A day's march near - er home, 

saints, Je - ru - sa - lem a - bove. 

stand; Fight, and I must pre - vail, 

throne, " For - ev - er with the Lord ! 



SF^f 



-t 



HE 







A - If EH. 



^ II 



(HEAVEN.) 



264 



O Mother Dear, Jerusalem, s. 7. 8. 7 d. 



mf 






By permission, S. A. Ward. 

I- 



m 



1 A3 



1 



<T 



^T 



t. O moth - er dear, Je - ru sa - lem ! When shall I come to thee? 

2. No murk - y cloud o'er - shad - ows thee, Nor gloom, nor dark - some night ; 

3. Thy gar - dens and thy good - ly walks Con - tin - ual - ly are green. 

4. Those trees each month yield ri - pened fruit ; For - ev - er - more they spring. 



1 



^S 






4=- 



-t- 






f=f 



km 



^==t 




^^ ^ ^^^ if:^> I 



When shall my sor - rows have an end ? Thy 

But ev - 'ry soul shines as the sun : For 

Where grow such sweet and pleas - ant flowers As 

And all the na - tions of the earth To 



joys when shall I see ? 
God Him - self gives light, 
no - where else are seen, 
thee their hon - ors bring. 



iSl 



^ 






(HEAVEN.) 



O Mother Dear, Jerusalem. Concluded. 265 




'. 



J^ 



i 



R^ 



God's saints ! O sweet and pleas - ant soil ! 
sa - lem ! Thy joys when shall I see ? 



I 



O hap - py har - bor of 
O my sweet home, Je - ru 



Right through the streets, with pleas - ing - sound, The liv - ing wa - ters flow, 

O moth - er dear, Je - ru - sa - lem ! When shall I come to thee ? 






v. r 



#- -#- 



m 




: fr 



* >.Ji 



^=to- 



*3=£*L 



^ZJ- 



mm 



In thee no sor - row 

The King that sit - teth 

And on the banks on 

When shall my sor - rows 



can be found, Nor grief, nor care, nor toil. 



on 



thy throne In His fe 



lie 



ty? 



ei - ther side, The trees of life do grow, 
have an end ? Thy joys when shall I see ? 



V*- 



m± 



*£ 



*=£ 



Jjr^g 



^=^ 



-&-• 



5 



II 



A - MEN. 




(HEAVEN.) 



266 



Christ Church. 6s and 4 s. 8 lines. 



Samuel Crossman (i 628-1 683). 

4 



C. Steggall (1826—) 



±=k 



3=t=b 



wmmmmm^m^ ^m 



1 

1. Je - ru - sa - lem on high My song and cit - ty is, My home when-e'er 1 die. Thecen-tre 

2. There dwells my Lord, my King, Judged here unfit to live; There an - gels to Him sing, And low - ly 

3. The pa- tri - archs of old There from their travels cease : The proph-ets there be- hold Their longed-for 

4. The Lord's a - pos - ties there I might with joy be-hold; The harp - ers I might hear Harp - ing on 



H=HW f f f i ppTTTPF^ : 






of my bliss : ( ) hap - py place ! When shall I be, My God ! with Thee, To see Thy face ? A -MEN. 
horn - age give. 
Prince of Peace, 
harps of gold. 



^•pri^lll ^ ^mf^m ^m 



-9- 



11 



P 



5 The bleeding martyrs, they 
Within those courts are found, 

Clothed in their white array, 
Their scars with glory crowned. 
happy place ! etc. 



6 Ah me ! ah me ! that I 
In Kedar's tents here stay ! 

No place like that on high ; 
Lord, thither guide my way » 
() happy place ! etc. 



(HEAVEN.) 



Gabriel 



M. D. 



W. Tidcl Matson 




i. There is a home where an-gels dwell, A hap - py home a - bove, Where ho - lv anthems sound and swell 

2. And lit - tie chil - dren, too, are there Be - fore God's throne in light, Who glit-termg crowns of glo-ry wear, 

3. How came they to that hap - py place, From this sad world of sin, To see the great Re-deem-er's 




^^ 



m 



- 



The praise of Je - sus' love,- 
And robes of spot - less white 
And heaven-ly joys to win? 

'17.* ff P 



t 



U'l 



^2-^ 



A world where souls in per - feet peace Rest from the toils of this. 
In them their Sav-iour's beau-ties shine. On them His sweet smiles rest, 

Him, here on earth, they served and loved, To Him their hearts were given ; 



•-£ 



' ' 



=* 



^=$=*\ 



r-n — r 




\$ here pain and tears and sorrows cease, Exchanged for endless bliss. 
And in His life and love di - vine, They ev - er- more are blest. 
He sent His an - gels and re -moved His lit - tie ones to heaven. 



A-MEN. 



I I I 1 



I 



(HEAVEN.) 



4 O ! shall we ever join them there. 

That glad and youthful throng, 
And in that radiant home and fail • 

Share their eternal song ? 
Help us, sweet Saviour.here below, 

To give our hearts to Thee, 
That when we die, we too may g< •. 

Thy home, Thyself, to see. 



268 



Holy Mount. 



6. 6. 8. 4. 6. 6. 8. 4. 



Robert C. Singleton, 1867. 

With glad-some feet we press 



To Si 



P& 



1 
With glad 



r r r 

some feet we press 



I 



on's ho - lv mount 
-J : J- 



George A. Macfarren (18 13-1887) 



-«>-.- 



SP.I 



^ 



Wsi 



'- "4 



g 



To Si 

#- ne- 



on's ho - ly mount, Where gush-es from its 



r 



m^m^i 1 



Ll% J j =E 



3 






hap - py, hap - py hill ! 

t 



±E±EEl 



& 



deep re 



'-' 



cess The 



cool - ing 



§H 



fe 



jSL 



fount 



joy of ev - 'ry saint! 



* 



m 



()! hap 



1 j 

py, hap - py 



m 



hill ! 



Th< 



8 m 



% F3^-jtj7=^ ^^^^^^ p |p c : || 



joy 



of ev - 'ry saint! With sweet Si-lo - am's crys - tal rill, That cheers the faint. A-MEN. 

I 



mm r-m ms 




HrtrfffTJ i 11 



2 Great City, blest of God ! 

Jerusalem the free ! 
With ceaseless step the path be trod, 

That leads to Thee ! 
The martyr's bleeding feet, 

The saints with woundlcss breast, 
Alike have sought Thy golden scat 

To win their rest. 



3 There, calming all alarms, 

Thy Cross of Love is traced, 
Outstretching salutary arms, 

To bless the waste ; 
The sinner there can plead 

In ever-listening ears; 
On hope and Thee can sweetly feed. 

And dry his tears 



So this our festal day 

Celestial joy shall raise, 
While lips and hearts, conjoined, essay 

To hymn Thy praise ! 
The very stones shall ring, 

Resound each holy wall, 
With Thee, Thyself the Rock, the Spring. 

Our I leaven, our All ! 



C. Frances Alexander (1823 — ). 



Castle Rising, c. \i. d. 



F. A J 1 1 



269 




1. The ro - seate hues of ear - ly dawn, The bright-ness of the day, The crim - son of the 

2. The high - est hopes we cher-ish here, How fast they tire and faint ! How many a spot de- 

3. Here faith is ours, and heavenly hope, And grace to lead us higher; But there are per - feet- 




way ! 
v saint ! 



sun - set sky. How fast they fade a 
files the robe That wraps an earth - L 
ness and peace, Be - vond our best de - sire 



O for the pear - ly gates of heaven, 
O for a heart that nev - er sins, 
O by Thy love and an - guish. Lord. 



for the 
for a 
by Thy 




gold - en floor; O for the Sun 
■>oul washed white, O for a voice 
life laid down, Grant that we fall 




SI f 



t^r 



of Right-eous - ness That set - teth nev - er - more : 
to praise our King, Xor wear - y day or night ! 
not from Thy grace, Xor cast a - way our crown! A-MEN. 



«> 



:^ 



p 



i 



"!©- m + 



mY,\n\ 



(HEAVEN. 



270 



St. George's, Bolton, 



7. 6. 7. 6. D. 



Bernard of Cluny {c. 1145), tr. J. M. Xeale (1818-1S66) 




1. Brief life is here our por 

2. There grief is turned to plea 

3. And there is Da - vid's foun 

4. 'Midst power that knows no lim 

5. Yes ! God, our King and Por 



tion ; Brief sor - row, short - lived care ; 

sure, Such plea - sure as, be - low, 

tain, And life in full - est glow, 

it, And wis - dom free from bound, 

tion, In ful - ness of His grace. 



The 
No 
And 
The 
We 



^ Hr-4— If 



7.4 



f==F==f 



i m ■ 



r r 



Q fr 


1 r— J - 






_. 


— t- 


t n 


HV b j 


-Jr- 




=F=3= 




=t=J — 


-J- 


— J — 


i 


^ — - 


— fi-r- 




H 


life 
hu - 
there 
be - 
then 

m 


\ 

th 

m; 
th 
a 

sh 


\ -&- 

\t knows 
m voice 
e light 

- tif 
\\\ see 


I 

no 
can 

is 

ic 
for 


1 <^ 

end - 

ut - 
gol - 
vis - 
ev 


: 

ing, 
ter, 
den, 
ion 
er, 


The 
No 
And 
Shall 
And 


— ^ 

tear - 
hu - 
milk 
glad 
wor - 

• 


less 

man 

and 

the 

ship 

m 


life, 
heart 

hon 
saints 
face 

f" 


is 

can 
- ^ 
a 
to 


there : 
know ; 
flow ; 
round, 
face. 


1 



And 
The 
For 
In 


1 


fiVb — 




P — 






— ^ 


f— 


jJLS .M 


i 


L 


— b — 






Sir k 




t » 


Jg— 


-y- 


— T P 




— r— 


~T " 






"1 f ~" 


H 






r 






f 


r 


1 1 




1 


1 






1 


I 








I 


1 




1 


1 





















(HEAVEN.) 



St. George's Bolton. Concluded. 



271 




A- 



hap - py ret 
now we fight 
light that hath 



He 



W^ 



-horn now 



Je 





the 



bu 

bat 



bring 



m^ 



H i 



p= 



tion ! Short toil, 



3 



tie, 



But 



then 



e - ter 
shall wear 



nal 
the 



eve - ning, The health that hath 



Shall then 



To 



that 



£ 



dear land 



of 



m \ ■ 1 



rest 



be seen and known 



rest, 



For 
Of 

The 

And 

Where 



^ 




I I 

mor - tals 
full and 
life that 



and 
ev 

hath 



for 

er 

no 



they that know and 
Thou art with the 



sin 
last 
end 
see 
Fa 



tiers 
ing 
ing, 
Him 

ther 



A man - sion 

And pas - sion 

But last - eth 

Shall have Him 

And Spir - it 



with the 
less re 
ev - er 
for theii 

c\ - ei 



F r i t 1 r 



blest ! 
nov.n. 
mon 
own. 



£E£ 



I 



m^t 11 



(HEAVEN.) 



272 



Homeland, 



7. 6. 7. 6. 7. 6. 7. 6. 



I. R. Haweis 



Arthur Sullivan (1842 — ). 




1. The Home - land ! 

2. My Lord is in 

3. For those I love 



the Home-land ! The land of the free - born; 
the Home-land, With an - gels bright and fair; 
in the Home-land Are call - ing me a - way 



There 's no night in the 
There 's no sin in the 
To the rest and peace of tin 







Home - land, But aye the fade - less morn. I'm sigh - ing for the Home -land, My 
Home - land, And no temp - ta - tion there. The mu - sic of the Home - land Is 

Home - land, And the life be - yond de - cay, For there 's no death in the Home - land, There 's 



pL^ I :^Hi?4#n M*=IPH 



f:fr\ I tfN-tJ H \ JM iU j j J I j IjS l 



heart is ach - ing here; There's no pain in the Home-land To which I 'm drawing near. 

ring- ing in my ears, And when I think of the Home-land, My eyes gush out with tears; 



no 



sor - row a-bove. Christ, bring us all to the Homeland Of His e - ter - nal love ! A-MEN. 



I 



i ! h I- I fet e N I i I : g j. j. f 




(HEAVEN.) 



Ewing. 



6. 8 lints. 



273 



Bernard of Cluny 



Alexander Ewing (18; 




1. Je - ru - sa - lem, the gold 

2. They stand, those halls of Zi 

3. And they who with 



I 

en ! 

on, 

their Lead - er 



With milk and hon-ey blest 

All ju - bi - lant with song, 

Have con-quered in the fight, 



Be - neath thy con-tem - pla - tion 
And bright with many an an - gel, 
For - ev - er and for - ev - er 



s^f^rNs m 








*■ -*- 



Sink heart and voice op - prest. I know not, O, I know 
And all the mar - tyr throng. There is the throne of Da 
Are clad in rohes of white. < ) land that seest no sor - 



- - 



not What ho - ly joys are there, 
vid. And there, from toil re - leased, 
row! O state that fear'st no strife! 




What ra - dian - cy of glo - ry, What bliss be-yond compare. 
The shout of them that tri - umph, The song of them that feast. 
O roy - al land of flow - ers ! ( ) realm and home of life ! 



A - MEN. 



■'.-. 



EEniimJU wnvn 



<) sweet and blessed country ! 

The home of God's elect ! 
O sweet and blessed country 

That eager hearts expect ! 
Jesus ! in mercy bring us 

To that dear land of rest. 
Who art, with God the Father 

And Spirit, ever M 



iHEAVENi 



274 



Victor's March. Irregular 



Rev. Gerard Moultrie, 1867. 



s^mm 



J. Barnby (1838—). 




I 

1. We march, we march to vie - to - ry, With the Cross of the Lord be-fore us, With His lov-ing eye look-ing 
-0- -0- -0- -•- #- » -0- -0- # -•-#- -#- -&- m # •- -##---#- « 



^t^P 




-^=- 



SE 



; 



f-Ei IrF # ^t -&F--- =*==& 



-A r^ j — £ ft- 

* 9 H— J=#=¥= 



fe 



-, F 



-U-rr^-i - 1 , , -1 4-. 



His 



\nd His Ho - ly Arm spread o'er us, His Ho - ly Arm spread o'er 



£ • : -0- -0- 



l 



' ' ' 



0m -- ■ M -i 



His Arm 




h m 




I M & ntMCTl 



•*> 



come in the might of the Lord of Light, With ar - mor bright to meet Him; And we put to flight the 
sword is the Spir-itof God on High, Our hel - met His sal - va - tion; Our ban-ner the Cross of 
tread in the might of the Lord of Hosts, And wefearnot man nor dev-il ; For our Cap-tain Himself guards 
the choir of an - gels with song a-waits ( )ur march to the golden Si - on ; For our Captain has broken the 
on - ward we march, our arms to prove, With the banner of Christ before us, With His eye of love looking 




a ~. 



m 5 f eg a fi * 



00 



i a 1 



(PROCESSIONAL.) 



Victor's March. — Concluded. 



275 




ar-mies of night, That the sons of the clay may greet Him, the 



Cal - va - ry. Our watch-word — the In - car - na 

well our coasts, To de-fend His Church from ev 

bra - zen gates, And burst the bars of i - 

down from above, And His Ho - ly Arm spread o'er 



=s 



a* 



of the day may greet Him. 



tion, our watch-word the In - car - na - tion. 

il. to de -fend His Church from ev - il. 

ron, and burst the bars of i - ron. 

us, and His Ho - ly Arm spread o'er us. 

• ti — 4- 






==?==$ 



^ 



y v 



0-0— 



> / 






£— *■ 






•^-zr 



• m 



We march, we march to vie - to - rv, With the Cross of the Lord be - fore us. With His lov-ing eve look-ing 



/»V I 1 I I • I • #~~ y I I x a i'— 1_ T# L » -3 



v 5 



2 



EPP iP 



@^ 



I ^4// z/^rj^j except last. \ Last verse only. 

5£: Ve " ~^" ~T: 1 — (g- 



1-^1 



1 — "1 



x x r v 

His 2. Our 

downfromthe sky. And His Ho - ly Arm spread o'er us, His Ho - ly Arm spread o'er us. 3. We 

4. And 

5. Then o'er us. 







-P-F* 



His Arm 



276 



St. Theresa. 6.5. 12 lines. 



Thomas J. Potter (1827-1873). 
Treble voices in unison. 



Arthur Sullivan (1842 — ). 



ife 



^^ 



^ 1 



Bright-ly gleams our ban - ner, 

2. Je - sus, Lord and Mas - ter, 

3. All our days di - rect us, 

4. Then with saints and an - gels 



Pointing to the sky. 
At Thy sa - cred feet, 
In the way we go ; 

May we join a - bove, 



Wav-ing wan-d'rers on - ward 
Here, with hearts re- joic - ing, 
Lead us on vie - to - rious 
Offering prayers and prais - es 

N- r-4 J> |J -r— f - 





s=m 



0—4 



:i 



:» 



r ^j J 1 ?J? ttr- i 



To their home on high ! 
See Thy chil - dren meet. 
O - ver ev - 'ry foe : 
At Thy Throne of love. 



Journey-ing o'er the des - ert, (Had - ly thus we pray. 

Of - ten have we left Thee, Of - ten gone a - stray ; 

Bid Thine an - gels shield us When the storms-clouds lower 
When the toil is ov - er, Then come rest and peace, 




(PROCESSIONAL 



St. Theresa. Concluded. 



277 






i, i 



1: i'-i 



PH 



And with hearts u - ni - ted, Take our heaven-ward way. 
Keep us, migh - ty Sav - iour, In the nar - row way ! 
Par - don Thou and save us In the last dread hour ! 
Je - sus in His beau - ty ! Songs that nev - er cease ! 



Bright - ly gleams our ban - ner. 




m 



n 



^— • 



r 



•& 



Point - ing to the sky. 
jt i : ^ 



* -»- 7 " 7 1 

Wav - ing wan - d'rers on -ward To their home on high! A - men. 



II 



> 






9 



-0 # 



•# 0- 



=1 m =d 






bA 



&t? 



±± 



s 



■m-^r 



-zr^ 



n 



• • 



* 



(PROCESSIONAL.) 



78 



St. Gertrude. 6. 




Sabine Baring-Gould (1834 — ). 
II I I I _ l"s 



8 lines and Chorus. 

Arthur Sullivan (1842 — ) 



ii^M Hi lWJil i ^ fi lJJ^ I l I 



m 



1. Onward, Christian sol-diers, Marching as to war, With the cross of Je - sus Gp-ing on be -fore. 

2. Like a migh-ty ar - my Moves the Church of God : Brothers,we are tread - ing Where the saints have trod. 

3. Crowns and thrones may perish, Kingdoms rise and wane, But the Church of Je - sus Constant will re - main. 

4. Onward, then, ye faith - ful, Join our hap-py throng, Blend with ours your voi-ces In the triumph song. 

, J_ « t ft r tT f ■ ''*V < 



mmu ^^L^ m 



* 



$=fl > 



it r r r \, 1 



-->vj_ : 






i 

Christ, the Roy-al Mas - ter, Leads a-gainst the foe : Forward in - to bat - tie, See, His banners 
We are not di - vid - ed, All one bod - y we, — One in hope, in doc - trine, One in char - i - 
Gates of hell can nev - er 'Gainst that Church prevail : We have Christ's own promise, And that cannot 
Glo - ry, laud, and hon - or Un - to Christ the King : This, thro' countless a - ges, Men and an-gels 



go- 

ty- 

fail, 
sing. 



£U 



«^ 



e. 



i i 



. 



PPUPMf.^f 



r 

< )nward, Christian sol-diers, Marching as to 




war, With the cross of Je 



■ fff f i^r-i r fTrm mrrtrTO 



(PROCESSIONAL.) 



St. Gertrude. --- Concluded. 



279 



SECOND HYMN 



r Forward I be our watchword, 
Steps and voices joined ; 
Seek the things before us, 

Not a look behind ; 
Burns the fiery pillar 

At our army's head ; 
Who shall dream of shrinking, 
By our Captain led ? 
Forward through the desert, 

Through the toil and fight ; 
Jordan flows before us, 
SioD beams with light ! 

2 Forward, when in childhood 

Buds the infant mind ; 
All through youth and manhood. 

Not a thought behind ; 
Speed through realms of nature. 

Climb the steps of grace ; 
Faint not, till in glory 
Gleams our Father's face. 
Forward, all the lifetime, 

Climb from height to height ; 
Till the head be hoary, 
Till the eve be light ! 

3 Forward, flock of Jesus. 

Salt of all the earth, 
Till each yearning purpose 
Spring to glorious birth ; 
Sick, they ask for healing, 

Blind, they grope for day ; 
Pour upon the nations 
Wisdom's loving ray. 
Forward, out of error. 

Leave behind the night; 
Forward through the darkness. 
Forward into light ! 



4 Glories upon glories 

Hath our God prepared, 
By the souls that love Him 

One day to be shared ; 
Eye hath not beheld them, 

Ear hath never heard ; 
Nor of these hath uttered 
Thought or speech a word ; 
Forward, ever forward. 
Clad in armor bright ; 
Till the veil be lifted, 
Till our faith be sight ! 

5 Far o'er yon horizon 

Rise the city towers. 
Where our God abideth, — 

That fair home is ours : 
Flash the streets with jasper. 
Shine the gates with gold : 
Flows the gladdening river. 
Shedding joys untold. 
Thither, onward thither. 
In the Spirit's might ; 
Pilgrims to your country. 
Forward into light ! 

6 To the Eternal Father 

Loudest anthems raise : 
To the Son and Spirit 

Echo songs of praise : 
To the Lord of Glory. 

Blessed Three in One. 
Be by men and angels 
Endless honor done. 

Weak are earthly praises. 
Dull the songs of night : 
Forward into triumph, 
Forward into tig 

H. ALFORD (ISio-I 



28o 



Deva. 



6. 5., 12 lines. 



W. H. Davison (1827—). 



E. J. Hopkins (1826—). 




i i 



plzr^ zgS ^l^ 



1. Je - sus, King of glo - ry ! Throned a - bove the sky, 

On this day of glad - ness, Bend - ing low the knee 

For the lit - tie chil - dren Who have come to Thee 

For Thy faith - ful ser - vants Who have en - tered in ; 

Help us ev - er stead - fast In the faith to be : 

When the shad-ows length - en, Show us, Lord, Thy way ; 

-<2- -*- ! -fi- 

r g g 1 g- L I '* ^ f % 



Je - sus, ten - der 
In Thine earth - ly 



bav - lour ! 
tern - pie, 



For the 
For Thy 

Tn Thy Church-'s 
l'h rough the 



glad, bright spir - its 
fear - less sol - diers 
con - rliots 




dark-ness lead us 

t 




r r 1 




Hear Thy 
Lord, we 
Who Thy 
Who have 
Fight-ing 
To the 



chil - dren 
wor - ship 
glo - ry 
conquered 
val - iant 
heaven-ly 



cry. 
Thee, 
see ; 

sin ; 

iy- 

day : 



\ 
don our trans-gres - sions, Cleanse us from our 
- e - brate Thy good - ness, Mer - cy, grace, and 
the loved ones rest - ing In Thy dear em - 

the count - less le - gions Who have fol - lowed 
ing Sav - iour ! strengh-en These weak hearts of 



Par 
Cel 
For 
For 
l.o\ 
When our course is fin - ished, End 



ed 



.11 the 



sin ; 

truth 
brace ; 
Thee, 

ours, 
strife, 




i 8 : U'XAk [HP I 



(PROCESSIONAL) 



Deva. Concluded. 



281 




1 -.m mzrrrm * 1 



By Thy 
All Thy 

For the 
Heed-less 



Spi - rit help us Heaven-ly life 
lev - Lag guid - ance Of our heed 
pure and ho - ly Who he - hold 



to 
less 

Thy 
to 
vil 
Gram us, with the faith - ful. Palms and crowns of 



of 



the dan - ger ; On to 



vie 



Through Thy cross to con - quer Craft -y 



win. . 

youth. 

face ; 

r y; • 

powers 
life. . 



Je 
Je 
Je 
Je 
Je 
Je 



sus, K 

sus, King of 
sus, King of 
sus, King of 
sus, King of 
sus, King of 



glo 
glo 
glo 
glo 
glo 
glo 



IE ' 



nrrrr 



. & /-J 



o 







1 i i 



< 



^-m 



-J?. 



f==f 



1 :- 



mm \ ii 



5 



i : 



Throned a - Dove the sky, 



sus, ten - der Sav 



iour ! Hear Thv chil-dren civ. 



ESSE 






r * 



5 g 

\ MEN 



: : 1 1 * - ; 11 



F 



=F 



'PROCESSIONAL.) 



282 



Belsize. 6.5., 12 iu 



G. Thring (1823—). 



I 



J. W. Elliott (1816— ). 



i^P 



i 



'-4 d 



1 — & — ^ j 



3 



*r* 



tr^t 



r. From the eas -tern moun - tains Press - ing on, they come, Wise men in their wis - dom 

2. There their Lord and Sav - iour Meek and low - ly lay, Wondrous Light that led them 

3. Thou who in a man - ger Once hast low - ly lain, Who dost now in glo - ry 

4. Gath - er in the out - casts Who have gone a - stray, Throw Thy ra-diance o'er them, 



L.4 



& 



jG. £2_ 



S2 



E^f 



1 i 



t 







d: 



i=t 



im 



To His hum - Lie home ; Stirred by deep de 

< )n - ward on their way, Ev - er now to 

O'er all king-doms reign, Gath - er in the 

Guide them on their way. Those who nev - er 



22^ 



vo - tion, Hast - ing from a - far, 

light - en Na - tions from a - far, 

heath - en, Who in lands a - far 

knew Thee, Or have wan - d'red far, 



I 




(PROCESSIONAL.) 



Belsize Concluded. 



28 s 



TT 1 T ,1 "J J : 5 



^ 



<?£ 



^^^ 



I I 

Ev - er jour-neying on - ward, Guid - ed 

As they jour - ney home-ward By that 

Ne'er have seen the bright-ness Of Thy 

Guide them bv the bright-ness ( >f Thv 



5? 



by 
guid 
guid 
guid 



ing 
ing 
ing 




Star. Light of Life, that .shin 

Star. 

Star. 

Star. 

I 

4- 



edst 



r ~ T 1 rfc , 1 



m 



a 



■ rfc> — » * m 




\ ,U* P 



the world be - gan, Draw Thou near, and light - en Ev - 'ry heart of man. A 

#0 jL ^g- -<2L Jk 



$ £ 



-^ 



F=E : 



I ; ll 



;.-*# 



Onward through the darkness 

Of the lonely night. 
Shining .still before them 

With Thy kindly light, 
Guide them, Jew and Gentile, 

Homeward from afar, 
Young and old together, 

By Thy guiding Star. 

Light of Life. etc. 



Until every nation. 

Whether bond or free. 
'Neath Thy starlit banner. 

Jesu. follows Thee 
O'er the distant mountain.-. 

To that heavenly home. 
Where nor >in nor sorrow 

Kvermore shall c< 01 

F.i^ht of Life, etc. 



(PROCESSIONAL 



284 



S. J. Stone (1839 — ). 




i 



Aurelia. 7- 6., 8 lines 

5t 



mm 



S. S. Wesley (1810-1876). 

I 
ZM=r=n: 




=±f 



The Church's one Foun-da 

E - lect from ev - 'ry na 

"Mid toil and trib - n - la 



tion Is Je - sus Christ her Lord ; 
tion, Yet one o'er all the earth, 
tion, And tu - mult of the war, 



She is His new ere - a - tion 
Her charter of sal - va - tion 
She waits the con - sum - ma - tion 



2 4 
'^4 



mm mm 





. 1 1 , 1 




i p 1 1 



By wa - ter and the Word 
< >ne Lord, one" faith, one birth 
Of peace for ev - er-more 



From heaven He came and sought her 
( )ne ho - ly Name she bless - es, 
Till with the vis - ion glp - rious 



To be His ho-ly bride; With 
Par-takes one ho-ly food, And 
1 [er longing eves are blest. And 




m * •• Tim • * -& ' m 



i mwuiMijw 



I lis own blood He bought her, And for her life He died. 

to one hope she press-es, With ev - 'ry grace en-dued. 

the great Church victorious Shall be the Church at rest. 



Amen. 




Yet she on earth hath union 

With God the Three in One, 
And mystic sweet communion 

With those whose rest is won ; 
O happy ones and holy ! 

Lord ! give us grace, that we, 
Like them, the meek and lowly, 

On high may dwell with Thee. 



(PROCESSIONAL)